__MAIN_TEXT__

Page 1

hilton head CONNECTING THE LOWCOUNTRY

©Peter Max 2013

monthly

THE 2013 CITY GUIDE: EVERY THING YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT...

SEPTEMBER 2013 HILTONHEADMONTHLY.COM

SEPT 13 Cover.indd 1

8/20/13 9:40 PM


Hargray_0913.indd 2

8/20/13 6:50 PM


Hargray_0913.indd 1

8/21/13 10:21 PM


OHH_0913.indd 2

8/21/13 10:25 PM


IslandGetaway_0913.indd 3

8/21/13 10:29 PM


HHHospital_0913.indd 4

8/21/13 10:29 PM


HyperbaricTherapy_0913.indd 5

8/21/13 10:30 PM


BMH_0913.indd 6

8/21/13 10:30 PM


ResortRentals_0913.indd 7

8/21/13 10:31 PM


HHI_Institute_0913.indd 8

8/21/13 10:32 PM


HHI_Institute_0913.indd 9

8/21/13 10:32 PM


18 Features 18 n Peace, Love, Peter Max

24

Art world and pop culture icon set to return to Hilton Head Island

20 n Pedal 4 kids

Hilton Head’s largest bicycling event now offers 62-mile ride

24 n Outlet innovator

Exclusive Q&A with Steve Tanger of Tanger Outlets

38 n Property Management

SEPT. contents 94

Monthly’s 2013 Property Management Guide

55 n City Guide

A resource and a reminder about why we live here

Love where you live

14 n The Vibe 22 n Where in the World? 26 n Business

Facts about health care reform

28 n On The Move

New hires and promotions

36 n Money

Steven Weber talks dividends

88 n Fashion

The hottest belts for fall

90 n Bridal

94 n It’s Party Time

102 n Health

A simple list of dos and don’ts for wedding-related soirees

104 n LoCo Motion

Three days. Thirty miles. A thousand memories.

105 n Help the Hoo-Hahs

Founder tells the story of her unique event

112 n Show and tell

A look at when a builder builds a house for themselves

168

12 n At the Helm

76 n Task Force Revisited

The outlook for Hilton Head in 2025

166

Departments

164 n HIlton Head Rocks

Cranford Hollow and the Stepping Stones take their shows on the road

166 n Deana sings dino

Daughter of the “King of Cool” coming to Hilton Head

168 n Roadside stands

Find a link to Hilton Head’s past right on the side of the road

Monthly’s featured wedding for 2013

New technology targets brain fitness

106 n Golf 108 n Sports 110 n social spotlight 112 n At Home 123 n Real Estate 142 n Nature 146 n Lowcountry Calendar 164 n Music 174 n Big Tastes 177 n Where To Eat 192 n Last Call

10 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 010 TOC.indd 10

8/22/13 12:18 PM


JBanks_0913.indd 11

8/21/13 10:33 PM


monthly

AT THE HELM

PHOTO BY ARNO DIMMLING

Love where you live

LORI GOODRIDGE-CRIBB lori@hiltonheadmonthly.com

W

en

thly mon

l

v e ha e sp

ok

T e peop

hen we think about crafting our lives, many of us tend to concentrate on the two most important questions: “What will I do for work?” and “Whom will I marry?” Personally, I believe happiness is a three-legged stool. In addition to the “What” and “Whom” questions, “Where” is just as important. Where do you enjoy the precious life you’ve been blessed with? If you’re reading this, there’s a good chance that place is Hilton Head Island or Bluffton. So why are you here? We all have our reasons. I’ve shared my story many times. I first visited Hilton Head as a tourist from Ohio with my family in the late 1960s. The drive here was a two-day road trip, visiting mountainous sites such as Ruby Falls and Rock City. Those are such great memories! When we finally got to Hilton Head, it marked the start of the best two weeks of my life. At night we crabbed, watched stars and did puzzles. During the day we went to the beach, built sand castles and ate as much

hoice ers’C Read 0 1 3 2

shrimp as we could. It was sun and fun, all day, every day. We decorated our family station wagon with Spanish moss and headed back to Ohio with some of it attached to the antenna, proof to the world that we had been south. After that trip, I knew this place was for me. I returned as an adult, and after more than 27 years here, I swear I love this place just as much now as I did back then. Although the island and mainland have grown so much, it still has the feel of the place where those great childhood memories were made. The City Guide issue is one of our favorites of the year. It gives us a reason to toot the Lowcountry horn on why this is such a fantastic place to live, work and raise a family. Inside you will find 13 stories on why we live here. A special thanks to photographer Arno Dimmling for helping make this section beautiful. Some are here for the weather. Others are here for the slow-paced lifestyle. Maybe it’s the beauty, the pristine beaches, the recreational opportunities or the low crime rate. Whatever the reason, we’re glad you are here and we want to hear your story. Interact with us through Facebook or post a comment to a related story on our website, www.hiltonheadmonthly.com. The tourist season has come and gone. Some family is driving back to Ohio with Spanish moss flapping from the antenna of their family SUV. They just had the best two weeks of their lives here. If you are one of the lucky ones that spends every week, every month and every year here, don’t take it for granted. Make the most of every moment you have in this wonder place we call home. M

Help your favorite local people, places and restaurants win the recognition they deserve! Vote online at hiltonheadmonthly.com. One entry per person, please, and each entry must include a valid e-mail and/or phone number to be counted. SUBMISSION DEADLINE IS OCT. 15.

hilton head C O N N E C T I N G

T H E

L O W C O U N T R Y

address PO Box 5926, Hilton Head Island, SC 29938 offices 843-842-6988 fax 843-842-5743 email editor@hiltonheadmonthly.com web hiltonheadmonthly.com /hiltonheadmonthly @HHMonthly

SUBSCRIPTIONS

One-year (12-issue) subscriptions are $12. For mailing inquiries or to make address changes to your existing subscription, call 843-785-1889 or email subscriptions@hiltonheadmonthly.com CEO

Marc Frey marc@hiltonheadmonthly.com PUBLISHER Lori Goodridge-Cribb lori@hiltonheadmonthly.com MANAGING EDITOR Lance Hanlin lance@hiltonheadmonthly.com ART DIRECTOR Jeremy Swartz jeremy@hiltonheadmonthly.com DESIGN Charles Grace charles@hiltonheadmonthly.com CONTRIBUTING PHOTOGRAPHERS Arno Dimmling, Rob Kaufman, HHI Sports Shots CONTRIBUTING WRITERS Lisa Allen, Todd Ballantine, Sherry Conohan, Carmen Hawkins DeCecco, Mary Doyle, Kim Kachmann-Geltz, John Hudzinski, Justin Jarrett, Chris Katon, Sally Mahan, Leah McCarthy, Eleanor O’Sullivan, Michael Paskevich, Robyn Passante, Dean Rowland, Gwyneth Saunders, Jessica Sparks, Nicholas Tassopoulos, Steven Weber ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVES Rebecca Verbosky rebecca@hiltonheadmonthly.com 843-842-6988, ext. 239 Cathy Flory cathy@hiltonheadmonthly.com 843-842-6988, ext. 228 Majka Yarbrough majka@hiltonheadmonthly.com 843-842-6988, ext. 231 Gordon Deal gordon@hiltonheadmonthly.com 843-301-1132

ABOUT THE COVER: Both our Hilton Head Island and Bluffton covers were painted by legendary artist Peter Max, inspired by photos taken by Arno Dimmling. Max will make a special appearance at Karis Art Gallery from 6-9 p.m. on Sept. 20 and noon-2 p.m. on Sept. 21. See our exclusive interview with the artist on Page 18. 12 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 012 Helm.indd 12

8/22/13 12:17 PM


Finlandia_0913.indd 13

8/21/13 10:35 PM


NEWS

IDOL WINNER TO PERFORM FREE BLUFFTON CONCERT American Idol winner Candice Glover, a St. Helena Island native, is returning to the Lowcountry this month for a free concert at the Tanger I outlet center in Bluffton. The “Candice For A Cure” concert will start at 7:30 p.m. on Sept. 12 in the parking lot at the renovated Tanger I. The hour-long concert will be preceded by a “VIP Pink Partini” with Glover from 5-7 p.m. The $20 fee for the party includes food, drinks and a chance to win door prizes from Tanger stores. All proceeds from the concert will benefit Beaufort Memorial’s Keyserling Cancer Center. “I am excited to head back home to perform in Beaufort County, especially to support Beaufort Memorial,” Glover said. “I also grew up shopping at Tanger and believe the PinkSTYLE Campaign gives invaluable support to the fight for a cure to Breast Cancer.” The R&B singer recently won the 12th season of American Idol. Her debut album “Music Speaks” is scheduled for release on Oct. 8.

HILTON HEAD’S FIRST MAYOR DIES Benjamin M. Racusin, Hilton Head Island’s first mayor, died Aug. 11 at the age of 98. According to caretaker Carol Shembra, he died of natural causes. Back in 1983 the aging swing bridge to Hilton Head was breaking repeatedly, regularly bringing on and off-island traffic to a standstill. Early leaders petitioned the state and federal government for help, but were told little could be done unless Hilton Head was made a town. As part of that process the newly incorporated municipality of Hilton Head Island needed its first mayor. Racusin was elected Aug. 2, 1983, and played a key role in transforming the island into what it is today. A service celebrating his life has been planned for 2 p.m. on Sept. 14 at the First Presbyterian Church of Hilton Head.

PREP FOOTBALL STAR POONA FORD COMMITS TO LOUISVILLE Hilton Head Island High School football star Poona Ford has decided to leave the state after he graduates in 2014, committing to the red-hot Louisville Cardinals over Tennessee and South Carolina. Ford, a 4-star prospect at defensive tackle, is considered a huge get for coach Charlie Strong and the Cardinals. Ford checks in at 6-foot, 285 pounds and runs the 40-yard-dash in 4.85 seconds. He used his combination of size and speed to register 154 tackles, 44 tackles for loss and 10 sacks in his junior season. According to the 247Sports Composite rankings, Ford is the nation’s 22nd best defensive tackle in the Class of 2014 and the eighth best overall player in South Carolina.

PHOTO BY MIKE RITTERBECK, HHISPORTSHOTS

ARCHAEOLOGICAL DIG ON DAUFUSKIE FEATURED ON NAT GEO Haig Point and Bloody Point on Daufuskie Island were the focus of a half-hour “Diggers” program aired Aug. 21 on the National Geographic Channel. The episode entitled “Pirate Island Gold” was the result of archaeological diggers having visited the island for five days earlier in the year. During the dig, they uncovered buttons from Civil War troops and an antique brass lamp. Union troops camped on Daufuskie Island during the Civil War and historical records indicate that Blackbeard may have stored treasures on the island.

CNN LABELS HHI BEACHES AS ‘CAN’T-MISS’ News website CNN posted a list of 22 can’t-miss U.S. beaches in its travel section Aug. 13, and Hilton Head Island made the cut. The description read, “Hilton Head is known for its beaches, boating and golfing,” and was accompanied by a photo of shrimp boats in Skull Creek (not even close to the beach). No other South Carolina beach made the list.

14 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 014-022 Vibe.indd 14

8/22/13 11:19 AM


stone

o

tile

o

area rugs

o

wood

o

carpet

35 main street, suite 110 hilton head, sc 29926 o (843) 342–4955 w w w. k p m f l o o r i n g . c o m o

KPM_0913.indd 15

8/21/13 10:37 PM


NEWS NEW RESCUE TECHNIQUE TO AID DEPUTIES

NEW SHARK DISCOVERED IN LOCAL WATERS A known type of hammerhead shark has been discovered to be a distinct species. It was assumed for many years that the hammerheads in South Carolina waters at Bull’s Bay north of Charleston, St. Helena Sound near Beaufort and in the Charleston harbor, were all scalloped hammerheads. However, it was discovered that some specimens had 83 to 91 vertebrae, but scalloped hammerheads have 92 to 99 vertebrae. Therefore they were declared a separate species and named Carolina hammerheads. Aside from the different vertebrae, it is almost impossible to tell the difference between them. The Carolina hammerhead are thought to reach 11 feet long and weigh around 400 pounds.

A new search and rescue program to help sheriff’s deputies find missing people with Alzheimer’s disease, dementia, autism and Down syndrome is coming to Beaufort County. The Island Packet reports that deputies were trained in early August on Operation Lifesaver equipment. The nationwide program is designed to help track people who may become lost. Participants wear transmitter bracelets that put out a signal so they can be tracked by deputies using antennas and receivers. The program is used by about 1,200 law enforcement and fire agencies in 45 states. Officials say those agencies have used the equipment in more than 2,600 searches and all them were successful.

LOCAL MEDALS AT NATIONAL SENIOR GAMES Hilton Head Island’s Linda Fross won the silver medal at the 2013 National Senior Games on July 26 in Cleveland. Competing in the division for ages 50 and older, Fross brought a 14-person entourage to the Games, many wearing hats that read, “Grandma Fross is the Boss of the Toss.” Fross, 72, built her house in Long Cove 19 years ago and has an athletic background in marathon running, weight lifting, golf, discus and the shot put.

MORE DROPOUTS RECORDED IN 2011-12 Twelve more Beaufort County School District students dropped out of high school during the 2011-12 school year than during the previous year, according to data released by the South Carolina Department of Education. During the 2010-11 school year, 122 district students in grades 9-12 left high school and did not return, compared to 134 during the 2011-12 school year.

CONCOURS NAMES CONTEST WINNER The poster used for the upcoming 2013 Hilton Head Island Motoring Festival & Concours d’Elegance has been selected. To come up with the image, the Savannah College of Art and Design hosted a poster contest. The winning poster was created by Anosh Master, an India native who came to the United States in 2012 to do his M.F.A. in Illustration at SCAD. The Hilton Head Island Motoring Festival and & Concours d’Elegance is Oct. 25-Nov. 3 on Hutchison Island and Hilton Head Island. The Concours is Nov. 3. so

MISS HILTON HEAD, MISS HILTON HEAD TEEN PLACE IN STATE PAGEANTS Miss Hilton Head Island Lauren Cabaniss and Miss Hilton Head Island Teen Julia Harrison Wofford were both top-five finalists in recent Miss South Carolina and Miss South Carolina Teen pageants. It was the first time in the 77-year history of Miss South Carolina pageants that a Miss Hilton Head has finished among the top five. Miss Hilton Head Island received more than $7,000 in scholarships for her third runner-up finish. Miss Hilton Head Island Teen received $3,000 in scholarships for her second runner-up finish. The Miss America Organization is the world’s largest provider of scholarship assistance for young women in the world and the Miss South Carolina Organization is the largest provider of scholarships within the Miss America Organization.

CORRECTIONS • Ramona Fantini is the sole owner of Pino Gelato (The Village at Wexford).

• While Leslie Claus Van Hise enjoys sailing with Marcus Mullis on Raising MOre Cane, she happily lives in a home in Sea Pines.

• Hours at Pino Gelato Gourmet Cafe (Bridge Center) are 11:30 a.m.-9 p.m. Mon.-Thurs., 11:30 a.m.-10 p.m. Fri.-Sat., 11:30 a.m.-8 p.m. Sun.

• We forgot to give credit to photographers Arno Dimmling for our August Hilton Head Island cover and Whitney Boring for our Bluffton cover.

16 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 014-022 Vibe.indd 16

8/22/13 11:21 AM


SJCH_0913.indd 17

8/21/13 10:37 PM


the VIBE

Peace, Love&

Peter Max Art world and pop culture icon set to return to Hilton Head

18 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 014-022 Vibe.indd 18

8/22/13 11:22 AM


the VIBE

P

eter Max has used bold colors, uplifting images and an uncommon artistic diversity to touch nearly every phase of American culture for more than four decades. He has painted for six U.S. presidents. He was the official artist of the 2006 U.S. Olympics Team. He has been the featured artist for five Super Bowls, the World Series, the U.S. Open, the Indy 500, the New York City Marathon and the Kentucky Derby. His work has flown on the sides of a Boeing 777 jet, sailed on the sides of a 144,000-ton cruise ship and decorated the sides of a 600-foot Woodstock stage. This month, we are proud to say his art is on the cover of our magazine. Max’s team contacted us a few months ago, offering to paint covers for our Hilton Head Island and Bluffton magazines in exchange for promoting his upcoming exhibition at Karis Art Gallery. The exhibit previews Sept. 14-21. Max will make special appearances at the gallery from 6-9 p.m. on Sept. 20 and noon-2 p.m. on Sept. 21. The 75-year-old living legend gave us a call from his New York studio recently to talk about the upcoming exhibit, the beauty of the human heart and the totality of existence. Hilton Head Monthly: We’ll start off with an easy question that you probably don’t have an easy answer for. What is good art? Peter Max: To me, good art just hits you a certain way. It’s like good music. If the composition is beautifully done, the colors are beautifully put together and the subject is interesting, it just gets you going. If you live with it, have it on your wall and love looking at it, that would be good art. HHM: Many artists have risen and fallen since you came on the scene in the late ‘60s. In your opinion, how have you remained relevant?

By lance hanlin PM: When I draw and paint, I do it for myself. It gives me pleasure — not so much doing it — but what’s coming out, what’s on the paper. I love doing it over and over again, in a 1,000 different ways. When it pleases me, I’ve found that it pleases other people. It guess that’s it. HHM: If success had not found you, would you be a starving artist or would you have found another path in life? PM: If success wouldn’t have found me, I would have found it. HHM: How would you describe your rise? PM: The fact that people love my work was satisfying to me when I was very young. Then suddenly, museums and curators liked it and it just went on from there. Eventually, I just accepted it. I was like, “Oh my God, this is fantastic!” HHM: You are returning to Hilton Head this month for a major exhibition of your latest work. How would you describe the collection that will be on display? PM: They are works I’ve done fairly recently in my private studio. I was surrounded by a person or two. There were assistants and I’ve got a full-time DJ that plays music for me. It was just a joy to create. HHM: This will be your second trip to the island in as many years. During your last exhibit here, a cardiologist noted much of your work features hearts. What is the significance of that? PM: You know how little girls like to draw hearts in school? I started drawing them sometimes and painting them. It’s how Peter Max would render a heart — with red paint, with brushstrokes and so forth. There are many items I do that are like this, but the heart sticks out because little girls drew hearts all of their lives. I also love the shape of a heart and its meaning. HHM: What do you want people to take away from your work? PM: You know, that’s so funny. I never think about that. I just love the doing of it, you know? I’ve talked about that with the

guys from the Beatles and the Stones and they feel the same way. It’s the joy of making the music, not so much what people take away from it. That happens afterwards. HHM: In the four decades you have been producing fine art, has technology had a positive or negative impact? PM: Always a positive impact. In many cases, it’s a shortcut to something. For instance, when I started working at editing studios, I was able to do something that maybe 20 years ago somebody had to do with a razor blade. I feel the same way about art. HHM: Do you think art as you produce it will someday go the way of the dinosaur? PM: For other people to do it like that? It could happen. But certainly it’s going to hang in the biggest museums. HHM: You are known for using psychedelic shapes and color palettes. In an interview we saw with Larry King, you said color and creativity just come to you. Can you elaborate on that? PM: When you ask your favorite singer how they got to be so good, they say, “I don’t know. I’ve always had that voice, I guess.” It’s the same. I’ve always had that thing. I was a young boy living in Shanghai, my mother gave me crayons and paper and I did stuff that she hung all over the walls. Other people would come over and didn’t believe I did it because I was just a kid. There was something about how my lines were and how I used the crayons. HHM: So you knew at an early age you would be an artist? PM: I never thought in my life I would become an artist. I always thought I would have to become a scientist or an engineer. I always wanted to become an astronomer. I was so interested, and still am today, in how big and how fantastic the universe is. Every year that I’ve lived, the universe has doubled in size. I just can’t believe it. I’m in awe of it. I don’t understand it, but I love the fact that it is what it is. It’s just amazing. M

September 2013 19

SEPT 13 014-022 Vibe.indd 19

8/22/13 11:22 AM


the VIBE

Pedal 4 Kids Largest bicycling event on the island offering a 62-mile ride this year By Nicholas Tassopoulos | PHOTO BY ARNO DIMMLING

H

ilton Head Island boasts more than 57 miles of bike-accessible pathway. Perhaps it’s time to put all that potential to massive, fun use for a good cause. The 2013 Pedal 4 Kids event is not only a charity fundraiser, but also the largest bicycling event on all of Hilton Head Island. The ride takes place on Saturday, Sept. 28, whether the sun is shining brightly or there is inclement weather. All of the proceeds from Pedal 4 Kids will directly benefit the Boys & Girls Club of Hilton Head Island, a safe haven for all youth to come together and grow mentally, emotionally and physically. The club enriches young people’s development in education and character, encouraging them to support their community and invest time and talent in the love of learning. The Boys & Girls Club helps hundreds of children every single day, offering numerous programs, during the school year and over the summer. Registration beings at 7 a.m., located at the Hilton Head High School. Then, the bikers are off. Multiple courses designed to be accessible for riders of all experience and ability levels, the most challenging of which is the new Metric Century,

a 100 km (62 mile) ride that departs at 8 a.m., led by members of the Bike Doctor Cycling Team. If the Metric Century is too daunting a task, 40-, 20-, and 10-mile courses are also offered, as well as the Family Fun Ride, which departs at 10 a.m. All rides begin and end at the Hilton Head Island High School. Pedal 4 Kids is designed to be a challenging yet rewarding and fun experience for a good cause, so they have procured two support vehicles to patrol the routes. The vehicles’ purpose will be to assist riders in the event of injury or a bike malfunction. Stationed at intersections and crossings will be volunteers to aid with directing the bikers, and ride marshals shall accompany each wave of cyclists departing the high school. Several rest stops are to be placed strategically along each route, providing restrooms, first aid kits, drinks and snacks. When the bikers finish their routes, they are rewarded with not only the personal satisfaction of overcoming a challenge, but pizza, sub sandwiches and soft drinks. If one wishes to participate, yet does not own a bike or a helmet, there is an easy remedy to the problem. For only $10, the Pedal 4 Kids participant can call the Hilton

Head Bicycle Company (843-686-6888) to procure needed equipment. The company will then deliver the bike and helmet to Hilton Head High, so the rider can pick them up on the event day. Every dollar paid in equipment rentals will be donated to the Boys & Girls Club. Riding with a group of friends, family, or any organization is not only allowed, but highly encouraged. A souvenir photo will be taken at the beginning of the ride, and prizes will be awarded, recognizing the teams with the most participants, best group presentation, and the team that raises the most money for the charity. There is a $30 registration charge for adults, and $10 for all participants under the age of 22. Several requirements must be completed before a rider is allowed on the paths and trails: the registration form must be completed, the waiver release form must be signed, and all participants must wear a bike safety helmet at all times. If someone wants to get a head start on filling out the packets, early packet pickup will be held from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. on Sept. 26 and 27, at the Boys & Girls Club of Hilton Head Island. Each rider will receive a Pedal 4 Kids T-shirt. M

20 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 014-022 Vibe.indd 20

8/22/13 11:25 AM


Front row: Cindy Kranich, David Crowell NMLS #12620, Tricia Lowman, Kim Capin. Middle Row: Nancy Smith, Kelli McBeth, Libby Knapp, Bonnie Nelson-Altman, Susan Smith NMLS #278903, Jess Gambrell. Back Row: Mike Kristoff NMLS #377707, Brian Neumann NMLS #174105, Mark Kombrink NMLS #191095, Tanner Ware NMLS #278238, Torrey Glass NMLS #71570, Nick Kristoff NMLS #379253, Mariah McKenna.

MortgageNetwork_0913.indd 21

8/21/13 10:38 PM


the VIBE

Where in the world is Monthly?

p Rae and Bill Scott took Hilton Head Monthly to Ephesus, Turkey.

p Nancy Dinkel and her husband Jon (taking photo) took Hilton Head Monthly over 11,000 feet above sea level to the Jungfraujoch, Switzerland. u D’Arcy and Jenny Abraham with Hilton Head Monthly standing in from of the famous Chateau Marmont in West Hollywood.

p From left, Neil and Judy Sullivan, Spence and Barbie Stouffer, Paul and Holly Moeri (all from Hilton Head Island) and Betsy and Jeff Ferguson (from Florida) all pose with Monthly at Canal de Bourgogne in central eastern France. u Dee Rodgers of Grace Community Church took her Monthly to Nove Zamky, Slovakia with Ambassadors for Christ, Int. u Brad, Vanessa, Will and Ross Baker took the Heritage issue back to the “Land of Tartan and Plaid” as they visited St. Andrews in Scotland. They were there while the Open was happening at Muirfield.

q Mike and Leslie (taking photo) Gilroy took turns reading Monthly in front of the Eiffel Tower.

t Jane and Mack McGahee in front of St. Stephens Cathedral in Vienna Austria. p Dr. Barry Wright of Callawassie Island and Monthly took a tour of the 300 year old baroque Palais Auersperg in Vienna, Austria.

u Ethan Stuart and Christopher Schembra took Monthly to a Boston Pops concert in Nantucket, Mass.

22 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 014-022 Vibe.indd 22

8/22/13 11:26 AM


Gifted_0913.indd 23

8/21/13 10:39 PM


BUSINESS

OUTLET

Innovator

STEVE TANGER AWARDED ORDER OF THE PALMETTO PHOTO BY ZACH PIPPEN

BY LANCE HANLIN

S

outh Carolina Gov. Nikki Haley presented Steve Tanger with the Order of the Palmetto on Aug. 19, the highest civilian honor the state can give. “This award is in recognition of his extraordinary work and dedication to the citizens of our state,” Haley proclaimed. Tanger Factory Outlets owns and operates five shopping centers in South Carolina: two locally, two in Myrtle Beach and one in Charleston. The centers have created an estimated 6,000 jobs and approximately $246 million in retail sales tax to the state. The Order of the Palmetto was first awarded in 1971 to recognize a person’s lifetime achievements and contributions to the state of South Carolina. Awardees include singer James Brown, author Pat Conroy and rock band Hootie & the Blowfish. Before accepting the award in Columbia, Tanger flew into Hilton Head Island Airport

to celebrate with team members at Tanger I. He took a few minutes to speak with Hilton Head Monthly about the award, his love of the Carolina coast and how his company shined through the recession. Hilton Head Monthly: The Palmetto Award is the highest civilian honor awarded by the governor of South Carolina. How do you feel about receiving it? Steve Tanger: I’m very flattered. I accept it on behalf of the colleagues we have and the 40,000 people that work in the Tanger centers every day. Even though my name may be on it, it’s an award given to everybody that works for our company. HHM: You have five shopping centers here in South Carolina. What makes our state so attractive to your company? ST: I like the coastline. I think that people want to go to the beach and they like the good weather. The South Carolina coastline is situated halfway between the New York

metropolitan market and the Florida market. I think long-term, this is going to be a terrific area. HHM: We live in a very beautiful area but there isn’t much industry. You employ a large portion of the workforce here. Do you take any pride in that? ST: We create jobs. We’re an American company creating jobs for Americans. We’re very proud of that. HHM: While many companies were struggling during the recent economic crisis, your company was posting record profits. What do you attribute that to? ST: The business model the outlet industry is based upon is simple and elegant. It’s brand names selling direct to the consumer. You cut out the middle man. In good times, people liked a bargain. In tough times like these, they need a bargain. We do well in most economic cycles. When the great recession hit four or five years ago, we

24 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 024-026 Business-Tanger.indd 24

8/22/13 11:27 AM


In good times, people liked a bargain. In tough times like these, they need a bargain. were prepared for it because we had kept our balance sheet as a fortress. Our debt is low and we were able to avoid a lot of the issues that over-leveraged companies faced. They couldn’t afford the debt service and they started laying people off. We were fortunate and never had that issue. We now have 34 consecutive quarters, 8 1/2 years, of net operating income growth. We’re very happy with that. HHM: How has e-commerce affected your growth? ST: E-commerce takes disposable dollars out of the system. It has affected the purchase of consumer electronics, consumer hardware and other fair traded items — items that are commodities. You can find them at the best price on the Internet. Items that are sized and colored are difficult. It is difficult to make a profit selling apparel and shoes on the internet. People still like to see those items in person and try them on before buying them. HHM: Your company does have a strong web and social media presence with online

coupons, the Tanger Club the Tanger app and more. How else has Tanger embraced technology? ST: We were the first real estate developer to provide free Wi-Fi at every one of our shopping centers. That seems to work. It provides entertainment for the non-shopping spouse. You may like to shop, your spouse may like to shop but it’s rare that both like to shop at the same time. One is always looking for something to do. By providing free Wi-Fi and nice, attractive common areas, the person that is not shopping can be entertained. HHM: The shopping culture seems to have changed. It’s hard to justify paying full price at a clothing store when you know you can get the same thing for much less at an outlet. ST: It doesn’t matter what your demographic status is. You earned your money and you want to spend it wisely. The outlets are 30 to 50 percent off full price, every day. You know you’re getting the best price. That’s why we’ve been very fortunate to

BUSINESS

have been successful. HHM: Tanger Outlets have become somewhat of a destination. We get people here all the time from Savannah, Jacksonville and other larger markets. Do you see that at all of your centers? ST: Yes. We are a regional shopping destination. We love and value our local shoppers, but we don’t provide a grocery store, a hairdresser or a manicure place. We don’t compete with the local merchants. We bring disposable dollars into the local economy from the outside economy, which is great. It’s a win-win for everybody. That’s why we’ve been able to provide jobs. These are new, well-paying jobs — not replacement jobs. We’re not cannibalizing other businesses and stealing their employees. We’re adding new jobs to the system. HHM: What does the future hold? ST: The business model seems to have worked for the past 33 years. Hopefully it will continue to work for a long period of time. We’re excited about the direction we’re headed. M

September 2013 25

SEPT 13 024-026 Business-Tanger.indd 25

8/22/13 11:27 AM


7

BUSINESS

important facts about Health Care Reform Did you know?

1

Employers must notify all employees that the new Health Care Exchanges are opening Oct. 1, 2013. If you are an employer, it is required that you give each of your employees a notice that the new Health Care Exchange will be opening October 1, 2013. The Department of Labor has prepared a model notice for employers to deliver to each employee.

2

In 2014 health insurance benefits will be standardized.

If your policy is considered a non-grandfathered plan, your benefits will likely be changed to one of the standard product offerings at your renewal in 2014. This may cause your rates to be increased if the plan you are converted to is considered an upgraded benefit to your current plan. All new insurance policies must have the essential health benefits included and there will be four levels of benefits. The actuarial values of the plans are, 90 percent platinum, 80 percent gold, 70 percent silver and 60 percent bronze.

3

Insurance companies will be required to meet specific standards when rating a policy. Rates can only be influenced by three factors -- age, region of state and tobacco use. Rates are restricted to a 3:1 ratio between low and high price. There will not be separate rates for males and females. Ultimately

this means your rates may go up drastically for some or a slight decrease in other cases. You should be aware of how the new rating methodology will influence your specific situation so you can prepare for upcoming available options.

4

The individual mandate to have health insurance in 2014 requires all U.S. citizens and all documented individuals living in our country to have health insurance for themselves and their families. There are a few exceptions, but those exceptions will exclude less than 2 percent of the country’s population. If you don’t have health insurance, you will be subject to a financial penalty. There are subsidies available for individuals and families below 400 percent of the federal poverty level.

5

The Summary of Benefit and Coverage “SBC” is required to be delivered to all employees at renewal, upon hire, or when there is any benefit change. The health care reform legislation standardized benefit summaries for all insurance companies to use describing the policy purchased. The intent is to make comparing policies between different companies easier.

6

Tax credits are available for companies who meet certain requirements.

If your company has less than 25 employees and the company pays at least 50 percent of the employee’s premium and your employees earn less than $50,000 annually, your company may qualify for a 35 percent tax credit in 2013. The credit is increasing to 50 percent in 2014. After 2013, it will be necessary for your company to enroll through the SHOP Exchange to receive any tax credit. Details about the SHOP Exchange can be received by contacting one of our agents.

7

Employers may want to consider requesting a 2013 early renewal.

Many insurance companies are offering groups the option of renewal their policies in December 2013. This allows employers to retain their current benefits and rating method until December 2014. All of the health care reform changes will be effective for your employer sponsored health insurance plan upon your renewal in 2014. By renewing in December 2013, you can delay many of the reform changes until December 2014. These are some of the important facts that you should be aware of right now. The deadlines for some of these requirements are approaching. Health care reform will have many other affects on your individual policy and/or your group employer sponsored plan. Consult a health insurance agency for what is best for you and your individual or companies health insurance benefits.

26 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 024-026 Business-Tanger.indd 26

8/22/13 11:27 AM


Cypress_0913.indd 27

8/21/13 10:40 PM


BUSINESS

On the Move New Hires/Promotions

Akers

Bonwitt

Bowman

Cavanaugh

Mayer

Karpik

Dr. Richard Akers, of Atlantic Ophthalmology in Beaufort, is now seeing patients at Carolina Optical in Bluffton. Akers has over 21 years experience and uses the latest technology and state-of-the-art equipment while respecting the safety and care of his patients. In addition to routine eye examinations, he will provide top quality eye care to treat a range of eye problems, including cataracts, glaucoma, dry eye, macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy and corneal disease. Call 843-836-3937 for an appointment. Hilton Head Properties, a new real estate company owned by Robbie Bunting, recently has added four longtime agents including John Bonwitt, Steve Bowman, Sam Cavanaugh and Cheryl Mayer. Julie Karpik is the new loan officer at the Sun City branch of Coastal States Bank. Karpik brings 24 years of experience in mortgage lending, most recently with Huntington National Bank. She and her husband recently moved to Bluffton from Albany Ohio. The Sun City branch is located at 30 William Pope Drive, Suite 101, in Bluffton. Coastal Properties Owners/Brokersin-Charge, Joe and Karen Ryan, welcome Jeffrey A. Zapp to the agency’s sales team. Zapp is a veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces, serving eight years in the United States Air Force and the Air Force Reserve. He holds a bachelor of science in aerospace and a master of arts in technology from Kent State University. A regular visitor to the Lowcountry since 1995, Zapp and his family moved to the area in 2012. R. Stuart Bedenbaugh has joined BB&T Carswell Insurance Services as an employee benefits consultant in its Bluffton office. Bedenbaugh has 10 years of experience in the insurance industry and specializes in claims analysis, benefit analysis and carrier negotiations for fullyinsured and self-funded accounts. Christine Beltran is a new agent at Keller Williams Realty. Beltran is originally from Dayton, Ohio, with the last 15 years spent in Los Angeles prior to moving and falling in love with Hilton Head. Her background is a successful career in financial lending and financial market research. Beltran is passionate about real estate and design with a commitment to superior customer service. Colleton River Plantation Club, a premier private golf community, announced Stephanie Kerr as its new chief financial officer, succeeding retiring CFO Tim Snyder. She oversees all of the club’s financial and accounting functions.Kerr comes to Colleton River from Moss Creek Plantation, where she served as

Schultz joins Bishop Eye Associates Scott Schultz, MD, has joined the team at Bishop Eye Associates. Shultz is certified with the American Board of Ophthalmology, is a fellowship-trained glaucoma subspecialist, a medical and surgical director of glaucoma and is a specialist in glaucoma and cataract surgery. He is the director of glaucoma care and surgery for Bishop Eye Associates, but also provides state-of-the-art cataract surgery and comprehensive eye care. He received his glaucoma training at Bascom Palmer Eye Institute, the nation’s No. 1 eye hospital, and is the Lowcountry’s only glaucoma specialist.

controller for the past six years. Palmetto Sands Vacation Rentals is pleased to announce Marsha Haycock has joined its staff as a vacation counselor and property manager. Prior to coming to Palmetto Sands, Haycock was sales manager for DermaTran Health Solutions. Dr. Frank Barbieri, a longtime Lowcountry orthodontist and dental sleep medicine practitioner, recently joined the American Academy of Cardiovascular Sleep Medicine. Sleep Medicine is the management of sleeprelated breathing disorders, such as snoring and Obstructive Sleep Apnea. Donald E. Beaver Jr. has been named CCM, CCE and general manager at Hampton Hall Club. Beaver is a North Carolina native (UNC-Chapel Hill grad) and has spent his entire 36-year career in the club management field. Brent Carlson has been named head golf professional at Hampton Hall Club. Carlson was awarded Golf Professional of the Year for the area three consecutive years beginning in 2003. He joined the team in the spring of 2013. Parker Stafford has been named executive chef at Hampton Hall Club. Parker made Bluffton his new home in the summer of 2013, coming from the Tampa Bay area. Parker was classically trained and certified through the American Culinary Federation at the

Schultz

Balsams Grand Resort Hotel in Dixville Notch, N.H. Linh Craig has been named food & beverage manager at Hampton Hall Club. He has worked at both Sea Pines and Oldfield country clubs and has continued his education in food & beverage management with the Club Managers Association of America. Bryan Wilson has been named principle of Grace Advisors LLC. He is a graduate of Cannon Trust School, Cannon Private Banking School and National Commercial Lending School. He also has a bachelor of science degree in marketing from the University of South Carolina. Judy Collins has joined the Bluffton office of Celia Dunn Sotheby’s International Realty as a sales associate. Prior to working for Sotheby’s, Collins was the director of sales and marketing at a hotel corporation based out of Savannah. Collins is from Chattanooga, Tenn., where she received her degree from the University of Tennessee at Chattanooga in criminal justice with concentrations in pre-law and English. Susan Eison is the new director of marketing for the Lowcountry location of DayBreak Adult Care Services. Eison joins DayBreak with extensive experience in sales implementation and marketing strategy, as well as deep knowledge and understanding of the healthcare industry.

Floyd Joins Hilton head Honda William Floyd, a native of the Lowcountry from Charleston, has been hired by Modern Classic Motors to be their general sales manager of Hilton Head Honda. Will has over 24 years of automotive retail experience and prides himself on exceeding customer expectations. Contact Will at 843-8152880 or e-mail him at wfloyd@hiltonheadhonda.com before you purchase your next new or used vehicle.

Floyd

28 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 028-032 On The Move.indd 28

8/22/13 11:32 AM


BeyondExceptionalDentistry_0913.indd 29

8/21/13 10:41 PM


BUSINESS

Zapp

Bedenbaugh

Kerr

Barbieri

Collins

Walker

Jennifer Mathis has joined FirstService Residential as the technology and communication director at Sun City Hilton Head. Mathis joins the Sun City Hilton Head Community Association after five years as the Director of Community Services for the Association of Landowners of Port Royal Plantation. She previously worked as manager of operations for the Sea Pines Real Estate Company, vice president of organizational development for VeriSign and quality control manager for Hargray Information Systems International. She has a bachelor of arts degree in communication and a master’s degree in management, graduating with honors and distinction. Collins Group Realty, a Hilton Head Island-Bluffton Chamber of Commerce Small Business of the Year award recipient, has two new team members. Debbie Beck, a licensed Realtor formerly with Carson Realty, joins Collins Group Realty as a Beaufort area specialist. She will assist buyers and sellers north of the Broad River with their real estate needs. Jeri Hollifield, formerly of Keller Williams, joins the team as a closings coordinator and will provide support and assistance with pending contracts. Chuck Lobaugh, owner of Curry Printing HHI, announced that Renee Burcin has joined Curry Printing as account executive. The Maryland native brings over 13 years of experience in business development, marketing, advertising, Internet marketing and online Cloud collaboration. For the past six years, Burcin has focused on building strategic partnerships with small to medium size businesses and organizations whose goals were to grow or expand their operations or membership. Coastal Properties Owners/Brokers-inCharge, Joe and Karen Ryan, welcome Alice Lee to the agency’s sales team. With over 13 years experience in real estate, first with the Hilton Head Area Association of Realtors as Director of Membership and administrative assistant and then as a real estate agent, Lee has returned to her real estate career. Alice and her family lived in Woodhaven, Queens and Huntington, Long Island prior to relocating to Hilton Head Island in 1997. In 2005 they made the move to Sun City. Alice is active in the “Bon Appetit” and “Sew What” clubs and enjoys organizing everything from pantry closets to business offices. She most recently served at Youth Minister for St. Gregory the Great Catholic Church. BB&T Carswell Insurance services has named Kristin Walker as family risk manager in sales for the Personal Lines Department in their Bluffton office. She is based at 2 Westbury Park Way, Suite 103. Walker brings over 14 years of experience in the insurance industry to her new role and holds a CISR designation from The National Alliance. She was previously a personal lines agent. Weniger Plastic Surgery would like to welcome the new marketing director,

Rupp Dengerl team joins Sotheby’s Celia Dunn Sotheby’s International Realty has two key new sales associates who bring impressive experience in real estate and marketing to Hilton Head Island. Terri Dengler and Bill Rupp work together as The Rupp Dengler Team. This successful couple brings together a synergy of experience in real estate, marketing, and business that provide their clients with a level of service that only two fulltime professionals could offer. They will work out of offices on Hilton Head Island and in Bluffton.

Jessica M. Deckert, to the team. Dr. Aaron Mason has joined the team at Weniger Plastic Surgery. He comes to the Lowcountry with 18 years of experience. His credentials are; Fellowship: Craniofacial Surgery, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario; Residency: Plastic Surgery, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh; MD: University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh; BA: Biology, Washington & Jefferson College, Washington, Pa. The Hilton Head Shore Notes are excited to announce new director Faye McLanahan from Jacksonville, Fla. Current director Beth Green, who has been with the Shore Notes for the past 3 1/2 years, is stepping down and passing the torch due to some schedule challenges resulting from additional projects and her son’s preparation for departure to college next year. Beth assures the Shore Notes that she’s dusting off her pom-poms to be in the front row for their exciting show next March 1 at the High School’s Visual & Performing Arts Center. Throughout the years McLanahan has held many chorus leadership positions as well as a regional education faculty position for 10 years. RG Realty is pleased to announce that Bryan Jacoby has joined its sales team. He will oversee sales of the Reed Group’s latest community, May River Preserve. Jacoby brings more than 12 years of real estate experience to RG Realty. He was part of several successful sales teams for area communities including Bermuda Pointe, Oakview, The Townhomes at Berwick Green and Fuller Pointe. Additionally, he has served on the development side of the busi-

ness, from designing and envisioning new community concepts to sitting on architecture review boards and property owner associations. A 35-year resident of the Lowcountry, Jacoby is a Marine Corps veteran, a former deputy sheriff for Beaufort County and a member of First Presbyterian Church with his family. Foundation Realty, a Hilton Head Island-based real estate firm, is pleased to announce the addition of Debbie Iredell to their team. Iredell has been an island resident for over 30 years and has decades of sales experience in the real estate industry. Iredell and her husband, Tom, a former PGA golf professional, have two daughters and live on the island. BB&T Carswell Insurance services has named Sherry Slifer as family risk manager, in sales for the Personal Lines Department in their Hilton Head. She is based at One Park Lane, Central Park, Hilton Head. Slifer brings over 13 years of experience in the insurance industry to her new role and holds a CISR designation from the National Alliance. She was previously a Personal Lines Agent and prior to working for BB&T Carswell, she was a managing principal in compliance for American Express. The Heritage Library Foundation is pleased to announce a new member of its board of directors. Lou Benfante, chairman of the History Department, Heritage Library, has accepted a position on the board. Benfante comes with a degree in history from Lehigh University in Bethlehem, Pa. He spent his career in supply-chain management and moved to Hilton Head Island in 2003 to work as

Ferguson joins Carson Realty Tim Ferguson has joined Carson Realty as a certified property manager to expand THE FERGUSON TEAM into both rentals and sales. Ferguson has been a local resident for 25 years and possesses great familiarity of the Lowcountry. He was a collegiate golfer for The College of Charleston and graduated in 2006. He can be reached at 843-341-3000 or fergrentals@ gmail.com.

Ferguson

30 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 028-032 On The Move.indd 30

8/22/13 11:32 AM


Porcupine_0913.indd 31

8/21/13 10:41 PM


BUSINESS

Deckert

director of materials management for Coastal Carolina Hospital and eventually Hilton Head Hospital. Wendy Morrison has joined the team at The Energi Center on Hilton Head Island. Wendy is a sacred sound therapist and a CranioSacral Therapist who has recently moved to Hilton Head Island from Indiana. Morrison is certified in Sound Therapy, CranioSacral Therapy and Vastu. Wendy is also a Oneness Blessing giver and is passionate about sharing the awakening journey with others. Cranial Tuning, combining Sound Therapy, CranioSacral Therapy and the Oneness Blessing, is Wendy’s signature modality as it transforms both the client and the therapist.

Awards/Certifications Mason

McLanahan

Jacoby

Slifer

Vander Schaff

Allen Patterson Residential, a locally owned and homegrown Beaufort company, has won the Southern Living Magazine Home Award for “Best Planned Community” for Midtown Square. This national recognition came after a team from Southern Living Magazine spent days with the architects, planners and the Allan Patterson team to find out how they turned a dilapidated block of homes in downtown Beaufort into a community embodying the style and quality that Southern Living is known for. The Professional Tennis Registry announced that Peggy Edwards, director of communications and Editor of TennisPro Magazine, was presented with two 2013 APEX Awards for writing. TennisPro is the official publication of PTR tennis teachers and coaches. This is the 25th Annual APEX Awards, a competition for writers, editors, publications staff and business and nonprofit communicators. The Community Foundation of the Lowcountry’s board of trustees recently voted to award more than $120,000 in grants to four area organizations, bringing its total grantmaking to more than $47 million in its 19-year history. The grants awarded this cycle went to Hilton Head Island Safe Harbour, Memory Matters, Sandbox Children’s Museum, Society of Bluffton Artists, University of South Carolina Research Foundation and the Volunteers in Medicine clinic.

Yoga instructor returns to island A Lowcountry native, Mollie Lynes-Kinard has returned from Texas to her roots, Hilton Head Island. In March of 2012, Mollie received her 200-hour teacher training through Yoga Alliance approved Lex Gillian of The Yoga Institute in Houston, and went on to received her Kids Yoga training with Shana Meyerson of Mini Yogis. You can find her teaching throughout Hilton Head, but she has been spending most of her time with The Art of Yoga on New Orleans Road. Contact her at mollie.lynes@gmail.com.

of Reed Group, the company’s mission is to design and build homes with the ideal balance of quality, creativity, livability and value. Coastal Carolina Hospital is proud to announce that it is launching a new obstetrics and gynecology program in the spring of 2014 by expanding the hospital’s women’s health services and preparing to deliver newborns in Hardeeville for the first time in eight years. The new unit will feature 16 beds and the latest equipment and enhancements for the care of mothers and their newborns. Palmetto Electric Cooperative sold Palmetto Security Systems Aug. 1. Existing accounts will be served by a new company owned by Marcus McDougall of Bluffton. McDougall, former vice president of Palmetto Security Systems, will serve as president and CEO of the new company.

New Location The Sea Pines Real Estate office that is usually located in the Sea Pines Beach Club has temporarily relocated to the Sea Pines Welcome Center until the new Sea Pines Beach Club is completed in June 2014. The two island branches of Wells Fargo Advisors have consolidated into one branch in a new location. Formerly located at 90 Main Street and 55 Hospital Center Commons, they are now at 400 Merchant Street. The branches now have 15 financial advisors and a support staff of five.

New Business

Happy Anniversary

Keith Vander Schaaf, of Keith Vander Schaaf Photography, is a freelance photographer in the Bluffton, Hilton Head and surrounding areas. Vander Schaff specializes in restaurant, commercial business and home décor. Find samples of his work and more information on his website, www.keithvanderschaafphotography.com. Using the Lowcountry’s natural beauty as inspiration, Southern Coastal Homes is now building houses in the Bluffton/ Hilton Head Island region. A subsidiary

The King Neptune Statue and Sundial located at Shelter Cove Harbour was given its own “day” at a ceremony at the statue on Aug. 18. The event was attended by Town of Hilton Head Island officials; Charles E. Davis, president of the Shelter Cove Harbour Company; and Bob Onorato, former president of Palmetto Dunes Oceanfront Resort. The Town of Hilton Head Island issued a Proclamation making Aug. 18 officially King Neptune Statue Day and a plaque will be installed commemorating the

Lynes-Kinard

anniversary. Twelve years ago, Sandro Virag, a champion dancer from Hungary came to America in search of a future in dance. He met Armando Aseneta (originally from the Philippines), at a Fred Astaire Dance Studio in Durham, N.C. and a business partnership was formed. It all started in a crowded little 2,000-squarefoot space on Cardinal Road on Hilton Head Island 10 years ago, where the Fred Astaire Dance Studio began to take hold. Despite the tough economy, ballroom dance seemed to flourish. In December 2010, they moved to a 7000plus square foot building in Bluffton, (Seaquins Ballroom), and both Virag and Aseneta are amazed that they are now celebrating their 10-year anniversary. They have now added a third instructor, Savannah Scott, and are preparing a 10 year celebration. On Sept. 7, The Fred Astaire Dance Studio will host a Black Tie Gala Ball to celebrate 10 years. For more information call 843-837-6161. TrueFit Pilates and Training Center’s co-owners, Jenn Wolfe and Meghan Harris, are celebrating the studio’s one year anniversary with special class offerings and events this month open to the public. With classes ranging from pilates, personal training and group fitness to massage, nutrition, health coaching and a monthly cleanse detox program, there is a class or program available to fit a variety of fitness and nutrition needs. Find more information online at www. trufitpilates.com. The staff at Lil’ Sprouts Christian Childcare Center recently celebrated the school’s one-year anniversary. Opening a quality, faith-based childcare center in the Lowocountry was a dream that T’lene Sanders and her daughter, Sarah Sanders, finally made into a reality last July. The mother-and-daughter duo have extensive experience in child care and education. T’Lene, a Lowcountry native and mother of three, was a preschool teacher for 10 years before she became Deputy Clerk of Court for the Town of Ridgeland. Sarah is certified in Infant and Toddler Care and obtained her certificate in early childhood development. She has 12 years of experience as a nanny for local families.

32 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 028-032 On The Move.indd 32

8/22/13 11:33 AM


DistinctiveGranite_0913.indd 33

8/21/13 10:42 PM


T

he signature block on my Community Foundation email has included “Live generously” for a number of years now. It is important to me on a personal, not just a professional level. For example, when I’ve been almost impaled by a hood ornament in heavy traffic (and tempted to show my proficiency with sign language), I remind myself to live generously—being generous with my patience. When I’m on deadline and someone needs a listening ear, I remind myself to live generously—being generous with my time. And goodness knows I need to practice the mantra often, as it is a critical life goal of mine.

LIVE Generously

Living generously isn’t just about money; it’s about values. It can be practiced in almost every aspect of daily living. You can be generous with patience and time, but also with skills, and creativity, and resources—whether that means offering advice, or money, or the use of your pick-up truck. It even means being generous with a smile and a hug when that is exactly what someone needs. And because living generously is a driving personal value which I continue to try to improve and expand, and is also a value of the Community Foundation where I am honored to serve as CEO, it makes sense that it should be the focus of this new column.

Welcome to the inaugural column of Live Generously! At the Community Foundation of the Lowcountry, we recognize that to accomplish our mission of “strengthening community by connecting people, resources and needs,” we need to encourage everyone to live generously—it takes all of us to create meaningful positive change. And interestingly, the more generous we are, the more we receive in return. As what appears to be a promisingly successful tourist season is winding down, the generosity of the business and corporate sector comes to mind. And there are not only good community reasons for businesses to “live generously,” but good business reasons as well. Corporate social responsibility (CSR) is the term commonly used to describe a business’s efforts to positively impact the community. America’s corporate sector has a long history of giving back to the communities in which they do business—either to advance an overall CSR strategy, to address specific community needs, to expand consumer and employee loyalty, to build positive brand recognition, or just to expand their corporate values into the larger community.

P A R T N E R

CommunityFoundation_0913_PP.indd 34

And increasingly, they are expected by their customers and employees to do so. In a recent study*, researchers found that more than 80% of American consumers are more likely to trust a company that communicates its CSR efforts, are more likely to purchase a product that clearly demonstrates the results of CSR initiatives, and believe that companies should financially support causes at the same level or higher during an economic downturn. The Community Foundation of the Lowcountry has had the immense pleasure of working with many businesses over the years in their resolve to strengthen their communities. One notable example is our partnership with the Hargray Caring Coins Foundation, which has contributed more than $2.2 million back into our community since it was established at the Community Foundation in 2003. Also consider Oak Advisors, a local investment firm, and the British Open Pub, a local eatery, each of which established scholarship funds at the Community Foundation. Bob and Lois Masteller, owners of The Jazz Corner on Hilton Head Island, want more than anything to preserve, protect and promote jazz music, especially among young people. They had a passion that needed an outlet, and that outlet was the establishment of the Junior Jazz Foundation at the Community Foundation. The Foundation has supported the funding of instruments in local schools and summer jazz camp scholarships for local students among other things. Bob, who is also a former Community Foundation board member, explains it this way, “Through our business and our love of jazz, we found a way to give back. The Junior Jazz Foundation is our way of passing that love and passion along to younger generations.” Brian Carmines, owner of Hudson’s on the Docks restaurant, and also a former Community Foundation Board Member, is another shining example. From sponsorship of the annual Community Thanksgiving dinner, and Fourth of July fireworks show, to the Hilton Head Island Seafood Festival, which raises funds for the Hilton Head Island Recreation Association, and the David M. Carmines Tennis tournament, which raises funds for cancer research, the Hudson’s team personifies good corporate citizenship. “We’ve been very fortunate to have enjoyed some success in our family business at Hudson’s over the years and I’ve always believed that ‘giving back’ is part of the equation,” said Brian. These are just a few of the numerous examples in our community. I can think of so many others, can’t you? What are some other ideas? A business can lend equipment, such as the community truck owned by Collins Group Realty. It can make a meeting room available for community use, like Palmetto Electric and Hilton Head PSD both do. It can sponsor events, offer trinkets for gift bags for a fundraiser, or share an article about a good cause in its corporate newsletter. I know that my own decisions about where I choose to do business can be swayed by such things, as I believe that these businesses care as much about the community as I do. The bottom line is that we all can choose to live generously by taking small steps every time there is an opportunity. From a smile, to a word of encouragement, to a helping hand, to a financial contribution, to a lasting charitable legacy–all these are positive examples. What are YOU (or your business) doing to live generously? Denise K. Spencer President and CEO Community Foundation of the Lowcountry *Source: 2012 Cone Communications Corporate Social Return Trend Tracker and 2010 Cone Cause Evolution Study

P R O M O T I O N

8/22/13 10:56 AM


CommunityFoundation_0913_PP.indd 35

8/21/13 10:43 PM


MONEY STEVEN WEBER Money Report

A

Dividends … Why Not?

few weeks ago Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (BRKB) announced a second-quarter profit increase of 46 percent, reflecting improvement in their core businesses of auto insurance, energy and railroads, as well as gains from investments and derivatives. We shouldn’t be surprised. Investors have long marveled at the success of Berkshire Hathaway in building value for its shareholders; their business portfolio includes General Re, Berkshire Reinsurance, Geico, Burlington Northern Santa Fe, Mid-America Energy, Union Tank Car, Clayton Homes (the country’s leading builder and financer of manufactured homes), CORT Furniture, and a slew of common stock investments in publicaly traded companies. Berkshire

owns 13.7 percent of American Express, 8.9 percent of Coca Cola, 8.7 percent of Wells Fargo and 6 percent of IBM, to list just a few. They have also acquired 28 daily newspapers across the United States, pursuing Buffett’s strategy of investing in these businesses for their ability to deliver local news not obtainable elsewhere. Warren Buffett’s letter accompanying Berkshire Hathaway’s annual report has long been required reading for investors seeking a glimpse into the strategy and thinking of the bard of Omaha. Besides an in-depth discussion of financial results, this year’s missive touches on the planned activities at the annual meeting, including a 5K run, a 194,000-square-foot hall featuring products from many

of Berkshire’s holdings (Buffett himself promised a shift behind the sales counter at Borsheim’s Jewelers) and interestingly enough, dividends. You see, Berkshire Hathaway doesn’t pay a dividend, and that fact is extremely frustrating to many investors. Isn’t a dividend a sign of a good, well-established company that cares about its shareholders? Isn’t it almost sacrilegious in the investment world to argue otherwise? Well, in his letter, Buffett discusses why, while many of Berkshire’s investments pay generous dividends, he has maintained a no dividend policy. His reasoning supports a pretty compelling argument that should interest and challenge those of us who invest in stocks for both growth and income. He examines the three ways

(not mutually exclusive) that companies can deploy their assets, and how Berkshire Hathaway implements this process. The first priority would be to reinvest in your existing business; in a diversified company like Berkshire, with their holdings spread across a wide swath of the economy, this offers many choices. The next approach would be to seek out new acquisitions, unrelated to their current business, with the proviso that each new holding must leave shareholders wealthier, on a per-share basis, than they were before the acquisition. Finally, excess funds can be used to repurchase the company’s own shares, when it is possible to do so at a meaningful discount to intrinsic value. But why not include a dividend payout to shareholders as well?

36 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 036-037 MoneyReport.indd 36

8/22/13 11:38 AM


MONEY

Here is a brief recapitulation of his argument. We’ll compare two scenarios, both based on a hypothetical company that earns 12 percent ($240,000) annually on net worth of $2 million. Its shares on the open market sell for an average of 125 percent of net worth, or $2.5 million (a reasonable assumption, since these numbers are both below earnings and price-to-book value for the S&P 500). In scenario one our company retains two-thirds of earnings each year, or $160,000, to reinvest in the business and pays out $80,000/year in dividends. In addition, our dividend payout would continue to grow each year by 8 percent (12 percent earned less 4 percent paid out.) After a decade our company’s net worth has grown

to $4,317,850 (the original $2 million compounded at 8 percent per year) our annual dividend would be $86,367, and our shares would be worth approximately $5,397,000, or 125 percent of their net worth. We would still own 100 percent of the company. Now for scenario two. Instead of paying dividends, our company decides to reinvest the full 12 percent earnings. As a shareholder, I decide each year to sell off 3.2 percent of my shares, which would give me the same beginning income of $40,000. Fast forward 10 years. Under this scenario the net worth of the company increases to $6,211,696, compared to $4,317,850 in scenario one. However, since I have sold shares each year over the last

decade to maintain my income, I now only own 72.24 percent of the $6,211,696. My shares can still be sold at 125 percent, so my investment would be worth $5,608,850 or 3.9 percent greater than in scenario one. Plus, the sum total of the annual cash received in scenario two would be nearly 4 percent higher than in the dividend paying scenario one. There are also other important considerations of taxes and timing. In scenario one, all cash received as dividends would be taxable, while in the scenario two, only the portion considered capital gain would be subject to tax. In scenario one, the company determines the payout policy for all shareholders, even those who would rather not receive the cash,

while in scenario two each shareholder can determine the rate and timing of their payouts by choosing when and how much they prefer to sell. Pretty compelling. M Steven Weber, Gloria Harris, and Frank Weber are the investment and client services team for The Bedminster Group, providing investment management, estate, and financial planning services. The information contained herein was obtained from sources considered reliable. Their accuracy cannot be guaranteed. The opinions expressed are solely those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those from any other source. Discussion of individual stocks are informational and do not constitute recommendations to purchase.

September 2013 37

SEPT 13 036-037 MoneyReport.indd 37

8/22/13 11:38 AM


Property MONTHLY’s 2013 official

Management the right company can turn your dream home into your nest egg

Guide

Special advertising Section 38 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 038-040 PropMgmtOpener.indd 38

8/22/13 11:43 AM


Story By Johnny Maplewood Photos by arno dimmling

T

here are tremendous rewards for owning rental property on Hilton Head Island. It starts with being able to enjoy your own piece of paradise; a place to relax, rejuvenate and reconnect with family and friends. As an island property owner you can take advantage of beach parks built just for you and enjoy discounts on golf, retail and restaurants. Your property can be a place to create long lasting memories for years to come, and may become your future retirement home. The financial reward for rental property owners begins with asset appreciation. For prospective rental property buyers, real estate transactions have been steadily increasing the past few years, but median pricing has remained relatively flat. Couple the current pricing with low interest rates for financing and an incredible amount of renovation and redevelopment momentum on the island and you have a high probability to build equity in your property in a relatively short period of time. The income generated from rental activity will help offset taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses. Consult your lawyer and tax accountant to understand tax benefits of owning rental property and how to best structure the property’s ownership. If you are considering purchasing or already own a rental property, you have two options; renting it shortterm as a vacation rental or long-term with a residential tenant. There are certain advantages and benefits to both. Long-term rental works very well for the owner or investor that does not care to use the property regularly, the benefits of a fixed; regular rent check is very appealing and your property may not receive as much normal wear and tear as would a short-term property. Long-term rental managers can make ownership extremely easy and their fees are usually well worth avoiding the time, energy and problem-solving skills necessary to manage your long-term rental.

2013 hilton head monthly property management guide

Hilton Head island hosts more than 2.4 million visitors annually and over 40 percent of those guests stay in Home and villa rental properties

September 2013 39

SEPT 13 038-040 PropMgmtOpener.indd 39

8/22/13 11:43 AM


2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

If you need more flexibility in the use of your property, then the short-term vacation rental option is for you. Hilton Head Island hosts more than 2.4 million visitors annually and over 40 percent of those guests stay in home and villa rental properties. Renting your property short-term also has the potential upside of higher annual revenue vs. a long-term rental. In today’s technology and Internet-driven world, more and more owners of vacation rental properties are attempting to book and manage their properties on their own. But what often happens is these owners can soon get overwhelmed with responding to reservation requests, maintenance and housekeeping issues and even late night phone calls if for example, a rental guest has locked themselves out of their property. What started as a “hobby” can quickly turn into an overwhelming full-time job. The good news is there are a dozens of very well run vacation rental management companies on Hilton Head Island. Hiring an effective vacation manager can greatly ease the burden of property management and fees for their services can often pay for themselves

HIRING AN EFFECTIVE VACATION MANAGER CAN GREATLY EASE THE BURDEN OF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT

SEPT 13 038-040 PropMgmtOpener.indd 40

through increased revenues, peace of mind, and may even have tax benefits for you annually. So how do you choose the right company and what are the top functions you can expect from your vacation rental manager? Good vacation rental management companies are first and foremost all about marketing. Look for a company that not only has a good website to book your property but also has a mobile website, a mobile app and a social and local Internet marketing strategy. Your property should be marketed globally utilizing the hundreds of vacation rental distribution channels readily available. Your vacation rental management company should provide 24/7/365 phone vacation specialist availability to take advantage of every opportunity to book your home. Next, your vacation rental manager should take care of your property like it’s their own. Look for a company that has their own housekeeping and maintenance crews on staff. When these functions are outsourced to contractors, the owner usually ends up paying more and the quality of services is much harder to control than when these functions are staffed by the company themselves. Your manager should inspect your unit weekly if it’s not booked and be able to tell you what improvements you should do in an annual assessment of needed upgrades and improvements to maximize revenue and your enjoyment of your Hilton Head Island rental property. M

8/22/13 11:44 AM


OUR MARKETING PROGRAM REACH + FREQUENCY = BOOKINGS • Top positioning on Yahoo, MSN, Google, Bing and 15 other major search engines • Banner ads on over 100 major travel sites worldwide & locally • Monthly email blast to over 100,000 previous and potential guest • State of the art website featuring Google maps, virtual tours, high resolution property pictures & daily updates • Facebook, Twitter and weekly blogs • Weekly guest departure surveys forwarded to every owner • Full-time onsite sales & marketing director • 24/7 Online Booking FAMILY OWNED AND OPERATED SINCE 1993, Sunset Rentals still believes that people – our owners and their guests – are our most valuable assets. Your needs ALWAYS come first. Whether you’re a new property owner, an established investor, or simply investigating the possibility of purchasing a home or villa for rental use, we welcome the opportunity to help manage and ensure the success of your investment. We are confident that we are the most owner friendly management company around.

YOUR MANAGEMENT PARTNER OUR ADVANTAGES = YOUR ADVANTAGES • No marketing fees to owners • Mandatory guest credit card security deposit protects your investment • Key-less entry systems on all properties • Owner-friendly web site (view bookings, book your weeks, print financial statements.) • Many homes and villas average 25-30 booking weeks a year. (Several with rates over $15,000 a week in season!) • Industry lowest owners guest booking fees • After hours license property manager on call • Virtual Floor Plans

2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

SUNSET RENTALS

OUR MAINTENANCE PROGRAM ATTENTION TO EVERY DETAIL • Mandatory weekly, written inspections regardless of occupancy • Trained, experienced licensed property managers and inspectors • Constant communication and follow up with owner regarding maintenance issues • Maintenance technician on staff to trouble shoot and handle all minor issues • Filters, light bulbs and minor repairs complimentary • Yearly written property appraisals by property manager

WE WERE THE FIRST TO INTRODUCE THE GROUND BREAKING VIRTUAL FLOOR PLAN TECHNOLOGY TO HILTON HEAD ISLAND AND FEATURE IT ON EVERY PROPERTY. THIS SYSTEM ALLOWS POTENTIAL RENTERS THE ABILITY TO SEE EVERY DETAIL OF YOUR RENTAL PROPERTY.

CONTACT US

843-785-6767 • 800-276-8991 • 21D New Orleans Rd, Hilton Head Island, SC 29928 • sunsetrentals.com • info@sunsetrentals.com

PM_SunsetRentals_0913.indd 41

8/21/13 10:44 PM


2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

GOODE VACATION RENTALS & SALES Owners, Gigi and Brian Goode, offer a combined 40 years of unrivaled success and performance to the client property owners and guests of Goode Vacation Rentals.

PMG: PEACE OF MIND GUARANTEED • Guaranteed Increase in Net Income for incoming properties • Free management of renovation and refurbishing services by experts in the business.

MARKET LEADERSHIP RENTAL INCOME • Fastest, easiest to navigate website on Hilton Head Island: GoodeVacationRentals.com. The least amount of “clicks” required to make a booking results in the greatest number of reservations. • Most number one positions on Google and other Internet search engines. • Email Blasts to 10’s of thousands of former visitors to Hilton Head go out on a regular basis. This, coupled with our dynamic, multipronged advertising program, yields maximum income generation. Low commission rates deliver the highest bottom-line.

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT • Inspections are a priority before guest arrival and after departure • Hands-on management + vendor scrutiny = lower maintenance cost • Keyless Entry is offered for virtually all properties • Best office location with greatest visibility on Hilton Head Island - for easy access and great walk-in traffic.

TESTIMONIALS FROM OUR OWNERS... “After using another rental management company, we transferred management responsibilities to Goode Vacation Rentals over three years ago and never looked back. Rentals tripled, the house is much better taken care of, and they are always there for us when we need anything. The personalized service just cannot be beat. Brian and his staff are like having family down on the island to look after our house.” — Tony and Liz Bradshaw, Second Row Ocean, 5 Bedroom/6 Bath, Singleton Beach “Brian, his family & crew are the most efficient we have ever dealt with in our 20 years of owning rental properties on Hilton Head Island. Our properties look great and we can depend on them to keep them that way.” — Jim & Opal Propes, 3 Oceanfront Shorewood Villas, 2 & 3 bedrooms “The Goode’s provide the personal knowledge and attention to my property that I was looking for. They are honest, hard-working and they deliver the results! Their commitment to positive guest services is unmatched. My return guest numbers are beyond my expectations. — Jim Hackett, Oceanfront, 8 bedroom 6 bath, Forest Beach “We looked for a property management company with personal service and accessible managers, who would be familiar with us and our home. We have found that in Goode Vacation Rentals. In addition, Brian’s help on a property related issue saved us a lot of money this year.” — Cary & Kathy Klein, Oceanfront, 5 bedroom, 5 bath, Sea Pines

FROM OUR GUESTS... The following review is from Flipkey, a subsidiary of TripAdvisor, which is owned by Expedia, Inc. and generates over 32 million monthly visitors on their websites. “Accomodations could not have been better. Exceeded expectations and would highly recommend Goode Vacation Rentals. Courteous and professional Staff as well as an honest description of properties available.” — Travelers from Haines City, FL

& Sales 800.673.9385 • 42 New Orleans Rd, Ste 103, Hilton Head Island, SC www.GoodeVacationRentals.com

PM_GoodeVacRentals_0913.indd 42

8/21/13 10:44 PM


Island Getaway has established itself as the premier home and villa rental company on Hilton Head Island since its inception over 20 years ago. Island Getaway Rentals is the largest provider of high-end homes and villas on Hilton Head Island which gives their property owners and guests a distinct advantage. When traveling to Hilton Head, Island Getaway is the first place a perspective renter looks due to their unrivaled selection of properties and superior customer service. As an owner, you have access to the largest database of returning guests resulting in the highest occupancy levels on the Island. Island Getaway is a past recipient of the prestigious “Chamber of Commerce Business of the Year.” It is with great pride that the company lives up to this honor. Island Getaway does not take the responsibility of property management lightly. Their attitude, attention to detail, and overall results separate them from the others. They understand that your vacation home is a valued asset, and will work with you to design a flexible management agreement that addresses any concerns you may have about renting your property. With Island Getaway, you can talk directly with the owner of the company, with the assurance that decisions will be made and any problems will be solved immediately. There are no voice or number prompts; every phone call is answered by a friendly member of the staff that is familiar with your property and ready to assist you. If you are hundreds of miles from your home, it is comforting to know that a situation will be handled without having to make numerous follow-up phone calls. Island Getaway’s personal approach to property management and high level of communication provide great “peace of mind” to absentee owners.

19 South Beach Lagoon SERVICES • Inclusion in Island Getaway’s annual edition of Hilton Head Island’s Rental Homes and Villas, a 100 page printed catalog that is distributed to their extensive and highly qualified database. • Island Getaway offers an extensive media marketing plan that relies on regional, national and international publications, as well as an unprecedented Internet marketing strategy. At Island Getaway’s award winning website (islandgetaway.com) guests can book online and review each property with multiple photos and detailed descriptions. Islandgetaway.com has attained top ranking on all major search engines including Google, Yahoo and MSN/Bing.

2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

ISLAND GETAWAY RENTALS

• The combination of the highest occupancy and lowest commissions on the Island gives Island Getaway’s property owners the highest year-end net income. This becomes evident when an owner is not required to provide complimentary nights to the rental agency, pay a marketing fee, provide tennis privileges, or support the rental agency’s housekeeping department.

33 Ruddy Turnstone

• Island Getaway works closely with the Island’s top real estate professionals providing them with invaluable information regarding the rental market on Hilton Head Island. Island Getaway provides realistic rental projections based on actual figures that will assist in purchasing the right property. From market trends to providing feedback from our extensive database, Island Getaway will provide the best overall return on investment. • Island Getaway’s flexible management agreements are tailored to the specific needs and interests of their property owners. Negotiable commission rates and no restrictions on the amount of owner use of their property creates a successful working relationship and peace of mind for owners. • Detailed monthly online statements, newsletters and Owner Link keep property owners up to date on their property and income. Property owners are always kept abreast of issues on Hilton Head that are relative to their investments.

10 Cat Boat

• Island Getaway staff members are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. • islandgetaway.com is the Island’s most prominent website. It can be found on the first page of all the major search engines when searching for vacation rentals on Hilton Head Island.

CONTACT US FOR A FREE RENTAL ANALYSIS

843-842-4664 • 800-476-4885 • 28 New Orleans Rd., Hilton Head Island, SC 29928 • islandgetaway.com

PM_IslandGetaway_0913.indd 43

8/21/13 10:45 PM


2013 hilton head monthly property management guide

Hilton Head Rentals & Golf RENTAL INCOME We have consistently met or surpassed owner’s expectations year after year in every type of economy. Owners have joined our rental program seeking and finding a better return on their investment. Additionally, we offer a no fee program so no advertising fees, tennis fees, or maintenance fees. Furthermore, many additional services are provided at no charge. MARKETING AND ADVERTISING Your vacation property will receive unparalleled exposure via our massive advertising budget. Vacationers consistently will see our website promoting your property on the first page of their internet search and, most frequently, within the first 3 positions. Additionally, our website is promoted on many vacation directories, most often on the home page, reinforcing our top standing. Our past guests receive our Palm Tree Post Newsletter bringing them up to date on our vacation happenings. WEBSITE Typically each year our website receives over 1 million visitors. Designed by a leading travel industry consultant firm, we offer one of the most advanced, attractive, and easy to navigate sites. We receive great reviews and accolades from our owners and vacationers for its attributes, content, and easy online booking process which generates reservations 24/7. Each property is supported by numerous photos and a detailed description including décor, architecture, views, ambiance, and amenities. Guests can also view floor plans of your home along with embedded photos. Owners can log in to view owner statements, upcoming reservations, and make owner reservations. ROI In addition to providing more reservations and thus greater rental income, you can anticipate a higher ROI. That is because we offer a very competitive commission. We also keep expenses low utilizing our maintenance staff. There are no mark up charges associated with outside vendor invoices. All of this, and more, contributes to providing you with a more attractive financial bottom line. RENTAL INCOME PROJECTION Following a preview of your property, we will develop a customized and detailed rental income projection. To find out how much rental income your property can generate, call us, Tom or Kate 800-445-8664.

AN OPEN LETTER & INVITATION – Today more than ever you want your vacation property managed by professionals that have earned their reputation for performance, trust and dependability. We provide the peace of mind that comes with our staff’s 100 plus years of combined experience of professionally managing vacation properties. Property owners today are faced with increases in taxes, insurance, utility bills and, in some cases, a decline in property values. We understand how important it is to manage and control costs. We manage your property as though it were our own. Just as important, we take pride in your property and work diligently to ensure that guests become repeat guests, thus helping to maximize your property’s income year after year. To protect your investment, we offer the best inspection system on the Island, with our dedicated staff of Inspectors helping to ensure that your property is properly cared for and to maintain your property’s value. Advertising and marketing have always been one of our key strengths. We have invested heavily in the internet and that is why you will constantly see Hilton Head Rentals & Golf appear at the top of key search terms. Additionally, your property will be seen via numerous directories that will substantially increase your property’s visibility in the market place. It has never been more important to entrust your property to the right company. We would like the opportunity to earn your trust. Sincerely, Tom Ridgway 800-445-8664

Tom Ridgway Owner

tom@hiltonheadvacation.com

Kate Hinton New Owner Relations Mgr.

kate@hiltonheadvacation.com

Contact us

800-445-8664 • 843-785-8687 • 578 William Hilton Pkwy., Hilton Head Island, SC 29928 • www.HiltonHeadVacation.com

PM_HHRentals&Golf_0913.indd 44

8/22/13 10:52 AM


Beach Properties of Hilton Head, owned and operated by Ray and Linda Moloney, has been one of the premier rental companies on Hilton Head since 1995. Originally from Ohio, we established our company on “Service Excellence” both for the Guest and the Property Owner. As our name indicates, we specialize in over 300 Luxury Oceanfront and Ocean Oriented Homes and Villas in Palmetto Dunes, Sea Pines, Forest Beach and the Sea Crest Resort. Our dedication to Service has resulted in being honored with the prestigious Hilton Head Island-Bluffton Chamber of Commerce Small Business of the Year Award as well as being Voted #1 by the Island Packet Readers Choice Award for four consecutive years.

Beach Properties understands what owners and guests expect from their Vacation Rental Company. We establish a partnership with our owners and work closely with them to meet their ROI. REPUTATION is everything. With over 18 years in the Vacation Rental Industry, Beach Properties has a proven track record and the solid long term financial resources to market your property effectively. WHAT OUR OWNERS & GUESTS THINK ABOUT US “We are so satisfied that we changed our property management to beach Properties last year. It is the best decision we’ve made in quite some time.” — Hampton Place Owner “My wife and I have been coming to Hilton Head Island for the past twenty years. We have used every agency on the Island , and I can truthfully say None, and I mean None can compare to your company.” — Beach Properties Guest

PERSONAL ATTENTION - We treat your property like it is our own • Beach Properties provides owners with their own Licensed Property Manager and Property Inspector • #1 Property Management Team with 8 full time Licensed Property Managers • Experienced and highly skilled Vacation Planners • Beach Properties’ in house Inspectors make sure your property is checked and secured before and after each guest stay • Luxury Amenities Package OWNER INCOME - Maximizing Your ROI • Highest net income to owners – flexibility to analyze owner income weekly and make adjustments to maximize ROI • No annual marketing fees or travel agent free nights • Monthly statements distributed on the 8th of each month • Direct Deposit available to get funds to you sooner • Dedicated Owner’s area on our website to book your online reservations and view your monthly statement and the Beach Properties newsletter MARKETING - To Achieve Your Goals • State of the art Cloud Based Reservation System and Website • Experienced in house Marketing Team • Extensive Internet Marketing Program • Professional website attracts over 700,000 visitors per year • 24/7 online reservation booking system and Mobile Website • Property specific interior and exterior professional photos, descriptions, and floor plans for each property at no charge to owner • Selected for inclusion in Frommers’ South Carolina Travel Guide and we hold the Coveted AAA accreditation • Monthly e-mail campaigns to over 40,000 previous and potential guests • Active Social Media Marketing on Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, YouTube, & Google+ • Exclusive Preferred Guest Program provides discounts to Owners and Guests at over 100 Local Businesses SUCCESS • Record sales for 2013 • 10% Owner Revenue Growth over 2012’s record sales • 99.6% Owner Retention • Customer Satisfaction has resulted in one of the highest percentage of repeat guests

2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

BEACH PROPERTIES OF HILTON HEAD

800-671-5155 • 843-671-5155 • PO Box 7408, Hilton Head Island, SC 29938 • beach-property.com • rentals@beach-property.com

PM_BeachProperties_0913.indd 45

8/21/13 10:46 PM


2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

THE VACATION COMPANY

THE SEA PINES RESORT

Celebrating 25 years of providing the best in property management leadership and customer service, we look forward to a very successful partnership as manager of your Hilton Head Island rental property. COMPANY PROFILE

LEADERS IN SERVICE: We are guest satisfaction superstars! A national survey of over 50,000 guests rated us 8th out of 250 vacation rental companies. We encourage owners to participate in marketing efforts across the board to increase exposure and revenues wherever they feel comfortable, by offering professional management assistance with owner-guest sites such as Vacation Rentals By Owner (VRBO). Our Internet URL is http://www.vacationcompany.com. We have secured top placement in organic online searches, and have enhanced our brand exponentially by expanding our online presence through website optimization, social media, press releases, and email newsletters. In short, we’re everywhere in travel cyber space that matters! Free wireless Internet access is provided in all of our properties. We have in-house professional tech support so guests are not dependent solely on cable and phone company responses. Every one of our staff is a South Carolina licensed realtor or property manager, and each possesses a personal, in-depth knowledge of our homes. We also have a full-time interior decorator to help owners with upgrades and other interior enhancements. WE ARE DEFINITELY A NOTCH ABOVE. WELCOME TO THE VACATION COMPANY!

The Sea Pines Resort is a nationally recognized, full-service, world-class resort with a dedicated property management program. We are committed to providing our owners with superior care for their investment, strong rental income, competitive management fees, and specific privileges to our resortowned amenities, which cannot be matched by other rental agencies. We experienced a banner year in 2012, and 2013 has proven to be another record-breaking year!

STRENGTH IN ADVERTISING:

Our full-time marketing efforts are a large reason for our success. We have a dedicated marketing team who allocates our $1.5M annual budget toward: • Search engine optimization (SEO) • Ads on Google, Bing, Yahoo and local portal websites • Social Media • Direct mail and print media • Use of a professional public relations team who provides regional and national recognition • Website development and improvements with a custom online booking engine. Seapines.com is one of the most visited websites on Hilton Head Island, with more than 1.5 million visitors per year!

EXCELLENT BENEFITS TO RENTAL PROPERTY OWNERS AND RESORT GUESTS: There are no annual dues to owners for guest use of the resort-owned facilities, providing owners with great savings! • Complimentary access to the Harbour Town Pool • Complimentary access to The Sea Pines Resort Fitness Center • Two hours of complimentary court time per day at The Sea Pines Racquet Club • Preferred tee times and reduced rates at resort-owned golf courses • Complimentary wireless internet in each property (no fee to owners) • Complimentary gate passes for guests (no fee to owners) • Guest Amenity Card provided at check-in, providing discounts at our resort’s retail, recreation and dining establishments (purchases can be charged to room) • Experienced, professional owner service agents who are the owners’ main point of contact • High-quality housekeeping and inspections and on-site maintenance staff • Convenience of The Sea Pines Resort Welcome Center’s front desk staff, bellman, and concierge services seven days a week If you are a Sea Pines property owner interested in our short-term rental program, please contact our Procurement Manager, Laura Wuller at lwuller@seapines.com or 843-842-1809.

www.vacationcompany.com 800.545.3303

42 New Orleans Road, Hilton head Island, South Carolina 29928

PM_46_0913.indd 46

32 Greenwood Dr., Hilton Head Island, SC 29928 1-800-SEAPINES (732-7463) • seapines.com

8/21/13 10:47 PM


2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

DESTINATION VACATION Hilton Head Island

VISIT OUR NEWLY DESIGNED WEBSITE TODAY! WWW.DESTINATIONVACATIONHHI.COM

Destination Vacation is locally owned and specializes in luxury oceanfront and ocean-oriented vacation rentals in Sea Pines, Forest Beach and Palmetto Dunes. OWNER TESTIMONIALS “We chose Destination Vacation as our management company because of our past experience as renters for many years. During that time, Destination Vacation became our “go to” rental agency because their units never disappointed us.” — J. Leeuw, Owner, 1894 Beachside Tennis “If there were a rating above excellent, Destination Vacation would have it - they are Superior. They know their business, they understand customer relationships, they have the contacts and the reach to get done what needs to get done. Whether you are an owner or a customer, you will not find a better agency on or off the island.” — K. Bader, Owner, 13 Man O’War, 19 Pelican and 33 Sandpiper “We selected Destination Vacation for our rental company when we first acquired our house in Sea Pines four years ago. I interviewed several companies before selecting Destination Vacation to represent us and manage our property. I have not second-guessed our decision for one minute.” — S. Goldstein, Owner, 11 Royal Tern 877-874-7244 • 843-785-7774 • 7 Executive Park RD, Hilton Head Island, SC 29928 • destinationvacationhhi.com

PM_DestinationVacation_0913.indd 47

8/21/13 10:48 PM


2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

WYNDHAM VACATION RENTALS HILTON HEAD ISLAND THE LOCAL COMPANY WITH A GLOBAL REACH Wyndham Vacation Rentals is the perfect partner to manage your vacation rental property. We strive to make your homeowner experience with Wyndham Vacation Rentals one of individual attention and professionalism, and to ensure that your property is realizing its full investment. Our commitment to help our homeowners achieve the maximum revenue potential for their vacation rental property, combined with our dedication to delivering a first-rate guest experience, truly sets us apart. WE WILL PARTNER WITH YOU TO PROVIDE: • Hands-on property care, managed by a dedicated property manager and supported by our full team of property professionals. • Personalized relationships which establish trust, exceed your expectations and ensure you are always treated as our first priority. • Consistent standards meaning that we hold all service vendors accountable, ensuring your home is as clean and wellmaintained as possible. • Regular communication from our team, to keep you connected to your property and our performance. • Powerful marketing and sales capabilities, through well-trained reservationists, revenue management analytics, and regional, national,and international media channels.

OUR UNIQUE HOMEOWNER BENEFITS: Wyndham Home ExchangeSM Program Turn select rental weeks into vacations for you around the world! Vacation rental owners who place their properties with us, automatically qualify for inclusion in this unique and exciting program. When our owners deposit up to five weeks from their vacation rental property into our exchange system, each deposited week is given a Point value, which can be used to exchange for stays at a selection of more than 4,000 fantastic resorts or rental properties.* OwnerNet.com® Our secure, comprehensive owner website makes it easy for Wyndham Vacation Rentals® homeowners to stay current with the industry news, including helpful links to owner benefits and programs, monthly financial statements, reservations, reporting and more. Owners have 24 Hour online access to their accounts OwnerPlus

IF YOU ARE LOOKING FOR PERSONAL SERVICE, POWERFUL MARKETING, AND EXCEPTIONAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, WE WELCOME THE OPPORTUNITY TO SPEAK WITH YOU.

Our group buying power can give you discounts on basic rental home essentials and amazing deals on top name equipment and furnishings for your vacation rental home. This program is another benefit from simply being a part of America’s leading professionally managed vacation rental company.

Contact Susan Rowland 843-247-2934 Susan.Rowland@wynvr.com WyndhamVacationRentals.com

CONTACT

843-247-2934 • 21 Executive Park Road • Hilton Head Island, SC 29928 WVRHIiltonHead.com

PM_Wyndham_0913.indd 48

8/22/13 10:41 AM


Specializing in luxury vacation rentals, real estate sales, and premier property management. WHY VACATIONERS LOVE TO STAY WITH HILTON HEAD RENT DIRECT… • Excellent customer service from our dedicated team of Islanders • FREE golf, miniature golf, and dolphin cruises everyday of your stay with our Southern Hospitality Pass, as well as, unlimited DVD rentals for your entertainment • Concierge services such as personal chef, grocery delivery, bike rentals and more, all facilitated through our company to make your vacation planning as seamless as possible • 24/7 online booking through our user-friendly website (www.HHRentDirect.com) • Hassel free keyless check-in and check-out enables guests to begin their vacation right away • Mobile App available on iTunes App Store and Google Play store Mobile app section to access information about your rental home and the Hilton Head Island area • Free Wi-Fi at all of our properties, as well as linens, towels, and amenities to make you feel right at home • Pet friendly properties available

WHY HILTON HEAD RENT DIRECT IS THE BEST CHOICE FOR MANAGEMENT OF YOUR INVESTMENT PROPERTY… Our team is dedicated to providing you with valuable exposure of your property and an increased return on your investment. Through our customized property management plan we guarantee repeat guests and an increase on your bottom line.

2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

HILTON HEAD RENT DIRECT

• Competitive management fees (Reduced rates for owner referred bookings) • In-House cleaning company to maintain quality control and allow for quick response time to guests needs • No mark up fees on our services including free batteries and light bulbs. • Top of the line trust based accounting software to keep track of income and expenses • 24/7 access to your owner login to view statements and block out time at your property • 24/7 emergency on-call agents • In-House property inspectors and maintenance staffed for each arrival and departure. • Monthly statements, booking notifications, and constant communication with our homeowners

Limited Time Offer:

FREE CLEANING FOR A YEAR

when joining our management program in 2013! Exclusions may apply, contact us for details.

CONTACT US

(888) 444-5573 • (843) 715-2208 840 William Hilton Parkway, Suite A, Hilton Head, SC 29928 Info@HiltonHeadRentDirect.com www.HiltonHeadRentDirect.com

PM_HHRentDirect_0913.indd 49

8/21/13 10:48 PM


2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

HILTON HEAD ACCOMMODATIONS

SOUTH BEACH INN & VACATION RENTALS

Trust Hilton Head Accommodations to manage your property REVENUE + SERVICE = OWNER SATISFACTION

FOCUS ON SOUTH BEACH

• Reservation Agents available 24/7/365 to book your property • Showcasing your property on over 300 global distribution channels • Top Performing: HiltonHeadUSA.com • HiltonHeadUSA Mobile App for owners and guests • Over 10,000 facebook fans • Executive Level Homeowner Services • Convenient Pope Avenue Offices • In-House Housekeeping and Maintenance • Pay less Mgmt Commission for owner generated bookings

On an island the size of Hilton Head, it is easy to spread your resources too thin. That’s why we, at South Beach Inn and Vacation Rentals, concentrate on marketing only the South Beach area. By partnering with The Salty Dog and the South Beach community, we are able to effectively reach guests on a national, regional and local level while offering the personal attention you expect. In addition to our villa rentals, The South Beach Inn has a collection of suites available for nightly rentals. The suites are an affordable way to accomadate extra visitors and remain in the South Beach and Sea Pines area. Suites are equipped with kitchenettes and include the same service people have come to expect from The South beach Inn. It’s no wonder we are constantly growing and our guests return year after year. • Secure Custom website with online booking. • Detailed photo gallery and a searchable database that enables guests to find accommodations to fit their needs. • Detailed property inspection before, DURING, and after every visit to address any issues that might arise. • Full-time maintenance staff to protect your investment in the event of an emergency. • High occupancy rates with lower commissions ensure owner profitability. • Timely and concise monthly statements.

PARTNER WITH US BY 11/1 AND PAY 0% MANAGEMENT COMMISSION THROUGH APRIL, 2014!

Contact Robert Stenhammer, President at 843-247-2404 or rstenhammer@hiltonheadusa.com

CONTACT

(843) 247-2404 • 20 Executive Park Rd, Hilton Head Island SC, 29928 www.hiltonheadusa.com

PM_50_0913.indd 50

232 S Sea Pines Drive, Hilton Head Island, South Carolina 29928 1-800-367-3909

www.sbinn.com

8/21/13 10:49 PM


VACATION TIME HAS PROVIDED RENTAL MANAGEMENT, REAL ESTATE SALES AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, SPECIALIZING IN THE FOREST BEACH AREA FOR OVER 37 YEARS. Family owned and operated, Vacation Time has built a successful business by treating guests and property owners as members of an “extended family”. Long standing relationships with property owners, condominium regime clients and a high percentage of repeat guests are proof that our philosophy works. If you own a home or condominium in the Forest Beach area and want the rental income and attention your property deserves, call us today. WHAT OUR OWNERS SAY ABOUT US

OUR SERVICES • Easy to navigate website, www.vthhi.com, offers online booking, visual tour and calendar for each property with a secure individual property owners account access. • All of our properties are featured with on-line Travel Companies, including: Clearstay, Homeaway, Flipkey, Perfect Places, Vacation Rental Supermarket, Beachhouse, Beach Vacation Choices, My Vacation Rental Guide, Paradise Hunter, Rental Place, etc. • Our In-house maintenance staff offers the most efficient and prompt service available. 7 days a week, 24 hours a day. • We offer our full range of services i.e. easy check-in/check-out in our convenient South Forest Beach location, 24 hour on call maintenance, guest services,etc. to owner marketed properties such as VRBO at a reduced commission.

“I have had the pleasure to work with Vacation Time of Hilton Head since 2006. They are the ultimate professionals in every respect. They are there when they are needed and they “have my back” always! They are family owned and operated and treat their clients like family as well…which is something not experienced enough these days!” — Dale Carmody, Ocean Dunes Owner “We have used Vacation Time as our property manager for our Seaside Villas since 2005. We have grown from one rental villa to four, and Vacation Time has helped make that growth possible. They not only keep our guests happy; they are our eyes and ears since we live 1000 miles away. They are full service, providing check in/out; scheduling villa cleaning and providing necessary maintenance. They value our guests as we do going the extra mile to make sure our guests have a great island experience, and leave the island with a desire to return just as soon as possible. We could not manage this business without our partnership with Vacation Time!” — Barb Swanson & John Genito, Owners of 4 Seaside Villas

2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

VACATION TIME OF HILTON HEAD ISLAND

“We have been successfully renting our villa at Seascape Villas since 2010 and couldn’t do it without the help of the staff at VTHHI. They are always there to answer questions, take deliveries, check on our property, etc. We live over 800 miles away and VTHHI gives us peace of mind. We added a new property at Seaside Villas this year and they helped us get it ready to rent and we have had a great 1st season full of rentals.” — Doris Aresta, Seascape and Seaside Owner WHAT OUR GUESTS SAY ABOUT US “Our experiences are so wonderful that is why we booked again for next year. We couldn’t be more pleased with the unit and with Vacation Times quick and easy response to any of our needs. Fortunately, we have not had to call for any type of help, because everything is so well taken care of. Once again, we love it!” — Bonnie, Maryville, TN “The people at Vacation Time of Hilton Head were pleasant, helpful, hospitable and welcoming. We truly enjoyed our first trip to HHI. An excellent home-away-from-home for us.” — Elaine, Farmington, CT “This was our fifth year renting through Vacation Time and they continue to run a great program. Any problem we had was dealt with quickly and cheerfully.” — McCoy, Banner Elk, NC

Find us on Facebook (www.facebook.com/vacationrentalhhi) and Pinterest (www.pinterest.com/vthhi)

“We stay here every year and love it! All of the villas are great. Feels like home away from home. The staff at Vacation Time are wonderful and very helpful. Definitely recommend it!” — Melissa, Athens, GA

CONTACT TERRY NOTARTOMASO

South Forest Beach Drive, Hilton Head Island, SC 29938 • 843-785-5151 • 1-800-845-9500 • vthhi.com • terry@vthhi.com

PM_VacationTime_0913.indd 51

8/21/13 10:50 PM


2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

SEASHORE VACATIONS, INC.

BEACHSIDE GETAWAY

LOCALLY OWNED & OPERATED FOR OVER 40 YEARS Owner/B.I.C., Buddy Konecny, and his staff have been providing guests and owners with unparalleled customer service year after year. Our “Hands On” approach ensures your property will receive the attention it deserves while maximizing rental income. Allow us to customize a program to suit your particular needs.

We offer Unique Property Management:

We specialize in Oceanfront & Ocean Oriented properties on Hilton Head Island’s famous South End: Forest Beach, Sea Pines & Shipyard.

• Exclusive number of properties • Hands On service • Competitive fees • Reasonable cleaning and maintenance fees • Optimal rental revenue • Owner access to account and calendar on website • Website and National Advertising

• Member of Hilton Head Island Chamber of Commerce • Locally owned and operated by your Neighbor • Extensive data base of past customers • Owner referral program • On time monthly payments

Beachside Getaway is locally owned by your neighbor who has been an Islander for over 30 years. Our unique approach to property management is proven. Our guests love it and have come back year after year. Two licensed property managers and professional reservationists will insure that your property is in tip top shape while maximizing your rental potential. Your property will also be carefully inspected before and after each guest by our in-house inspectors. SERVICES • Easy to navigate web site, www.seashorehhi.com, featuring on-line reservations, up to the minute booking calendar, photos of the properties, amenities, and other valuable information. We offer a Mobile Application for Apple & Android devices. This application includes property information, restaurants, and local activities. We are partners with multiple online travel sites including: Home Away, Trip Adviser/Flip Key, Clear Stay, Perfect Places and VRBO among others. • Timely statements (also available online), property inspections, periodic inventories, security checks and 24 hour on call service. • No marketing fees or invoice “Mark Up” charges. • Our top priority is renting the properties we manage. We do not own any of the properties on our rental program nor do we sell real estate. We focus on your rentals.

Our rates are comparable with other property management companies with much more service for our home owners. We understand that not all home owners are the same and have different needs. We are able to be flexible to meet all those needs. As the homeowner you will be able to access your calendar and account information 24 hours a day 7 days a week. We are only a phone call away if you ever need anything. You will speak to a person who knows your first name and your property like it is their own. HERE ARE WHAT SOME OF OUR OWNERS HAVE TO SAY: Dear Lisa, Frank and all of the wonderful Beachside Getaway staff, “First, we would like to thank you for all your attention to detail in caring for our property. We are also pleased with the bookings we have received this summer. Again, thank you for your professional and personal touch!” — Teri and James Proctor Good Morning Beth and Lisa, “Thank you to all of you at Beachside for finding the wonderful guests this summer. This was the best rental season we have had in several years in spite of the economy. We truly appreciate all you do in the management of our home. The approach and attention you give to guests and the homeowner is unique.” — Ginny Jones Hi Lisa and Beth, “Mimi’s Place would like to extend a great big THANK YOU for the way you have taken care of the property this season. We are so happy that we have you looking out for us.” — Margie Keller PLEASE GIVE US A CALL TO DISCUSS CAREFREE RENTAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP ON HILTON HEAD ISLAND.

CONTACT US

800-845-0077 • 843-785-2191 P.O. Box 5071, 11 Executive Park Rd, Hilton Head Island, SC 29938 seashorehhi@hargray.com • www.seashorehhi.com

PM_52-53_0913.indd 52

CONTACT

61 Arrow Rd Suite E, Hilton Head Island, SC 29928 843-686-6044 • Toll Free 1-866-443-5922 www.beachsidegetaway.com

8/22/13 10:43 AM


Specializing in Oceanfront & Ocean Oriented Homes & Villas located in Forest Beach, Sea Pines, Palmetto Dunes, Shipyard & Singleton Beach VACATIONING GUESTS Our team is extremely knowledgeable about the Island and our inventory ensures you will have an awesome vacation experience. Here’s why: • Friendly team • User friendly web site – www.palmettosands.com • Online booking 24 hours a day, 7 days a week • Easy check-in and check-out procedures • Discounts to activities on the Island • Conveniently located office • Inspection prior to your arrival • Immediate attention to any item that may arise A FRESH PERSPECTIVE FOR HOMEOWNERS Our team is here to achieve maximum revenue on your property. Here are some of the differentiating factors: • Business model founded on managing a limited set of updated properties ensuring guest satisfaction and repeat reservations • Offering a personal level of service for our homeowners and guests • Reduced Management fees scaled to property size and location • Timely monthly statements and owner payments • Discounted fees for Owner referral reservations • Direct deposit available to local banks • Owner portal for viewing reservations and statements • Recommendations for rental renovations and improvements • Inspection after each guest departs • Team members on call 7 days a week • Increased Homeowner net income • Premium Web Presence for web marketing • Active communication with homeowners • Excellent Rating on FlipKey & Trip Advisor web sites

HILTON HEAD LONG-TERM RENTALS

2013 HILTON HEAD MONTHLY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT GUIDE

PALMETTO SANDS VACATION RENTALS

Want to rent your property long-term?

Hilton Head Long-Term Rentals is an owner oriented firm that is dedicated to protecting the owner’s real estate investment by providing quality management services. Established in 1981, Hilton Head Long-Term Rentals is the only firm that exclusively handles long-term rental management on Hilton Head Island and the surrounding communities. Our long-term management services are designed for property owners who wish to rent their home or villa for six months or longer, either furnished or unfurnished. OWNER SERVICES: • Marketing the property for lease • Insuring that the rental rate is competitive in the area so that you, the owner, receive consistent monthly income • Screening prospective tenants by performing a credit check through a national credit bureau • Collecting the security deposit (pet deposit if applicable) and monthly rent. • Coordinating legal action for the collection of late rents and eviction if necessary. • Preparing detailed monthly owner’s statements of income and expenses. • No up-charge on scheduling maintenance on a 24 hr basis. • Inspecting the property to insure tenant care of premises with a written report sent to you, the owner. “Hilton Head Long-Term Rentals has managed four of my investment properties for nearly 10 years. I have peace of mind regarding my properties knowing their proficiency and the professional manor in which they do business. I would highly recommend Hilton Head Long-Term Rentals to my clients and friends so that they can experience the same service that I have enjoyed.” — Jack Holland, Investment Adviser

We invite vacation property homeowners and guests to contact us to experience the very best care and personal service available anywhere on the Island! Whether you are planning a vacation or searching for the right company to manage your vacation home, Palmetto Sands is the answer! We welcome the opportunity to meet with you in person, or by telephone to discuss your future plans here on Hilton Head Island. Professionally managed advertising on the following premium web marketing sites www.flipkey.com • www. vrbo.com www.tripadvisor.com • www.homeaway.com www.hiltonhead360.com Members of the Hilton Head Island Chamber of Commerce Vacation Rental Managers Association

CONTACT PAULA BENNETT

22 New Orleans Rd, Hilton Head Island, South Carolina 29928 1-843-689-5900 • Paula@palmettosands.com • www.palmettosands.com

PM_52-53_0913.indd 53

CONTACT

1000 Main Street, Suite 100C Hilton Head Island, SC 29926

843-681-6800 • Toll Free 877-686-6468 www.longtermrentals.net

Michael Manesiotis, Broker-In-Charge

8/22/13 10:45 AM


have sp e l

ok

thly mon

en

T e peop

VOTE FOR YOUR FAVORITE THINGS AT HILTONHEADMONTHLY.COM

e c i o Ch ’ s r e d a e R 013 2

READERS’ CHOICE AWARDS Help your favorite local people, places and restaurants win the recognition they deserve! Vote online at hiltonheadmonthly.com. One entry per person, please, and each entry must include a valid e-mail and/or phone number to be counted. SUBMISSION DEADLINE IS OCT. 15.

VOTE FOR HILTON HEAD & BLUFFTON CATEGORIES... BEST IN FOOD

BEST IN BUSINESS

Bakery Bar / Hotel Bar / Late Night Bar / Sports Barbecue Beer Selection Burger Candy / Chocolate Shop Caterer / Catering Company Coffee Shop Crab legs Deli Dessert Menu French fries Fried chicken Happy Hour Ice Cream /Gelato/ Frozen Yogurt Margarita New Restaurant (Open in calendar year 2013) Pizza Restaurant / Italian Restaurant / Mexican Restaurant / Southern Restaurant / Lunch Restaurant / Brunch Restaurant / Breakfast Restaurant / Kid-friendly Restaurant / Outdoor Restaurant / Sub shop Seafood Steak Sushi Vegetarian Water Views Wine Selection Wings

Favorite New Business of 2013 Antique store Art gallery Auto Repair / Body Shop Bank Barber shop Best Non-Profit Bike store Builder / Remodeler Cabinet company Car Dealership Carpet Cleaning Carpet / Floor Store Child Care Facility Consignment/thrift store Eyewear Fitness Center Gift / Novelty Shop Golf store Grocery Store Hair Salon Hardware Store Heating and Air Company Home Furnishings Store Interior Designer / Firm Insurance Company Jewelry Store Landscaping Company Men’s Clothing Store Mortgage Company Nail Salon Nursery Outdoor apparel and goods Party supply store Pest Control Company Pet Grooming Service Pet Boarding Service Pharmacy Pool company

SEPT 13 054 ReadersChoice.indd 54

Private Golf Course Public Golf Course Real Estate Co. Retirement Community Shopping Center Spa Sporting Goods Store Stationary/paper store Sunglasses/eyewear Tire store Travel Agency Wedding Venue Weight loss center Women’s Clothing Store Yoga / Pilates Studio

BEST OF THE LOWCOUNTRY Bartender Best karaoke Best live music Best live trivia Best place for a ladies’ night out Best place for a guys’ night out Best place for a date Chef Chiropractor Dentist Doctor Eye doctor Financial Advisor Florist Gated community/plantation Lawyer / Attorney Liquor Store Massage therapist Musician / Band Personal trainer Physical therapist Realtor Veterinarian

8/21/13 11:40 PM


2013 CITY GUIDE

56

BEACH »

58

BEAUTY »

60

BUSINESS »

62

CRIME (LACK OF) »

63

CULTURE »

64

FAMILY »

66

FUN »

68

HEALTHCARE »

75

LIFESTYLE »

70

RECREATION »

72

SCHOOLS »

74

WEATHER »

71

»

ACTIVE ADULT LIVING »

Why we live

here VIEW THIS CITY GUIDE AS BOTH A RESOURCE AND A REMINDER ABOUT WHY WE’VE CHOSEN TO BE HERE IN THE LOWCOUNTRY.

SECTION ILLUSTRATIONS BY STEPHANIE MEYER September 2013 55

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 55

8/22/13 11:48 AM


Âť

For Active Adult Living By Gwyneth J. Saunders PHOTOs BY ARNO DIMMLING

56 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 56

8/22/13 11:48 AM


CITY GUIDE

R

etirement is no longer about trading in one’s career for a rocker in front of the TV. For many of the retirees who move to the Lowcountry, retirement is another chapter in their lives that began innocently enough with a vacation to the Hilton Head area. Joanne and Stephen Murray moved from Fort Washington, Pa., just outside of Philadelphia, to Sun City Hilton Head in October 2011, but were part-timers since 2006. Joanne was finance director for a dance school and Stephen retired as a conductor for the Southeast Pennsylvania Transit Authority (SEPTA). “We started to vacation in Hilton Head and wanted to move to warmer climates when we retired,” said Joanne. “It made perfect sense to choose a retirement community here. And because we’d been here so much, we felt like we were home when we got here.” With more than 14,000 residents and dozens of groups to join, it’s like a small town, one that the Murrays enjoy. “What I like about Sun City is the resort atmosphere when you drive through the front gate,” said Joanne. “You feel like you’re still on vacation even though you’ve come home. There is so much friendliness. I love the fact they have a community theatre and a really good one. And everyone has made us feel welcome quickly.” The Cypress, with nearly 430 residents, and TidePointe, with about 300 residents, are much more intimate, offering first-class independent living along with different levels of continuing care, nursing care and assisted living on the grounds. Tom and Beverly Conner kept their options open before finally moving into The Cypress. They were in the market for a move and looked around while en route to visit his brother in Vero Beach, Fla. On the way back from Florida, they looked in The Crescent in Bluffton and bought a house right away. That was in 2001. In November 2012, the Conners moved to The Cypress. “We picked up our life in Bluffton, moved it down to Hilton Head and now we are just 14 miles closer to everything we do,” said Tom. Tom, a former school superintendent in Washington, Pa., is part of the Center for Medical Excellence, one of the newest businesses accepted into the incubator at the Don Ryan Center for Innovation. He is also a volunteer at the Allendale prison where he takes his Labrador therapy dog. Beverly, a former program officer for Alcoa Foundation, participates in her church activities. Both are active in the annual Hilton Head Motoring Festival & Concours d’Elegance. “We were really looking down the road as we get older. We were looking at when’s too early, when’s too late? You really have to be able to walk in here in order to live here,” Tom said. “It’s comfortable here, the service here is great. We have really enjoyed it, our health is good, and now Bev’s sister is moving into the house next to us. We have never looked back.” Mary Moser lives at The Seabrook of Hilton Head, a non-profit, independent living retirement community with more than 200 residents. The Seabrook’s 21-acre campus includes the Fraser Health Center, a 33-private bed skilled nursing facility. Originally from Reston, Va., Mary’s husband was career civil service and golf was his passion. “In 1980 we came to Hilton Head for a 3-day/2-night golf package and went home proud owners of a lot in Hilton Head Plantation,” Moser said. “We were captivated by the island’s natural beauty and couldn’t wait to make it home.” After several years in a nice condo area after her husband died, Moser knew it was time to move. She moved to The Seabrook, which is nestled in the natural beauty of a peaceful maritime forest with easy access to the beach. “A number of my friends live at The Seabrook and I’ve found it to have a small-town feel, where people are welcoming and friendly,” Moser said. “It’s the perfect place to call home.” September 2013 57

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 57

8/22/13 11:48 AM


»

For the Beach By Eleanor O’Sullivan PHOTOs BY ARNO DIMMLING

58 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 58

8/22/13 11:48 AM


CITY GUIDE

O

n a sweltering August morning, a steady stream of beachgoers made their way past the spouting fountains at the entrance to Coligny Beach Park, as they headed toward the long boardwalk leading to cooling waters. “I’ve been coming to Hilton Head since I was a little boy, probably the same age as Caitlin is now; I’ve always looked forward to coming to the beach here’’ said Craig Compton of Greenville, pointing to his 11-year-old daughter, whose shy smile was minus a few missing front teeth. Compton and his family spent the first week of August at his father’s Hilton Head condominium, an annual ritual. Caitlin and Connor Compton were eager to get into the water with their body boards. “I like to stay in the water all day,’’ Connor said. A gentle underwater slope makes swimming in Hilton Head Island waters a pleasant experience -- seldom do swimmers have to deal with dangerous undertows and crashing waves. And small tidal pools at the edge of the ocean are welcoming to children and non-swimmers. Amenities such as well-tended rest rooms and showers, a lengthy boardwalk to save feet from burning sand, rentable chairs and umbrellas and shielded benches and swings make Coligny Beach a must-stop for families like the Comptons and for retirees such as Kathy Essig, a resident of Hilton Head Plantation. Sharing a swing with Essig was Sally Richards, a friend from Conneaut, Ohio. “You can see it on people’s faces -- they relax and feel at ease when they arrive here,’’ said Essig, who swung gently on the swing as she watched the procession of morning arrivals to Coligny Beach. The Compton family, Essig and countless others can attest to what Parents’ Magazine concluded in its July 2013 issue: It named Hilton Head Island Number 1 in its survey, “The 10 Best Beach Towns for Families.’’ With California and Florida formidable rivals for the honor, what makes Hilton Head Island beaches so worthy? Research shows that the island’s natural beauty, enhanced by environmentally sound development and regular beach replenishment make it a popular destination, year in and year out, said Charlie Clark, vice president, communications, Hilton Head Island Visitor & Convention Bureau. The island’s eastern end is 12 miles long. A network of five beach parks on the island are accessible to the public, one with free parking, others with sticker parking for residents and hotel, rental or condominium guests, and metered or street parking for non-residents. All have restrooms and outdoor showers located in shady areas surrounded by natural beauty. Four of the six beach parks are handicapped accessible; two have picnic facilities, and one has a playground. Even before you get to the beach, the approach to them is worth the trip. Some have charming winding streets and pathways that are overgrown with lush foliage and shaded by majestic live oak trees hung with moss. Longtime visitors such as Les and Millie Young of Lake Wylie, S.C., enjoy Hilton Head and its beaches because “it’s peaceful, unhurried and there’s a feeling of security,’ Millie Young said. September 2013 59

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 59

8/22/13 11:49 AM


Âť

For the Beauty By Jessica Sparks PHOTOs BY ARNO DIMMLING

60 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 60

8/22/13 11:49 AM


CITY GUIDE

D

ino DiNenna was living in Northern Virginia when he first visited Beaufort and Hilton Head. After that first visit in 1993, he knew he wanted to move here some day. “My goal was to be able to retire to the beach,” he said. However, moving day came sooner than expected. DiNenna was having a conversation that “rubbed me the wrong way,” he said. That’s when he called an agent in the Lowcountry. A month later, he had a home on Hilton Head Island. “It’s phenomenally beautiful,” he said. “It wasn’t commercial at all. It was green and not crowded.” That’s the way the Town of Hilton Head wants it to feel, said assistant town manager Greg DeLoach. While Mother Nature created it so beautifully, the town has made significant efforts to keep it beautiful. “The town’s Land Management Ordinance provides many of the regulations that help to maintain Hilton Head Island’s reputation as preserving the natural environment,” DeLoach said. “Our ordinances regarding natural resources, the establishment of buffers along the roads, signs and the review of all development along major corridors all lend themselves to this reputation.” The town’s Design Review Board ensures proposed buildings and site improvements are contiguous with the design guide for the island, DeLoach said. “The design of HHI is also something that many visitors comment on from the landscaping on a site to the building and then also the signage,” he said. The design guide directs the board and developers what natural materials to use in development, what native plants should be used for green space and other design elements. “Signs, as are their associated buildings, are meant to be nature blending -- neon, flashing lights and 20-foot tall signs won’t be found on Hilton Head Island,” DeLoach said. For DiNenna, the aesthetics and town atmosphere have made Hilton Head a place he can call home. “I’ve actively looked at other places,” he said. He said he has seriously looked at living in Hawaii, Italy, Argentina and other places, but none have felt like home. “I have looked all over the world and I have not found anything,” he said. September 2013 61

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 61

8/22/13 11:49 AM


CITY GUIDE

»

For the Business BY SHERRY CONOHAN

A

sked how he sees the business climate on Hilton Head Island and in the Lowcountry, Gene Sherman, chairman of the Lowcountry SCORE Chapter, said it was “mending.” SCORE stands for Service Corps of Retired Executives, which is sponsored by the federal Small Business Administration. Its mentors advise persons who want to open a business or are seeking means to improve one. With the economy in recovery mode, businesses in the 1,600 member Hilton Head Island-Bluffton Chamber of Commerce are “optimistic” about what the future holds, according to Charlie Clark, vice president for communications. Clark said its members range from small single person businesses to large companies like Palmetto Electric, but that most of them are small businesses. Sherman cited renewed vitality in tourism with the upswing in the economy. “I think because we are a destination, tourism has picked up,” he said, noting that hotel occupancy rates are higher. “People are coming back and spending money … I think the businesses that have survived this far will rebound.” The survivors had to learn to be more efficient and manage their businesses better, he said. “The number of people coming to us

to start businesses have been falling off the last two or three years,” he went on. “We are working more with people who already are in business than those starting a business.” Sherman said SCORE has co-sponsored workshops with the Chamber of Commerce to help them, on subjects such as how to grow a business. Clark, the spokeswoman for the Chamber of Commerce, said the Chamber also helps businesses with the networking opportunities that it provides them. “We offer plenty of networking opportunities,” she emphasized. To tackle the task of bringing new business to the island and helping those here, the town council has created an Economic Development Corporation and on Aug. 6 appointed a seven member Board of Directors to oversee its activities. “The idea is to have an organization that focuses on economic growth and attracting new business and supporting existing places,” Mayor Drew Laughlin said. “It will be the place to go to.” At the end of last year on Dec. 31, there was a total of 5,886 businesses licensed in Hilton Head Island. That was a decline of 133 from the five-year high of 6,019 in 2008. In 2009, there were 5,943 businesses; in 2010, there were 5,776 and in 2911, there were 5,914, according to

town records. New businesses that obtained licenses in the first six months of this year totaled 685. That compares to 576 in the first six months of 2012. There were 712 in 2011, some 484 in 2010, some 646 in 2009 and 516 in 2008. New businesses licensed this year ranged from a law firm to a wholesaler of paper goods to property rentals to carpenters to a cleaners to a couple of dancers for a gentlemen’s club to a contractor from North Charleston. Asked what kind of businesses the Economic Development Corporation would seek out, Laughlin said they would be those that fit in with the constraints of Hilton Head Island ‘s geography and that identify with the island’s core values. “So we’re not going to be out there to recruit an automobile manufacturing plant,” he said. “That wouldn’t fit with the aesthetics and geography of Hilton Head Island.” Their efforts, he continued, would be in the area of health care, education and IT. Laughlin said that while any new businesses the corporation brings into town would improve the bottom line with the tax base, that’s not the main thrust. “The broader general goal,” he explained, “is to have a vibrant community with energy that supports demographics of more than visitors and retirees.”

62 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 62

8/22/13 11:50 AM


CITY GUIDE

For the (lack of) Crime By Sally Mahan

W

»

hen Jim Hoffman and his family visit Hilton Head for their annual vacation from Cleveland, one of the things they look forward to is biking on the island’s many trails. “We feel completely safe here,” said Hoffman. “We love the small-town feel and knowing we can go anywhere on Hilton Head without looking over our shoulder.” One of Hilton Head and Bluffton’s many charms is that feeling of security. While the area is not immune to crime, there are solid reasons for that sense of safety. That’s particularly true when comparing the island to another popular beach destination. In 2012, Myrtle Beach, which has about 28,000 year-round residents, had 195 robberies. Hilton Head, with about 37,000 year-round residents, had 31 robberies in 2012. Myrtle Beach had 42 rapes in 2012. Hilton Head had seven. In 2012, Myrtle Beach had 661 burglaries. Hilton Head had 289. Myrtle Beach had 2,790 larcenies in 2012. Hilton Head had 983. One of the advantages Hilton Head has over Myrtle Beach is its gated communities, which have their own security personnel. “Beaufort County has more PUDs (planned unit developments) than any other area in South Carolina,” said Beaufort County Sheriff P.J. Tanner. “Gated communities limit a lot of people from coming in. Hilton Head is a special place because it’s so different from other communities.” Tanner added that many property crimes in gated communities are committed by people who live within the gates. Whether behind the gates or not, police say the number of crimes can be reduced with the community’s help.

At a recent Hilton Head Public Safety Committee meeting, Lt. Toby McSwain, of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, expressed his frustration over the fact that many of property crimes could be prevented if people simply locked the doors to their vehicles and their homes. He noted that 14 car break-ins occurred in a single neighborhood and in every one of those incidents the victim’s doors were not locked. That’s where the community comes in, according to Bluffton Police Department Chief Joey Reynolds. “The public has to be proactive” when it comes to crime prevention, he said. “It takes a community to be a safe community.” He noted that the crime rate in Bluffton has stayed fairly low despite the huge amount of growth the town has experienced over the last decade. In the first quarter of 2013, there were 10 burglaries in the town, compared to the previous three-year average of 17. There were 62 larcenies (theft, excluding vehicle theft) compared to the previous three-year average of 102. “We’re blessed to have a fairly low crime rate, but as the community grows our challenge is how to maintain that,” said Reynolds. “We have a citizens committee made up of representatives from each community in Bluffton. That gives us a contact person and the ability to reach out to that community. Just having that network to get information out and get information back is essential for us to do our job.” Meanwhile, law enforcement officials are committed to maintaining that small-town feel here that visitors and residents alike enjoy. “Hilton Head is just a fabulous place to be,” said Hoffman. “We can’t imagine wanting to go on vacation anywhere else.” September 2013 63

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 63

8/22/13 11:50 AM


Âť

For the Culture By Michael Paskevich

Jordan Sturm Photography

photo by rob kaufman

64 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 64

8/22/13 11:51 AM


CITY GUIDE

C

Phoenix Feather Photography

photo by rob kaufman

onsider the typical visitor, on the island for a quick getaway and often intent on chasing golf balls, surviving beach bike rambles and maybe savoring an evening libation or two listening to Jimmy Buffett cover tunes at some torch-lighted island eatery. Cool. We can do that. And very well, thank you. But, as so many of can attest, today’s tourist often becomes tomorrow’s year-round resident, and once they get past “Margaritaville” they’ll discover local musicians playing original rock, blues and electronic dance music in venues that are off the beaten path and bear no artistic connection to Mr. B or the hormone-fueled Barmuda Triangle. World-class musicians work nightly at the Jazz Corner, serving up swing, trad-jazz standards and rhythm & blues for more seasoned locals and visitors, but if you’re in the mood for much older classics track down the Hilton Head Philharmonic Orchestra, now approaching its 32nd season that opens Oct. 14 with Maestro John Morris Russell pacing the orchestra through a “Scottish” themed evening at First Presbyterian Church. There’s also the well-regarded Hilton Head Choral Society and the well-attended International Piano Competition that draws some of the world’s finest young players to First Presbyterian. And the Hilton Head Dance Theater further bolsters our cultural credibility. The Heritage Golf Tournament remains our biggest tourist (and traffic) draw, but soon-arriving data will show that visitors counts for productions at the Arts Center of Coastal Carolina have pushed that venue firmly into second place. “I always enjoy going to plays at the Arts Center because you get such highquality productions performed in such an intimate setting,” said long-time island resident Isabel Mangan. Folks looking for more progressive one-act productions can turn to South Carolina Repertory where Hank Haskell and spouse seat barely 70 patrons in a tiny theater on Beach City Road. The Art League of Hilton Head, which shares space with the Arts Center, displays all manner of paintings, jewelry and artworks on a rotating basis and there’s a growing roster of smaller galleries scattered about the island. Our museum scene is anchored by the pastoral Coastal Discovery Museum at Honey Horn just as financing continues to grow toward creating a fullfledged Gullah Museum that truly celebrates our diverse culture. “Years ago this was just a beach town,” said Sheri Sternitzke, chairman of the Main Street Theater that incorporates nonequity actors aged five to 82 for its annual productions. “Now we’re becoming year-round and I think a lot of people are amazed by how much we now have to offer. And there’s going to be more to come.” No doubt this short-form essay has excluded deserving additions, but here’s a tip for a more encompassing look at island cultural offerings: The Arts and Cultural Council of Hilton Head operates a website/calendar about upcoming events in almost every category. September 2013 65

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 65

8/22/13 11:51 AM


»

For the Family BY CHRIS KATON PHOTOS BY ARNO DIMMLING

66 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 66

8/22/13 11:52 AM


CITY GUIDE

B

lessed with natural beauty, white sandy beaches and temperate climate, Hilton Head Island has earned a reputation as one of the most family friendly vacation destinations in the United States. At the top of many must visit lists is a climb to the summit of the iconic lighthouse in Harbourtown. Visitors will learn about the island’s rich natural history and are rewarded for their climb with spectacular views of Harbourtown Golf Links, Harbourtown Yacht Basin and Calibogue Sound. Active families enjoy eco-kayak or stand-up paddle boarding tours through salt marsh estuaries, where naturalists and photographers have frequent sightings of bald eagles, hawks and osprey. Thrill seekers will enjoy a visit to Zip Line Hilton Head for an adventuresome canopy tour. Dolphin sightseeing tours, sailing trips, parasailing, waterskiing and tubing are especially popular. A custom pirate ship is outfitted for a pirate adventure tour. Sport fishing charters, night shark trips and a catamaran sunset cruise are also available. A boat trip to Daufuskie Island offers a glimpse of what other sea islands were like before bridges and causeways opened them to development. Most native residents of the island are descendants of freed slaves, who have made their living oystering and fishing for decades. Family-oriented singer, songwriter Gregg Russell can be found performing beneath the famous Liberty Tree six nights per week throughout the summer season. At Lawton Stables a guided trail ride through the scenic Sea Pines Forest Preserve is offered. Young children will treasure a visit with Callie, the island’s pet deer. A visit to Coligny Beach is an open invitation for people watching, where the flip-flop-tapping rhythm of steel drums and Jimmy Buffet songs sets a casual mood. Jennifer Moscar of Atlanta, who is formerly of Bluffton, took photographs of chocolate ice cream mustaches on her two young children as they splashed and danced through the water spouts in the Coligny Beach Fountains. Thousands of family’s annually enjoy Harbourfest at Shelter Cove, where Shannon Tanner has entertained audiences for the past 25 years. Live entertainment, bouncy houses, food, arts and crafts, and evening fireworks display are featured. For the Freeland family of Rochester, New York, an afternoon at Islander Beach was an opportunity to construct an elaborate sand castle of a giant alligator, drawing admiration from a family of four on Fat Tire bicycles out for an evening ride along the shore. Many families also enjoy championship caliber golf, tennis, cycling and miniature golf. Others relax during a game of bocce or kite flying. A children’s museum, video arcade, bowling alley and several movie theaters are also available. September 2013 67

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 67

8/22/13 11:52 AM


»

For the Fun By Dean Rowland PHOTOs BY ARNO DIMMLING

68 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 68

8/22/13 11:53 AM


CITY GUIDE

Y

es, “water, water every where…nor any drop to drink” as Coleridge wrote 215 years ago in the “Rime of the Ancient Mariner,” but we don’t care about drinking water as long as we can always enjoy it by boating, sailing, fishing, casting, paddleboarding, kayaking, charter boating and everything else. For locals and tourists alike, the creeks, rivers, sounds, ocean, lagoons, ponds, salt marshes, wetlands and maritime forests with their abundant wildlife provide a bounty of outdoor adventures for everyone of all ages. “The water is calm and fresh,” said Earl Smith, a 51-year-old electrician and Hilton Head Island native and resident. “…And private,” added his son, Earl Smith Jr. as they boarded their 20-foot Pro-Sport at C.C. Haigh Jr. landing for a ride and some fishing on a recent weekday morning. They were headed to Daufuskie Island where the lifelong fisherman said, “It’s wide open, like a straight shot…it’s the express.” Smith said his favorite fishing spot is Sawmill Creek in Bluffton, but his biggest catch was a 3-foot bass hooked in Skull Creek. He also loves casting, his “favorite part about fishing,” where shrimp, crab and flounder in Broad and Jarvis creeks often wind up in his net. Elsewhere, shark, redfish, trout, black drum and bluefish abound. Lifelong fisherman Joe Banker, a 19-year-old marine biology student from Ohio who has enjoyed vacationing on Hilton Head for 13 years with his family, enjoys the water and all of the pristine beauty in the area. “There are a lot of places that are still untouched, natural areas like Pinckney Island,” Banker said. “You can find some pretty nice little nooks and crannies for fishing.” Pinckney Island is also a favorite destination for “birder” Karen Marts, a 50-year-old vacation planner who has lived on Hilton Head for 25 years. She puts the national wildlife refuge at the top of her special places, along with Sea Pines Forest Preserve, Fish Haul Creek and Mitchelville Beach Park. Overall, she has identified and verified 239 species of birds on her “life list.” Last year, she spotted “two pink dots” at Pinckney’s Starr Pond that turned out to be roseate spoonbills. “It was a major moment for me,” she said. Egrets, herons and ibises are common sights there. “You never know what you’re going to see,” said Marts, who belongs to the Audubon Society and writes a birding blog. “I live and die with birds.” If you don’t have your own resources, then check in with a local outfitter for dolphin and nature boat cruises, fishing and sailboat charters, kayaking, sport crabbing and shrimping, parasailing, waterskiing, tubing, wakeboarding, kneeboarding, jet skiing, power boating, guided nature tours and hiking, and biking along miles of pathways. September 2013 69

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 69

8/22/13 11:53 AM


» For the Lifestyle By Mary Doyle PHOTOs BY ARNO DIMMLING

H

ilton Head has a calming effect. It soothes your spirit and calms your mind. The environment here moves a little bit slower, and makes things a little less stressful. Worries are washed away with salt water and sand. Here life truly imitates art. Spanish moss draped across live oaks, sunsets against salt marshes and canopies of trees brimming with wildlife; it’s a little more lyrical, a little less corporate and for those that live in this undeniably special place, it’s home. For many, Hilton Head has provided an alternative from the fast pace of metropolitan areas, offering friendly, familiar faces and a strong sense of community. The way of life and pace here is relaxed, casual and easy. “Coming from Manhattan, I was immediately drawn to the idea of living the ‘island life,’” said Gray Sandford, Associate Creative Director at BFG Communications. Sandford, who moved to Hilton Head for work, adds: “Riding beach cruisers instead of subway cars. Weekends spent on beaches rather than graffitied roof-tops. Horizons instead of reflections. It was more of a mindset that I was chasing when I moved to the island,

and I’m happy to say that after two plus years ... I’m still here, still intrigued and definitely still enjoying myself – which is basically the happiness trifecta.” The draw of Hilton Head has lured many visitors to trade their one-week of the year for a lifelong vacation. The abundance of activities and diversions are endless. “There are a wide variety of outdoor events readily available on the island, that are difficult to enjoy in a large city.  Within minutes of leaving your home you can be running on the beach, paddle boarding down Broad Creek, or playing tennis with friends,” said Courtney Kenneweg, who recently returned to Hilton Head to become involved in his family’s business after calling Phoenix, London and New York City home. Living in paradise certainly doesn’t eliminate commutes, deadlines and Monday mornings, however it offers happiness and fulfillment outside of routine; it keeps the focus centered on what is important in life. It simply takes a quick trip to another city, to return with a renewed appreciation, strong sense of gratitude, and a friendly reminder of what it was like the first time we crossed the bridges and visited Hilton Head Island.

70 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 70

8/22/13 11:54 AM


CITY GUIDE

» For the Weather By John Hudzinski PHOTO BY ARNO DIMMLING

W

eather in the Lowcountry typically comes in threes. There’s a long tropical like summer, sandwiched in between a long spring and a long autumn. A touch of what one would call winter is usually in January and February, with night time temperatures flirting in the 40 and 50s with daytime highs in the 60s. Daytime temperatures on Hilton Head Island average 60 degrees in January, 75 degrees in April, 89 degrees in July and 77 degrees in October, according to the Weather Channel. “You will never see a deep freeze here” said Kris Allred, chief meteorologist for WSAV, an NBC affiliate television station in Savannah. “If you move down here from other parts of the country, you can leave your winter coats and clothes at home.” Michael Balducci is someone who traded in his cold weather gear for shorts and short-sleeve shirts. Balducci, a retired health education teacher from Rochester, N. Y. moved to Hampton Hall in Bluffton five years ago. Instead of manning a snow shovel, he now swings a golf club almost daily at his home

Hampton Hall Pete Dye golf course. Balducci, who discovered the Lowcountry in 2005 while on a golf trip, said he fell in love with the area, its people and its weather. “In Rochester we would sometimes be snowed in for weeks at a time and the only way around was in a snow mobile,” said Balducci. “When I celebrated my first Christmas here in 2007 we were in shorts.” Balducci said winters in Rochester started in October and ended in May when the last icicles fell off the roof. “Now instead of clouds in Rochester, I wake up every day to sunny, clear blue skies,” he added. Hilton Head and the surrounding low country area are blessed with temperate weather for several reasons. The region is 110 miles north of Florida and on a similar latitude as west coast weather standouts such as San Diego and Los Angeles. It often gets warm weather moving northeasterly from the Gulf of Mexico in the southeast or the warm gulfstream waters off the coast of Florida when winds are moving westerly.

“South Carolina is like a sandwich in the middle,” said Allred. “When storms generate from the west, Alabama and Mississippi usually get the brunt of the moisture. When a storm comes from the ocean, the cooler water temperatures near the coast helps delay the path and intensity of the storm.’’ Like much of the tropics, Allred said newcomers should always expect and be prepared for possible late day storms. She said the weather can change from year to year, noting last year’s drought conditions and this year’s above average rainfall in the region. While South Carolina has not been hit with a major hurricane since Hugo in 1989, she said newcomers should always be prepared since much of the southern part of the coast is low lying land. That means having a solid evacuation plan and adequate emergency provisions. She said when purchasing a home, flood zone maps are regularly updated by the federal government and can be used to determine if flood insurance is needed. That’s a flood of advice that should be heeded. September 2013 71

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 71

8/22/13 11:54 AM


Âť

For the Recreation BY JUSTIN JARRETT

72 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 72

8/22/13 11:55 AM


CITY GUIDE

PHOTO COURTESY OF PALMETTO DUNES

D

uring Memorial Day weekend in 1999, Stacy Benedik came to Hilton Head Island to visit family and found his way to three different golf courses. When he returned to Kansas City, Mo., he put in two months’ notice that he would be leaving his job, packed up the car and moved here. “That would have never happened without the golf here,” Benedik said. “It gave me an outlet. I immediately got a job working at the golf club at Haig Point and worked in the golf industry for five years before opening my own business.” But he never strayed too far from the course. PHOTO BY ARNO DIMMLING Benedik plays golf every Saturday morning with a group of local residents, traveling to a different course each week. If there’s a course in the area he hasn’t played yet, he can’t think of it. “Every time I go somewhere else to visit and play a round of golf, I am always reminded of how lucky we are to have such great courses by great designers, and even the ‘bad’ conditions of our courses blows away the conditions that most people have to play in on a daily basis at public golf courses.” That’s no secret to the area’s many avid golfers. With more than 20 public courses and numerous other private tracks in the Hilton Head area — many of them championship quality layouts designed by the biggest names in golf course design, such as Pete Dye, Jack Nicklaus and Robert Trent Jones — it’s no wonder Hilton Head has earned the nickname of the “golf island.” Many of the area’s pristine communities boast at least one course within their gates, and several have two or more.  And the island alone claims more than 350 tennis courts and boasts an extremely active USTA league that makes it easy for adults to play competitively against opponents of their skill level. Joe and Karen Ryan used to make the annual trek from New Jersey to Hilton Head Island for the Family Circle Cup tennis tournament, before it moved to the Charleston area. Finally, they decided they didn’t want to go back. Like many residents of Hilton Head and the surrounding area, the Ryans relocated to escape the rigors of living further north, trading their snow shovels for golf clubs and tennis racquets.  Both Joe and Karen were avid tennis players and golfers when they moved down in December 1993, and the quality and quantity of golf courses and tennis courts made the locale especially attractive.  The recreation opportunities aren’t limited to adults, either. One of the biggest reasons the Ryans moved to Hilton Head was to raise their children here, in large part because of the recreational resources in the area. “I don’t think they would have had the same opportunities to play,” Joe Ryan said. “Just the structures, and the leagues, and the really good players. It provided a great experience for them.” September 2013 73

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 73

8/22/13 11:55 AM


CITY GUIDE

For the Schools By Kim Kachmann-Geltz

A

critical component of the island’s appeal is the quality of the schools. Although children and young adults comprise a smaller percentage of the population on Hilton Head Island than they do in Beaufort County (only 25 percent), they represent the long-term future of the community, as well as the nation. With several outstanding public and private schools to choose from, the island offers an excellent variety of learning environments to meet any student’s educational needs. Notable factors that differentiate the schools are the rigor of academics and faculty training; athletic and arts programs; educational philosophy; spirituality; social life and class size.

»

PUBLIC SCHOOLS This school-year about 4,270 children will attend public schools. The Town of Hilton Head Island’s public schools are part of the Beaufort County School District and include the Hilton Head High School, Middle School, School for the Creative Arts, Elementary School, and Early Childhood Center. Vibrant student artwork lines the hallway of the beautiful, state-of-the-art Hilton Head Island Early Childhood Center. “We have a rigorous academic program that prepares students for their educational journey,” said Principal Kim Bratt. The center honors the “whole child” by providing opportunities for Kindergartners to express themselves through language, music, art, and dance. The island offers two distinctive public elementary programs for students: Hilton Head Elementary, an International Baccalaureate School, and the School for the Creative Arts. “We chose HHISCA because they infuse the arts into academics, and allow students to attend classes based on their readiness,” said parent and PTO Vice President, Beth McDonnell. Awarded “Palmetto’s Finest,” one of the top public high schools in the state, the Hilton Head Island High School boasts demanding academics and faculty training; competitive athletic programs; the arts; and volunteer opportunities. PRIVATE SCHOOLS Private schools that serve elementary and secondary students continue to grow and include Hilton Head Preparatory School, Sea Pines Montessori Academy, Hilton Head Christian Academy, St. Francis Catholic School, and the Heritage Academy. Hilton Head Preparatory School is the oldest school on the island. In 1965, the “founder” of Hilton Head Island, the late Charles Fraser and his Sea Pines Company, shouldered 80% of the start-up costs. Today “Prep” offers a mixture of

rigorous (K-12) academics, athletics, and performing arts, plus individualized learning opportunities. “We’ve seen Prep progress the past few years, from accommodating my son’s competition schedule as one of the first sports academy students, to providing online classes,” said Didi Summers, a resident who moved from London. Sea Pines Montessori Academy offers innovative educational programs for children from 18 months to 8th grade. What differentiates SPMA is a project-based, customizable curriculum allowing students to advance in subject areas depending on their needs and inquiry. “I have three boys at the school, ages 7, 10, and 13. They love the challenging environment (moving ahead grade level on subject areas), and the friends they make (positive social environment with peace curriculum),” said parent and SPMA Middle School Principal, Sarah Baird, PhD. Parents who choose Hilton Head Christian Academy (K-12) or St. Francis Catholic School (PreK-8) often do so because of the Christcentered community that encourages students to achieve their spiritual as well as their competitive academic and athletic goals. “HHCA has built a reputation for excellence in so many areas—academics, athletics, fine arts, a caring faculty and beautiful campus, technological advances, community service—while always striving to accomplish its mission of making disciples of Jesus Christ,” said parent Tom Jackson. The island offers a number of parochial preschools, too, such as Christ Lutheran and St. Luke’s. COLLEGE & UNIVERSITY Former Secretary of Education, Margaret Spellings, who recently addressed members of the World Affairs Council of Hilton Head Island, noted that “two-thirds of U.S. jobs require posthigh school training.” With a New River campus in Bluffton, the Technical College of the Lowcountry prepares graduates for transfer to senior colleges and universities or careers in technology, business, health, and public service. The University of South Carolina Beaufort is a senior baccalaureate campus of the state’s largest public university. USCB provides degree programs in the arts, humanities, professions, and social and natural sciences. Both schools offer small classes with individualized attention.   The quality of our schools helps us compete globally, promotes military readiness, and technology and foreign language prowess, and inspires a nation of inventors and entrepreneurs. As Socrates said, “Education is the kindling of a flame, not the filling of a vessel.”

74 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 74

8/22/13 11:56 AM


CITY GUIDE

»

For the Health Care H By Robyn Passante

ilton Head Island is expected to have excellent beaches, shopping, and cuisine. What seems slightly more surprising for such a rural, off-the-beaten-path hamlet is its topquality health care options. But it makes perfect sense to Mark O’Neil, Jr., president and CEO of Hilton Head Regional Healthcare. “Excellent health care is a key determinant of where people decide to visit or retire,” O’Neil said. “Because Hilton Head Island is a world-class destination, Hilton Head Hospital has been successful in attracting great physicians and nurses to deliver on the commitment made so many years ago. It makes extraordinary care possible, right here at home.” Hilton Head Regional Healthcare includes Hilton Head Hospital, Coastal Carolina Hospital, the Bluffton-Okatie Outpatient Center and the new Bluffton Medical Campus, opening in December 2013. That’s a lot of top-notch healthcare facilities for an area whose population hovered around 23,000 just 23 years ago. “Thanks to the vision of Charles Fraser, Dr. Peter LaMotte and Bill Bethea almost 40 years ago, Hilton Head Island has its own high quality and award-winning hospital with a full range of services,” O’Neil said. Perhaps what’s even more impressive is the fact that Beaufort and Jasper counties boast not one but three hospitals, each with its own accolades for excellence. “As a small hospital, people are often surprised by the services we have, and that national health organizations such as the American Heart Association, The Joint Commission, and the American College of Radiology has recognized Coastal Carolina as a leading provider,” said Bradley Talbert, CEO of Coastal Carolina Hospital. Beaufort Memorial Hospital is a Duke Medicine affiliate in heart and cancer care. This spring, it received state approval to perform emergency cardiac interventions on patients suffering major heart attacks. Its Keyserling Cancer Center participates in national clinical trials, offering patients access to some of today’s most promising cancer treatments. And, the hospital just launched the Beaufort Memorial Joint Replacement Center, redesigned to offer patients a hotel-like hospital experience, shorter hospital stay and excellent outcomes. BMH was the first medical center in the area to offer robot-assisted laparoscopic hysterectomies. With the recent purchase of the advanced da Vinci Si Surgical System, the hospital continues to stay

at the forefront of minimally invasive robot-assisted procedures. Surgeons are now performing leading-edge, single-incision gallbladder surgery, kidney-sparing cancer surgery and laparoscopic prostatectomies. “As the county’s largest and only not-for-profit hospital we’re committed to our mission to deliver superior healthcare services and to improve the health of our community, including our patients in southern Beaufort County,” said BMH President and CEO Rick Toomey. “At Beaufort Memorial Bluffton Medical Services, we’ve expanded our list of specialties to include everything from cardiology and gastroenterology to orthopedics and neurology.” Just across the state line, St. Joseph’s/Candler combines highimpact technology, breakthrough clinical treatments and time-honored compassionate care to create “smart medicine” — an innovative approach to health and well being. SJ/C offers healthcare services across the entire continuum, including local and regional primary care, specialized inpatient and outpatient services at our two anchor hospitals, home healthcare services, as well as a wide variety of community outreach and education efforts throughout the region. The hospital’s faith-based, holistic approach to healing encourages individuals to become more knowledgeable about their personal health, while providing advanced, comprehensive treatments and state-ofthe-art medical technologies. Surgeons at SJ/C have performed hundreds of procedures with the da Vinci Surgical System, promoting faster recoveries with less pain. It also uses the revolutionary CyberKnife technology, a noninvasive alternative to surgery for the treatment of both cancerous and non-cancerous tumors. “With the population exploding in Hilton Head and Bluffton, residents demanded top-flight health care. St. Joseph’s/Candler has been able to help meet that demand by providing the latest technology and doctors from many specialties,” said Paul P. Hinchey, President and CEO of St. Joseph’s/Candler. “We’ve created a medical home with nearly everything patients may need, from cancer care to imaging to primary care. That is our commitment to the Lowcountry.” Also in Savannah, Memorial University Medical Center is an awardwinning 610-bed academic medical center that serves a 35-county area. For those seeking even more specialized care and clinical trials, the Medical University of South Carolina in Charleston and the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville are both a relatively easy drive. M September 2013 75

SEPT 13 055-075 City Guide.indd 75

8/22/13 11:56 AM


TASK FORCE

THE OUTLOOK FOR

Hilton Head in 2025 JUST A VISION OR AN EMERGING REALITY?

76 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 76

8/22/13 12:06 PM


BY LISA ALLEN PHOTOS BY ARNO DIMMLING

When the Great Recession slammed into Hilton Head Island in 2008, it zeroed in the island’s primary revenue sources: Real estate and tourism. The malaise sent the number of visitors plummeting and, more importantly, property values tumbling. Local business people scrambled to try to stop the free fall.

T

hroughout 2009, local business leaders arranged meetings to sound the alarm that Hilton Head wasn’t alone in battling the outgoing economic tide. Tony Fazzini, then president of Hilton Head Hospitality Association, was among the first to invite community leaders to open discussions about what they were experiencing. The talks also were intended to help the association, representing primarily food and beverage businesses, plan its direction, said Ann-Marie Adams, former executive director of the association. A study the year before stated that the number of visitors — representing 70 percent of the island’s retail revenue — had fallen 20 percent in less than 10 years. People were bypassing Hilton Head for brighter, shinier resorts and developments elsewhere. Developer David Ames and Town Manager Steve Riley and others implored islanders to put their heads together to reverse the trajectory. Hilton Head had to decide what it wanted to be in the future. “I believe it was in April 2009, there was a town council meeting where it was being discussed that we’ve got a real problem with commercial space that isn’t being utilized,” Ames said. “People didn’t like the word ‘decline’ of the island, but the non competitiveness. I think there was a sincere concern that we weren’t tending to things that were going to keep us competitive.” The town had just completed its comprehensive plan, but it had 350 recommendations. To bring focus to the issues, then-Mayor Tom Peeples formed the 13-member Task Force for the Island’s Future, Vision 2025, in December 2009 and appointed Ames its chairman. After a flurry of meetings involving hundreds of people, the August 2010 report laid out the ground rules in the form of eight core island values and established three areas on which to pin the local economy: Hospitality, Retirement, and a third prong, a “Business” category in hopes of weaning the island from an over reliance on a steadily eroding flow of visitors. September 2013 77

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 77

8/22/13 12:07 PM


TASK FORCE The report set out a Vision 2025 where “Hilton Head Island is recognized as the most extraordinary and desirable resort, residential, retirement and business community on the East Coast due, in large measure, to its commitment to preserve its barrier island as a natural sanctuary for future generations.” Getting there required immediate action. The task force laid out 11 essential steps toward that goal, in no particular order, from saving the Heritage Golf Tournament to sparking private venture capital via an island “angel fund” to streamlining town permits. The report garnered a lot of attention, particularly as it arrived amid the spirited 2010 mayoral campaign, fueled by Tom Peeples’ announcement that he wouldn’t run after a 15-year reign. Seven people crowded into the race, picking up various banners straight from the report: a friendlier business environment, sustainability, historical significance, and technology. At last, attorney Drew Laughlin, who ran on a platform of making Hilton Head an easier place to do business, won a runoff election against architect Tom Crews, who focused on a wellplanned, sustainable community. Laughlin was an ex officio member of the task force as a town council member.

After a flurry of meetings involving hundreds of people, the August 2010 report laid out the ground rules in the form of eight core island values.

“I thought it was a significant event and an important exercise,” Laughlin said of the task force. “It was a discussion that needed to be had. The recommendations weren’t a surprise.” However, as mayor Laughlin said he doesn’t refer often to the task force because he has his own vision for Hilton Head. “It was a call to arms rather than an actual program,” he said. “The makeup of the task force may not have represented the broadest section of the community because they all had an economic interest.” He said people had been talking about diversifying the economy before the recession, but there wasn’t much incentive to change the status quo, even if the number of visitors was steadily declining. “There just wasn’t a movement,” Laughlin said. “We have to get out of these rigid boxes. Otherwise, our shopping centers and resorts aren’t ever get updated. Everyone was so busy making so much money, they didn’t give it much thought.” But then the recession took a swipe at the island’s elite. “People in the gated communities saw their 401Ks and property values were whacked,” he said. Then they asked, “who are we?” “There was pressure at the end to come up with some product,” Laughlin said. Since then, some of the first steps from the task force report have been completed, some combined and a few haven’t made it off the page. Here’s what has happened in the past three years.

78 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 78

8/22/13 12:07 PM


TASK FORCE

PROGRESS, STEP BY STEP

1

Enhance the long-term position of the Heritage Classic Golf Tournament with shortterm public support to help bridge the gap while promoting and supporting PGA efforts to seek a longterm private sponsor. This is a high priority due to the tournaments estimated $80 million impact and visibility to the community. The town and Beaufort County each provided $1 million and the Heritage Classic Golf Foundation drained its $4 million reserves to save the 2011 tournament. RBC signed a five-year title sponsorship and Boeing agreed to be a major sponsor in time for the 2012 tournament. “We are getting close to where ticket and hospitality sales were before the recession hit,” said Angela McSwain, Heritage Classic Foundation marketing director.

2

Create an Island Master Plan to identify priority revitalization and investment zones and areas suitable for “village center” redevelopment. This master plan will clearly communicate public commitments,

incentives, priorities and revitalization options available to property owners, business owners and investors who may then choose to redevelop. Ames said the idea for the Master Plan segued into rewriting the massive Land Management Ordinance (LMO), designating types of development by zoning district. “The town didn’t like the idea of a master plan the island,” he said. “It was too ambitious.” Tom Crews is leading the rewriting effort, now in its third year. “We talk about our intention of what we want in a master plan as we discuss the LMO. I’d like for that to be happening now. But after three years working on the LMO, I don’t know if I’d have any sailors left on the ship” if they took on that task, too. Crews notes that the LMO applies to only 30 percent of the island because the rest of it falls under planned urban development agreements, or PUDs, which were custom drafted for each gated community. The hope is the private communities will adopt much of the LMO changes, most of which come in chapters four through seven. Crews said driving the rewrite committee’s decisions was a frequent cry, “We don’t want to be like Myrtle Beach.” The changes are intended to preserve Hilton Head’s “look,” but also make zoning easier to understand and more flexible. Crews said the changes “will strengthen the things that are wise and good in the LMO.” It also will try to iron out the frequent conflict between protecting “signature” trees and fire and emergency access. “Those things have butted heads over the years.”

September 2013 79

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 79

8/22/13 12:07 PM


TASK FORCE

The committee‘s work is nearly done, Crews said. He expects to submit the recommendations to Town Council this fall. “In five years, you’ll start to see some things are being redeveloped because of incentives and removing obstacles that were in the way in the past. The market will take over. Long term, we’ll start to see some new development encouraged by a more reasonable LMO, perhaps because we changed density or height and now they can build a five-star hotel.”

3

Institute Town ordinances, policies and procedures that stimulate private sector investment. In the simplest terms, steps should be taken to encourage and facilitate private sector investment consistent with island Core Values. Steve Riley, town manager, said the town streamlined its permitting process to make it easier to follow. “The way it was structured, you had to jump all over the document to find all of the aspects that apply to your project. Now it’s zoning-district specific,” he said. “We’re getting a lot of positive comments. Volunteers helped staff to make permitting easier.” Their work slashed the paperwork from 30 forms down to five. The town also created the position of a sustainability coordinator, who helps point private investors toward local resources and helps guide projects through the permitting process. Riley said the town hasn’t changed local building codes because a state directive requires communities to seek permission to deviate from international building codes. “We’ve streamlined processes and stimulated private investment,” Mayor Laughlin said. “A lot of it simply attitude. It’s changing your organization’s culture. I’m skeptical of creating whole new organizations.” He said getting everyone on the same page is difficult. “It’s a tough sell when someone has specific goals. We’re very good at criticizing our institutions, but not so good at creating viable alternatives.”

4

Create a “Redevelopment Authority” or “Community Development Corporation” to devise and promote revitalization programs identified by the Island Master Plan. This autonomous or semi-autonomous body will be created to facilitate effective and timely revitalization of key areas. Although several areas on the Island could benefit from these efforts, reinvestment in the Coligny Area should be prioritized, due to its potential for greatest leverage, its popularity and epicenter qualities. 80 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 80

8/22/13 3:15 PM


5

Establish an Island “Economic Development Leadership Commission” to promote, advocate and facilitate development of new business opportunities. At the outset this may be a task force with the goal of recommending to the Town and County the most effective structure for stimulating economic diversification. In the long term this effort may include the addition of a permanent Town staff position to collaborate with county, state and regional economic development agencies. Riley said they are interviewing candidates for the EDC, which should be up and running this year. The town also is in the process of hiring a consultant to evaluate the arts community. However, a 20-year debate over who should develop Coligny Plaza — government or private enterprise -- continues. Laughlin, so far, is letting private businesses lead the charge, much like the work at Shelter Cove. “While some task force members wanted the town to assume a larger role in buying property and developing it along the task force’s outlines, particularly Shelter Cove Mall, I think there is some degree of a philosophical difference,” Laughlin said. “That property was privately owned. It would have been a huge undertaking to put the town in the position of controlling it and the only way to do is for the town to own it. That makes us a developer. We should be creating an environment that would be favorable for the private sector to invest in HHI. I’m not at all confident in the capability of the town to run Shelter Cove compared to people who have their own money in it.”

6

Establish a private sector sponsored venture capital fund called “The Hilton Head Island Angel Fund” to kick start business ventures. The island is fortunate to have the potential of having its own “Angel Fund” and the experience and knowledge to run it. This effort would send a strong message to prospective businesses and entrepreneurs and set the island apart from other communities. “There have been conversations, but nothing significant has been done. Something might percolate in the next few months,” Ames, task force chairman, said.

7

Appoint a “Sustainability Advisory Committee” to identify, explore and promote environmental and “sustainability” options, policies and practices. The Advisory Committee will consist of representatives from the public and private sectors. The purpose of the committee would be to strengthen the Island’s environmental leadership position, enhance long-term economic and environmental sustainability and attract “green” businesses and “green oriented” travelers. September 2013 81

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 81

8/22/13 3:15 PM


TASK FORCE

Experience Green Hilton Head, a nonprofit founded by Teresa Wade, plans to work with the town, county, gated communities, businesses and residents to educate people about environmental efforts that take the edge off of the word “sustainable.” “Sustainability is a loaded word for a lot of people,” Ames said. “It’s not people living in trees and hugging stuff. It’s good stuff.” The nonprofit has an all-star advisory board, from Ames to Joseph Fraser III to Dana Beach, founder of Coastal Conservation League. Its first events, a forum on “Sustainability in Golf” at Sea Pines, is slated for October. Laughlin wants to gently prod voluntary sustainable endeavors, not dictates, such as rigid building requirements. “I don’t think there has been any disagreement about the importance of living in harmony with nature,” Laughlin said. “But there is substantial cost associated with requiring people to adhere to set criteria, such as LEED certification. The question becomes is the actual LEED certification worth it? At what point is the cost of these things exceeding the benefit? In public buildings, even if not certified, we tried to follow that template. I would be reluctant to make that recommendation without knowing the costs.” He said rather than adding regulations, the key is to market what people already voluntarily do to protect the island’s natural attributes. “That’s part of the culture here. To a certain degree, it’s making people aware of that.”

8

Enhance access to technology and improve technology infrastructure. Access to technology has become an essential basic infrastructure requirement of the Island’s resort, residential and business community. All three economic drivers depend on and will benefit from improved access to technology infrastructure. Jim Collett, a former Verizon executive and 2010 mayoral candidate, headed a cell tower committee to work with cell phone companies and private communities to develop more attractive cell towers that resembled flag poles. Carriers had put off updating towers because of Hilton Head’s lengthy permitting process.

9

Increase funding for and coordinate the messages of resort and retirement marketing. The intent is to reinforce the “island message” while stimulating demand for real estate, accommodations and services. With increased occupancy and stronger balance sheets, private sector reinvestment is more likely. “That and the angel fund are two that haven’t gotten very far,” Ames said. He said the Hilton Head Island-Bluffton Chamber of Commerce seems to focus more on large resorts than smaller businesses that also cater to tourists. Bill Miles, president and CEO of the chamber, said in a statement, “We’re an organization serving 1,600 members, the vast majority of those are small businesses. Bringing more visitors to the island means cash registers are ringing for businesses large and small and we’ve seen tourism rebound in a very positive way. The Mayor’s 82 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 82

8/22/13 12:08 PM


Task Force helped create discussion about the critical link between tourism and retirement. Today’s travelers are tomorrow’s residents.”

10

Establish a “Hilton Head Island Institute” for the study of community health, wellness, lifestyle, ecology, planning and design where experience, theories and knowledge are shared and leveraged for the benefit of this and other communities. An institute, dedicated to enhancing communities, would, by association, elevate Hilton Head Island’s reputation as an extraordinary and desirable place to live and visit. But more importantly, it would institutionalize the island’s leadership in community planning and keep “Quality of Life” in the forefront of island thinking. “I was the strongest proponent for it,” Ames said. “It’s fundamentally important to the island’s future to have this innovation and creativity and intellectual curiosity.” At first, the task force envisioned that the institute would address community planning, “but when it came out in the newspaper, people suggested other things.” Institute Executive Director Jack Alderman said work on the institute began within the Greater Island Council, but went on its own a year later as a new nonprofit. “Long term, the institute’s success will be the future vibrance and vitality of the community,” Alderman said. “Short term, we’re looking at programming this fall and being profitable. This is a forum for thinking about what can be. We’re creating the connections that allow us to think big. We’re working a lot with a lot of existing organizations like Honey Horn, the Arts Center, and music and arts groups.” However, gauging progress will be difficult. “Frankly, a lot of this is intangibles. You can’t always measure in mathematic terms the success of new community initiatives.” He said Hilton Head was developed by a visionary, Charles Fraser, and the institute‘s goal is to “continue that pioneering thinking. I think that’s always a temptation to look backward as communities mature. We don’t ever want Hilton Head Island to be in that position.”

11

Become the preferred hospitality destination for youth and adult learning by developing great historical and cultural sites and by building a center for the performing arts and intellectual and cultural activities. These endeavors underscore the community’s commitment to its core values and will be most appealing to residents and guests who share those same values. Ames said 10 and 11 have combined. He said the Institute is embracing several local organizations, such as the Mitchelville project, to draw more attention to Hilton Head’s history and the arts. September 2013 83

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 83

8/22/13 3:16 PM


TASK FORCE

WHAT’S NEXT? With some of the initial steps completed or underway, the next job is to stay on task, especially as the economy returns to pre-Recession levels. The number of visitors to Hilton Head Island has rebounded from 2.3 million in 2009 to 2.4 million last year, according to the Lowcountry and Resort Islands Tourism Institute at the University of South Carolina Beaufort,

Tracking progress toward Vision 2025 is the Greater Island Council. The committee is split between task force members and Island Council members.

and hotel occupancy was 61.9 percent through July this year, compared to 60.8 percent in 2012. Tracking progress toward Vision 2025 is the Greater Island Council, which created the Vision Steering Committee. The committee is split between task force members and Island Council members. It meets twice a month and regularly meets with the mayor and town manager, Ames said. Vision committee member Ackerman said, “In many ways, the task force achieved its purpose already. The trick moving forward is to keep that fresh outlook going. I think it has been extremely positive. There is a new optimism in the area.” He said some of that positivity comes from the rebounding economy

84 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 84

8/22/13 12:09 PM


and some big investments in island resorts, but he concedes that redevelopment might have been made without the task force’s impetus. Ames thinks the challenge is to keep Hilton Head out of its comfort zone. “When I came here in 1973 and worked with Charles Fraser, everything was an opportunity rather than everything is a problem. Today, the town has a tendency to avoid risk.” However, agreeing on what constitutes progress is the next hurdle. John Salazar, director of the Lowcountry and Resort Islands Tourism Institute at the University of South Carolina Beaufort, would like to see the island adopt factbased barometers to track the island’s economy and quality of life. “But it requires extensive study and financial support. No discussions have taken place taking the fact-based approach further,” Salazar said. “If we are gong to make movements from point a to point b, we have to measure that movement. We haven’t agreed on data points, nor whom is going to measure them. The conversations need to continue to reach agreement on the metrics. That’s where the challenge lies.” There have been a few fitful attempts, from Beaufort’s Together for Beaufort effort to develop data points and Beaufort County’s similar data-driven approach that looks at graduation rates, test scores and the overall economy. “In all reality, the island is not an island. You can’t separate HHI from Bluffton from Beaufort County’s watershed,” Salazar said. “It involves a powwow.” Salazar says USCB would be the perfect partner to lead the discussion. “The most exciting thing about USCB is we don’t have a dog in this fight, but we can’t do all this for free.” He cited Jacksonville’s Quality of Life barometer, which drew national accolades, but he realizes “each community has unique characteristics. Ecosystems vary and even from a tourism standpoint, each area has different characteristics,” referring to Hilton Head Island, Bluffton

and Beaufort. “We can look at county well being, but we have to drill down further than that. Money movement is different in Bluffton than HHI. There are three different economies because Bluffton is developing differently, but it’s one ecosystem that we all share. “Big data is where it’s at.” Riley said much of the town’s focus remains local, but are working with regional alliances. “You can’t be insular.” However, even those efforts are rocky. Infighting between Beaufort and Jasper counties and a poorly timed investment in an industrial park toppled the Lowcountry Economic Network and Alliance. “For the past 12 months, we’ve been with the BASE Alliance, which includes the state’s military bases and Beaufort and Sumter counties,” Riley said. Laughlin said, “I think it’s very short sighted to think that you don’t have to work with other institutes in your region. We all have a stake. We should be functioning independently, but work with others within our fabric. We’re doing well at communicating, but we don’t always agree. Clearly there is a need to have information and facts. When you get into public sector, there should be measures to gauge performance. You can hide a lot of value judgments within a structure that is supposed to give you objective measures. I think there is an effort to get data, but the time frame and the resources available to them dictates the approach.” Riley is wary of fact-based measurements. “We’re kind of tiptoeing into it. We don’t want to sign up for a bunch of artificial measures. We want to make sure you don’t create some math-based measurement that people think is objective because numbers are involved.” Ames said a metric-driven approach isn’t imminent. “It could come from the private sector or a public official who has a background that says this is my management style. I need data.” M www.hiltonheadmonthly.com/taskforce September 2013 85

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 85

8/22/13 12:09 PM


HISTORY

Fort Howell

L

BY DEE PHILLIPS, HERITAGE LIBRARY FOUNDATION

ocated on a 5-acre site on Beach City Road, Fort Howell is a Civil War earthwork fortification that was part of the federal defenses on Hilton Head Island. The fort was named for Colonel (posthumously Brigadier General) Joshua Blackwood Howell and designed by chief engineer Captain Charles Russell Suter. Constructed in 1864 by the 32nd U.S. Colored Infantry and the 144th NY Infantry, Department of the South, the semi-permanent, field fortification was built to defend the freedman’s village of Mitchelville from Confederate raids. The location, likely a EDITOR’S NOTE logged site or a fallow cotton field, is adjacent to the historical location of Mitchelville and the Fish Haul Archaeological In celebration of the 350th anniversary of the sighting of Hilton Site. Pentagonal in shape, the earthwork was approximately Head Island, and the 30th an525’ by 400’ with a parapet height of 23’ and the four 5’ by niversary of the founding of the 8’ magazines, protected by earth mounds, housed powder Town of Hilton Head Island, the and shot for up to 27 guns. The exterior of the fort featured Heritage Library Foundation and a moat and wooden palisade which were sharpened logs a group of volunteers is organizing a 350/30 year anniversary driven into the ground to slow attackers. blowout to commemorate both In 1991, Fort Howell was owned by the Greenwood events with a town open house Development Corporation who commissioned an historiSept. 30 and a beach party Oct. cal and archaeological investigation before they developed 5. Monthly proudly presents the Palmetto Hall Plantation. Fort Howell was not developed. The following, the fifth in a series of historical articles leading up to Hilton Head Island Land Trust purchased Fort Howell in l993 the event. Find more informato ensure its preservation as a historic site and applied to The tion on the celebration online at National Register of Historical Places for historical designation; www.celebrationhhi.org. Fort Howell’s Historical Marker Unveiling Ceremony took place on November 7, 2011. Fort Howell offers an understanding of the Civil War on Hilton Head Island, the role of Federal occupancy, and the Department of the South. It is one of the final, major fortifications to be built during the war. Open to the public, several walking trails will allow visitors to see the dry moat and ramparts while visualizing this earthwork fortification and its integrity to its past. M

An island anniversary party Upcoming celebration honors 350th anniversary of Captain William Hilton’s sighting of Hilton Head Island and the 30th anniversary of the founding of the Town of Hilton Head Island

T

BY NICHOLAS TASSOPOULOS

he year is 1621. A man immigrates into the famed colony at New Plymouth, bringing with him his family: his wife, daughter Mary, and two sons, Edward and William. The family soon became the first English

settlers in Piscataqua, also known as Dover, N.H. Several merchants from Boston entreated William, now grown and married, to sail down the Carolina coast, exploring and recording discoveries along the was. William agreed to their

WHAT: The 350/30 Celebration WHEN: Sept. 30-Oct. 5 WHERE: Various locations on Hilton Head Island DETAILS: A weeklong celebration commemorating the 350th anniversary of Hilton Head’s discovery and the 30th anniversary of the town’s construction. MORE INFORMATION: celebrationhhi.org or 843-686-6560

86 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 86

8/22/13 12:09 PM


request, and set off as captain of the ship Adventure. He returned and, being a skilled cartographer, detailed a map of the area. His journey was so successful that Captain William was implored to undertake a second quest to the Carolinas with Adventure in 1663. The captain set off once more, except this time around, he made an interesting discovery. There, Captain William Hilton saw an island. Three-hundred and twenty years later, the town of Hilton Head Island was established, in 1983. Studying these two dates, one will notice that 2013 is both the 350th anniversary of Captain Hilton’s discovery and the 30th anniversary of the town’s construction. Thus, the Heritage Library on Hilton Head presents the 350/30 Celebration, commemorating this important milestone in the island’s history. The 350/30 Celebration will occur between Monday, Sept. 30, and Saturday, Oct. 5. Kicking off the week is a free and open to the public event, “Hilton Head Island Pathways Connect Bike Ride.” The ride begins Monday, Sept. 30 at noon and lasts for one hour. The ride commemorates Hilton Head Island’s dedication to the development of numerous bike and walking paths. Bike club volunteers will ride along public pathways, carrying their banners, then meet with other community volunteers to ride from Crossings Park to their final destination. The bikers will end up at town hall, leading directly into the “Town of Hilton Head Island Open House” event. The open house lasts from 1 to 4 p.m., offering the chance to meet and greet your town council member, among numerous other events.  Keeping true to the nature of the celebration, bus and selfguided “Island History Day” tours

will be conducted on Tuesday, Oct. 1, three times throughout the day, at 9:30 a.m., noon, and 2:30 p.m. One tour will begin the Coastal Discovery Museum at Honey Horn, a guided bus tour that will showcase several historic sites on the north end of the island. Three locations in particular will be featured: Fort Mitchel, the Gullah Museum, and Mitchelville/Fort Howell area. This tour features some of the lesser known sites on the island as an opportunity for seasoned Hilton Head veterans to perhaps learn something new. There is also a mid-island tour, departing from the Port Royal Golf Course and displaying the historic Port Royal Plantation, with sites such as the steam cannon, two forts, and Hilton’s “Headlands.” Finally, the south end tour begins at Coligny Beach, a guided walking tour of plantation era Hilton Head, how the end of that time came about and segued into the current Hilton Head Island. The inception of Sea Pines will also be explored, and a Gullah cemetery. Friday, Oct. 4, welcomes Jerrold Hilton, descendant of Captain William Hilton, who will give a presentation at 2 p.m. His presentation will focus on the history of the Hilton family line, ranging from all the way back in 1157 and the first recorded member of the family, Romanus de Helton, to Captain William and his voyages with his ship, the Adventure. The week’s finale takes place on Saturday, Oct. 5, with the Coligny Beach Party, featuring dignitaries, a thirty-year resident photograph, and even as sandcastle building competition. The Heritage Library hopes to make their 350/30 Celebration the best it can be. Thus, they are searching for new ideas for events, and everyone in the Lowcountry can submit suggestions through their website, celebrationhhi.org. M September 2013 87

SEPT 13 076-087 MayorsVisionTaskForce.indd 87

8/22/13 12:10 PM


FASHION

get the look

Find out what the island has in store for fashion, accessories and looking fabulous.

 Ojai leather hip belt with brass hook detail. Looks fabulous with a drape top and maxi skirt. Perfect fall piece! OUTSIDE HILTON HEAD

 Princess and Butch Belts. These interchangeable belts and buckles are wearable art. Choose a skinny or wide 100% leather belt strap and pair with your favorite buckle. All made in the USA!  Watch how they take your outfit from drab to FAB! Visit us in Harbour Town. RADIANCE

 ADA wrap belt. Several great fall colors. Come let us “wrap” you up. GIGI’S BOUTIQUE

 Leatherock Belts for Fall at The Back Door . Visit us in the Sea Pines Center. BACK DOOR

 Jenny Krauss one of a kind handwoven belt made in the Peruvian Highlands. All belts are made in accordance with SAFEFA (sustainable and fair employment for artisans) OUTSIDE HILTON HEAD

88 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 088 The Look.indd 88

8/22/13 12:19 PM


AffordablesApparel_0913.indd 89

8/21/13 10:52 PM


TEBES EIN DST GOL edding

P

H

W

LE

EA

2 013 F EA RED CO U

D M ON

H

’S LY

TU

T

BRIDAL

Hilton Head Monthly is thrilled to feature the Beste-Goldstein Wedding, which took place May 26, 2013. By an overwhelming vote, Kristin Beste and Daniel Goldstein were voted as our featured couple from the Hilton Head Monthly 2013 Bridal Show.

• H ILT O N

BESTE IN

show 90 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 90

8/22/13 12:23 PM


K

ristin Beste and Daniel Goldstein started as classmates, then later as friends, and shortly thereafter fell in love during their PT study at The University of Delaware. On June 9, 2012, after a walk in the campus square, Daniel stunned Kristin when he got down on one knee and proposed. Kristin Beste, a Hilton Head Island native, and Daniel Goldstein were later married after an 11 month engagement at Island Lutheran Church. Beste, Lutheran, and Goldstein, Jewish, had a Christian ceremony followed by Jewish traditions during their reception at Windows on the Waterway. After a plated dinner served by Celebrations Events, and a multi-layer flavored cake by Signes Bakery, Kristin and Daniel were sent off by boat called the “Sweet Pea.� Kristin and Daniel spent their honeymoon in Maui and currently reside in Philadelphia where they both are physical therapists.

September 2013 91

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 91

8/22/13 12:24 PM


BRIDAL

VENDOR LIST

Ceremony - Island Lutheran Church (Rev. Lawrence Eckart) Reception- Windows on the Waterway Catering - Celebrations Catering & Events Wedding Coordinator/ Specialist - Tracy Mancini with Celebrations Catering & Events Florist - Henry Kretchmer (The Flower Garden) Hair Stylist - Danielle McGarvey (Tara’s at Moss Creek) Make-up Artist - Jessica Shefsick (Skinzin - Bluffton) Wedding Dress redesign - Lucianna - Hilton Head (my wedding dress was originally my mother’s) Bridesmaids’ Dresses - J. Crew Groom and Groomsmen’s Tuxedos - Vera Wang (Men’s Wearhouse) Photographer - Landon & Jordan Thompson (Landon Jacob Productions) Columbia, SC DJ - Alan Palchak (Hilton Head Entertainment) Wedding Cake - Signe’s (The Calibogue Cake with key lime & fresh strawberries) Invitations - Pretty Papers & Gifts (Hilton Head) Boat Send Off - Captain John Brackett (boat- The Sweet Pea) Rehearsal Dinner at Springlake Pavilion Hilton Head Plantation - catered by Matt Jording (Sage Room Hilton Head)

92 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 92

8/22/13 12:24 PM


September 2013 93

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 93

8/22/13 12:24 PM


BRIDAL

it’s

party time! Story BY Robyn Passante

W

hen you start planning a wedding, you think you’re hosting one big party. But along the way someone will helpfully point out that there are several other parties you should be planning too. (This helpful person will most likely not be helpful enough to pay for said parties.) These complementary wedding parties are like cousins to the actual wedding: They’re not mandatory but they are traditional, and some could even be considered expected. The good news is you’ll have help planning them – in fact in some cases you won’t even be in charge! (Deep breaths…) To get you started, we’ve compiled a simple list of ‘dos and don’ts’ for each of these wedding-related soirees. Now that’s helpful.

Bachelorette party

Do: Keep the focus on the bride. This is the bride’s time to shine … or sip, or shimmy, or whatever she wants to do (within reason). Definitely Do: Arrange for the groom to deliver something during the party. A bottle of champagne or a bouquet that includes flowers from her wedding are sweet gestures that will make every girl in attendance swoon. We can already hear the collective, “Awwww!” Don’t: Make her do something she doesn’t want to do. Bridesmaids, this is not your chance to attend a Chippendale’s show or do a body shot. This is a night to celebrate the bride for the woman she is, keeping in mind the wife she will be. 94 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 94

8/22/13 12:24 PM


September 2013 95

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 95

8/22/13 12:25 PM


BRIDAL

Keep the bride in mind. Respect her wishes and the groom’s boundaries PHOTO BY JOHN WOLLWERTH

Bachelor Party

Do: Make sure your plan for the evening – or weekend – meets with the groom’s approval and can be paid for by the groomsmen (and whoever else wishes to pitch in). There’s no point in flying everyone to Vegas for a groom who’d rather golf than gamble. And there’s nothing more awkward than watching the groom help pay for the trolley you rented because you neglected to factor in a tip. Definitely Do: Keep the bride in mind. Respect her wishes and the groom’s boundaries, lest you find yourself uninvited to the wedding. Don’t: Plan the bachelor party for the night before the wedding. There’s just no way that’ll turn out well.

Bridesmaid Luncheon

Do: Keep it simple, so the focus is on the relationships you have with these pretty ladies. Definitely Do: Write individual notes to your bridesmaids (maybe even with small gifts) that spell out how important their friendships are to you. Presenting these at the luncheon instead of the larger rehearsal dinner will give you and your girls an intimate moment of mutual appreciation. Don’t: Force your bridesmaids to fork over money for spa services they don’t want, if you’re choosing to include some pampering as part of the luncheon. You want them to leave with happy memories, not a heap of resentment and a credit-card bill.

96 96hiltonheadmonthly.com hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 96

8/22/13 12:25 PM


September 2013 97

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 97

8/22/13 12:25 PM


BRIDAL

We recommend bacon; some guests could probably use the electrolytes PHOTO BY GREGG FLORY

Rehearsal Dinner

Do: Keep it casual. Think of this not as a dry rehearsal but a pre-wedding mixer. If your wedding party doesn’t already know one another, this is the time to get them mingling, so set a relaxing, fun mood with the theme and food. Definitely Do: Take a moment to thank those special people in your life who helped you be the awesome spouses you’re about to become. Don’t: Make this a late night. Tomorrow’s a big day!

Day-After Brunch

Do: Keep the coffee brewing. Also we recommend bacon; some guests could probably use the electrolytes. Also, bacon is awesome. Definitely Do: Give your guests one last way to share the experience of your wedding. An iPad set to scroll through the candid pics your sister took the previous night would make a great table centerpiece. Have your guestbook out and available for any stragglers to sign, along with a journal or scraps of note paper for people to jot down memories and inside jokes while they’re still fresh. You can add these to your wedding album or video. Don’t: Skip it. Unless you have an early flight out of town and you’ve already told the hosts you won’t be attending, you should make a point to stop by and give your final round of hellos, thank yous and goodbyes. M

PHOTO BY ROB KAUFMAN

98 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 98

8/22/13 12:25 PM


monthly

hilton head Bridal Show

... presents the annual bridal show coming to The Westin Hilton Head Monthly is partnering with The Westin Hilton Head Resort & Spa for the 2014 Bridal Show. Heading into its seventh year, the annual event has transformed into the premier bridal event of the Lowcountry, introducing future brides and grooms to wedding vendors such as florists, photographers, caterers, bakers, videographers, dress makers and venue hosts. “The show has grown into such a big event, we needed to broaden our space,” Hilton Head Monthly publisher Lori Goodridge-Cribb said. “The Westin is the perfect place for our 2014 event. We are extremely excited about it.” The show is set for 1-4 p.m. on Feb. 9 in the Grand Ballroom. Many vendors provide sample menus, from food and beverage to floral arrangements and

example photography. There will also be live music, drawings and a chance to have your wedding captured in two pages of an upcoming issue of Hilton Head Monthly. Tickets go on sale in September. “Hilton Head is a good place for a destination wedding,” Goodridge-Cribb said. “With all the great vendors here, it is the perfect place for an event like this.”

What: 2014 Bridal Show by Hilton Head Monthly When: 1-4 p.m., Feb. 9, 2014 Where: The Westin Hilton Head Resort & Spa, 2 Grasslawn Ave. Details: 843-842-6988, ext. 231

September 2013 99

SEPT 13 090-099 Bridal.indd 99

8/22/13 12:25 PM


Creating beautiful smiles in a beautiful location Dentist and family traded Pittsburgh’s rain and snow for Hilton Head’s sun and fun PHOTOS BY ARNO DIMMLING

P A R T N E R

DrGross_0913_PP.indd 100

P R O M O T I O N

8/21/13 10:53 PM


T

imothy Gross remembers the exact moment he decided to move to Hilton Head Island. It was a February evening back in 2007. The successful dentist had just put his two children to bed in their Pittsburgh home and took the dog out for a walk on a typically cold winter night in the Steel City. “Don’t live where your practice is,” Gross remembers. “Practice where you want to live.” He got that advice from a famous dentist on the lecture circuit back in the 1990s and it always stayed in the back of his mind. Following this particularly frigid stroll with the family pooch, he was ready to act. After returning home, Gross found his wife, Melissa, reading in bed. “Why don’t we just move to Hilton Head?” he asked, remembering how pleasant the island was each time they visited. “OK,” Melissa said. “Are you serious?” he asked. “I’m serious if you’re serious,” she said. Dr. Gross was very serious. After being born and raised in Pittsburgh, going to dental school there, completing his residency there and practicing there for 16 years, he decided it was time to relocate to a better climate. “We love Pittsburgh, it will always be home to us,” Gross said. “But the weather had to go. We just got tired of it. You hear about Seattle having all this rain but Pittsburgh has more cloudy and rainy days than Seattle does every year. When it gets cold in October, it doesn’t let up until March. Sometimes you get snow in April.” Following two more visits to Hilton Head, the Gross family was convinced -- island life was for them. They put their house on the market, Dr. Gross found a buyer for his booming practice and they left all of their family and friends behind for a fresh start in South Carolina. They arrived in July of 2009, a particularly challenging time to open a business anywhere. “Of course we made the plans in 2007 when the economy was booming,” Gross said. “When we made the move it was 2009 and the economy had tanked. It was much slower getting started than we anticipated. It was a very good lesson in humility.” Gross knew it was just a matter of getting people through his door. With his knowledge and experience in state-of-the-art general dentistry, cosmetic dentistry, mercury filling removal, orthodontics, sleep apnea and other services, he trusted patients would

DrGross_0913_PP.indd 101

have great experiences and refer other patients. It was just a matter of getting his name out there in the community. “After about a year and a half, my wife was starting to get concerned that things weren’t going to work out,” Gross said. “I tend to be more of a big picture person so it was easy for me to see the forest through the trees. I saw the potential. It was not like I was a new dentist coming out of school, still

and you can’t play. Living here also allows Abby to run year-round. We’ve asked them several times over the past four years if they would want to move back and the answer is no. Socially, we probably have more friends down here than we had in Pittsburgh. Up there, we were surrounded by family that we mostly socialized with. We didn’t have any family here and it kind of forced our hand to make friends.”

ON THE IMPORTANCE OF CLEANING AT HOME You may come in two or three times a year to get your teeth cleaned but you still have another 362 days that you have to take care of them at home. It’s not just coming to get your teeth cleaned and you’re done for six months. We want to make sure you are doing an adequate job with your own home care. If there is room for improvement, our job is to teach you how to do better on your own. That’s probably the fundamental rule of dentistry. We are here to fix problems but we are primarily here to prevent them.

learning processes and procedures.” In addition to 20 years of experience, Gross is also an instructor for the prestigious Las Vegas Institute for Advanced Dental Studies, keeping him on the cutting edge of the latest technology, materials and techniques. “I don’t just practice cosmetic dentistry, I also teach it,” Gross said. “In doing so, I’m associated with some of the best lab technicians and some of the best critical thinkers in the field that I interact with on a daily basis.” After two difficult years, things finally started to come together. The business outgrew its north end location, prompting Gross to relocate to his current building at 15 Bow Circle, just down the street from the south end post office. His team of four consists of dental hygienist Marie Gaymon, patient care coordinator Colleen Cully and appointment coordinator Sue Roberson. His wife, Melissa, also works as a patient care coordinator. “I may be the dentist but she’s the boss,” Gross joked. Their two children have adjusted well to their new surroundings. Abby, 13, is still in middle school but competes on the Hilton Head High varsity cross country team. Colin, 11, is passionate about baseball and practices here year-round. “In Pittsburgh, you’ve got about six months,” Gross said. “After the big thaw comes, it’s all mud

At the office, Gross treats his patients like friends, mixing his extensive knowledge with humor in a stress-free atmosphere. He is currently working on a two-year mastership, where the treatment of complex cosmetic cases are evaluated by instructors. For Gross, dentistry isn’t just a profession, it’s an evolving craft. “It’s more than just putting tooth-colored fillings in teeth,” he said. “It’s paying attention to all the details, understanding the materials you are using, the science behind them and delivering that final beautiful smile.”

Services offered include teeth cleanings, teeth whitening, porcelain veneers, dental crowns and bridges, smile makeovers, dental implants, root canal therapy, orthodontics, headache therapy, custom mouthgards, sleep apnea appliances and mercury filling removal. To schedule an appointment or for more information, call 843-342-7700 or go online to www.drtimgross.com.

8/21/13 10:53 PM


HEALTH

F

ew things are more precious to quality of life than a well-functioning brain. Among psychologists, gerontologists, and performance athletes, the concept of “cognitive fitness” is a buzzword. “You’re born with most of the brain cells you’ll have but it’s the growth of the connections between the cells that matters after birth,” said Don Barrett, a Hilton Head Island entrepreneur. Barrett is the president and CEO of Brain Advantage, a local joint venture with Vetronix, a technology development firm. Together they are offering revolutionary therapy for the aging or diseased brain, performance athletes and children with ADHD and autism.

A DYNAMIC ORGAN

NEW TECHNOLOGY TARGETS

Brain Fitness BY KIM KACHMANN-GELTZ | ILLUSTRATION BY YU-MING HUANG

Thanks to molecular microscopes and new imaging scans, we know a fair amount about how brain cells (neurons) develop, how they speak to each other, and how they may be altered by age, injury or disease. Until recently, we didn’t know to what extent the brain was capable of repairing itself. Research on stroke victims show that brain cells and synapses can regenerate, and even adapt the functions of nearby damaged cells. By understanding how the brain works, we are also beginning to harness techniques that augment brain fitness, improve brain function after injury or disease and prevent memory loss. Practice builds brain matter. Repetition changes the brain by reinforcing the brain circuits for that activity. The mission of Brain Advantage is to sharpen the mind, boost memory, and keep the brain working at its best.

102 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 102-105 Health.indd 102

8/22/13 12:22 PM


HEALTH

“A personal ‘brain trainer’ assesses your cognitive fitness in the lab and trains you how to perform drills at home using our technology,” Barrett said. During any physical or mental activity, such as reading, blood flow and glucose metabolism accelerate in the appropriate brain region. As neurons signal other neurons, they use up oxygen and sugar which triggers a rush of blood to the area to replenish the supply. Brain Advantage’s portable “Black Box” detects and measures this activity, providing instantaneous biofeedback.

Changing Mental Capacity Adult brains have fewer neural connections than infant and young adolescent brains but they are more efficient. The brain prunes away weaker synaptic connections, allowing the remaining ones to become faster and more automatic. Synapses continually alter their strength throughout our lifetime, differentiating the brain from the hardwired machine. What matters as you age is what you do to rejuvenate and preserve those connections. If learning ceases at any age in life, brain molecules will not turn on the reward circuitry that promotes plasticity. During puberty the brain begins to prune excess gray matter, severing some of the connections while reinforcing others. Adolescent brains are very busy processing and sorting all the thing things they have learned so far, making valuable memories more resilient and tossing away childish beliefs and irrelevant information.

For children with autism, “braintraining can increase focus, attention to detail, and relaxation,” said Sheryl Kaufman, EDd, a Brain Advantage client and educational consultant for families of children with autism. Holistic, non-invasive cognitive therapies have durable benefits for everyone. Neuroscientists say a daily dose of brain-training exercises improves focus, memory, and processing speed, and even reverses dementia and prevents Alzheimer’s. M

Cognitive Fitness

To keep your brain sharp, a multifaceted approach is best. If you decide to change your lifestyle, talk to your doctor first, especially if you are taking any medications. Also focus on the following proven ways to boost brain health: [1] Keep your ticker healthy. The same changes that lead to heart disease can lead to brain dysfunction. Focus on the lower-fat, high-fiber, fruit-and-vegetable-rich diet known to protect heart health. Your brain will benefit as well. [2] Go for color. Many of the phytonutrients and antioxidants that give vegetables and fruit their bright orange, red, green, yellow, and purple colors are thought to protect brain cells from damage as we age. [3] Stay slim and trim. Obesity and overweight can lead to cognitive decline because they impair the way the body and brain process nutrients, contribute to cell-damaging inflammation, and lead to reduced blood flow in the brain. [4] Get moving. Regular exercise is a proven brain-booster. Exercise increases the brain’s blood flow and removes of waste products. [5] Stay mentally active. Enjoy card games or crossword puzzles. Read a good book. Take up a new hobby. Whatever you can do to engage your brain will keep you sharp as you age. [6] Be a socialite. Have regular visits with family and friends. Strong social connections are an important part of healthy brain aging. September 2013 103

SEPT 13 102-105 Health.indd 103

8/22/13 12:23 PM


HEALTH

Do the LoCo Motion

Three days. Thirty miles. A thousand memories. LoCo Motion a dream come true for founder By Laura Morgan

It came to me on a cold February morning as I was chugging along Coligny Beach, training for a long-distance breast cancer walk in Florida.

W

ouldn’t it be great, I thought, to have our own pink-ribbon fundraiser right here at home against the backdrop of the Atlantic Ocean and the Lowcountry’s beautiful tidal marshes, winding creeks and live oaks? With Hilton Head Island as the big draw, it could become a destination event that lured participants from all around the Southeast looking for an excuse to spend a few days on our sandy shores. As the idea simmered in my head over the next several months, I refined the concept for my fantasy fundraiser. The plan was simple. Three days. Thirty miles. And give them a thousand memories. A 10-mile-a-day trek would be a challenge, but much more doable for the general public than the grueling national events. Each day would feature a different route, introducing participants to some of our area’s most beautiful settings and communities. It would be open to runners and walkers, and participants would have the option of signing up for one, two or all three days of the event. Instead of requiring entrants to raise money, they could simply pay a registration fee to participate. Two years later, LoCo Motion hit the pathways of Bluffton and Hilton Head Island. The inaugural event, held the last weekend of September in 2011, drew approximately 325 participants and raised $25,000 for several local and regional breast cancer-related organizations. Fueled by participants’ rave reviews and the

generous support of our business sponsors, specifically Beaufort Memorial Hospital, I made it my mission to make LoCo Motion a household name and double our numbers for year two. We put in the hours and we hit our mark. And raised almost $50,000 to boot. This year’s goal is to pack the beaches and pathways of the Lowcountry with 1,000 LoCo runners and walkers. To attract more tourists and bring a little economic boon to the area, we’ve teamed up with regional partners like Northside Hospital in Atlanta, Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville, and Greenville Health System to promote the event in these key tourist markets. And it is clearly working. Registrations are pouring in from these cities and we expect that over half of our 2013 LoCo participants will be tourists -- toursists spending money in our community while raising money for our shared fight to end breast cancer. But taking LoCo to the next level will require the experience and expertise of a professional, someone who is focused solely on sustaining and improving the event and promoting it statewide and beyond. As proud as I am to be celebrating the third year of LoCo Motion, I have taken it as far as I can go. It’s time to move it out of my living room and put it in the hands of an executive director. With the proper staff and financial support of sponsors, LoCo Motion will become a signature event like Charleston’s Cooper River Bridge Run, drawing thousands of participants to our end of the Lowcountry every September. We’ve taken the first steps. It’s time to let this baby run. M

The third annual breast cancer walk/ run fundraiser will be making tracks through the Lowcountry Sept. 26-29, raising money for the fight against breast cancer. Participants will hoof it along three different 10-mile routes on Hilton Head and Callawassie islands. Each leg of the event will be followed by a post-race party with food, drinks and live music. The pink-athon will begin Sept. 26 with the LoCo Community Kick-Off Party and Packet Pickup Party from 5:30 to 9 p.m. at Skull Creek Boathouse. The following day, participants will take off from the Omni Hilton Head Oceanfront Resort for a 10-mile trek through several of the island’s most beautiful neighborhoods and along Hilton Head’s wide, hard-packed beach. On day two, the pack of pink will move to Callawassie Island, the first community in South Carolina to be designated a Community Wildlife Habitat by the National Wildlife Federation. Then it’s back to Hilton Head Island on day three for an all-beach course. Participants have the option of running or walking one, two or three of the event days. Those who complete all 30 miles will be awarded a commemorative medal. LoCo Motion is the signature fundraiser of Carolina Cups, a Lowcountry nonprofit organization dedicated to funding breast cancer education, screening, treatment and clinical research. This year’s proceeds will benefit Beaufort Memorial Hospital’s Keyserling Cancer Center, Beaufort Jasper Hampton Comprehensive Health Services, MUSC Hollings Cancer Center, Volunteers in Medicine, and other nonprofit breast care providers. To learn more about LoCo Motion or to register for the event, go to www. dothelocomotion.org or call 843-8155255. Registration forms also are available at all CoastalStates Bank branches.

LoCo Motion founder Laura Morgan holds up Courtney Cox’s hand after crossing the finish line. Courtney’s mother, Barbara, did the first LoCo Motion as a survivor but died one month before the second event. For competing in the race, Morgan gave Courtney two medals, one for her and one for her mother Barbara. The event also retired bib No. 1 in Barbara’s honor, saying she will always be No. 1 in their hearts.

104 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 102-105 Health.indd 104

8/22/13 12:24 PM


HEALTH

The Power of a Name FOUNDER TELLS THE STORY OF ‘HELP THE HOO-HAHS’ BY LIBBY H. MALPHRUS

F

or those of you who lived through the 1980s, you may remember that TV commercials often used jingles to get their point across. These quirky tunes would get stuck in your head for days. Being named Libby, I was particularly aware of the canned food commercial that touted, “Libby, Libby, Libby on the label, label, label, …” I won’t go on because to this day, it still makes me cringe. I actually got kicked off the school bus in kindergarten for beating up a boy who was teasing me with that song. Fortunately, as I’ve gotten older, I’ve learned to appreciate my unique name. I guess this had something to do with the unique name of my non-profit organization -- Help the Hoo-Hahs. I’ve become accustomed to the quizzical looks and questions, and I actually embrace the chance to explain. Our mission is to bring awareness to gynecological cancers and to promote a greater understanding of warning signs, available screening, and prevention options. We help to provide support and financial assistance to women and families affected by cancer of the reproductive system. I fully understand that our name alone may not explain our purpose. Hopefully, if you see our logo you get a better sense of what we’re all about. However, I recently encountered a critic who felt our name was inappropriate, because she felt we were making light of a serious issue. Just as I bristled at the criticism of my name as a child, I felt that same defensiveness for the name of my organization. I politely replied to the critic that she could rest assured that I am more than aware of the seriousness of GYN cancers. I survived invasive cervical cancer at age 33 even after doctors had removed all of those parts unique to me as a woman. I have also survived the recent death of my mother from primary peritoneal cancer (a rare form of ovarian cancer). There is not a day that goes by that I

don’t think about the seriousness of GYN cancers. In her defense, I could have named my organization something different. However, I chose the name for many reasons. I’ve heard the term “Hoo-Hah” many times (I work with pregnant women every day) and I liked the idea of this colloquial term to describe the “below the belt” region for women. Plus, I wanted a term that described all the types of GYN cancers. Although I have no qualms with using correct anatomical terms, I know that many people are not as comfortable. In time, I hope that changes, but for now, I’m just happy we’re having the conversation and spreading awareness. I also realize that laughter is one of the reasons I have survived the last three years and if our organization’s name brings a smile to someone, that’s just a bonus. I am happy to say that most people I have encountered have liked our name. I’ve received countless thank-you messages from women (like me) who were frustrated about the silence surrounding GYN cancers. I’m also incredibly proud that our little organization has raised more than $30,000 and helped many local women. I said from the start that I wanted our name and cause to go global, and in some ways, my dream has come true. Our third annual 5K Walk/Run is now part of a global racing event to end women’s GYN cancers (www.globeathon. com). At the end of the day, I also like the idea that our organization is unique. You know, they say that as we get older, we start turning into our parents. Well, I guess like my Mom, I now appreciate the importance of a unique name. . September is National GYN Cancer Awareness Month and you can help take a step to end women’s cancers by registering for our 5K (Sept. 28 at the Savannah Trade & Convention Center), volunteering or making a donation. M September 2013 105


GOLF

Sustainability in Golf... Beyond the Green EVENT IN SEA PINES RESORT AIMS TO EDUCATE, ENGAGE AND INSPIRE THE LOCAL GOLF COMMUNITY ON THE TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE

M

any look at the tremendously popular sport of golf and perceive only a needless drain on the economy, with money uselessly spent on maintenance and development of courses. Experience Green recognizes this idea as a common misconception. They understand that, in reality, the golfing industry provides green habitat for wildlife, increases neighboring property value, and offers members of the nearby community opportunities to grow closer together. Thus, Experience Green presents Sustainability in Golf ... Beyond the Green as an opportunity to advance people’s understanding of golf’s massive potential in sustainability. The event will run from Oct. 3-4 at the Sea Pines Resort. Its overarching goal: To utilize sustainability in order to supplement the planet, its people, and its prosperity. These three target groups are

BY NICHOLAS TASSOPOULOS also referred to as the “triple bottom line." Experience Green recognizes the benefits of working together in furthering their goal. Teresa Wade, both the founder and executive director of the ambitious program, comments that, “Collaboration is a key ingredient to promoting sustainability.” This idea is the reason why, she goes on to say, “this event intentionally brings all segments of the golf industry together to not only learn from each other, but to strengthen connections to benefit the industry as a whole.” The two-day affair is the first recorded occasion of its sort in all of North America. In conjunction with its focus on the environment, Sustainability in Golf... Beyond the Green is a “zero waste event,” meaning that no trash from the grounds shall be sent directly to a landfill; instead, all waste will be reduced, reused, and recycled. The event boasts a wide

variety of panels, featuring golf technological innovators, sustainability experts, and other industry specialists; award-winning American and Canadian speakers will deliver presentations and hold talks about fascinating issues. Both discussion panels and presentations feature prominent topics relating to the “triple bottom line’s” crossover with the golfing world, such as limiting the sport’s negative impact on the environment, integrating modern technology, and understanding how golf courses affect the value of nearby properties. One such panel is the “PLANET - Go Green Save Green” discussion, beginning at 11:15 a.m. on that Thursday. Featuring three qualified and accomplished panelists, as well as being moderated by Greg Lyman, the Environmental Programs Director for the Gold Course Superintendents Association of America, this panel is a must-see. “PLANET - Go

EVENT INFORMATION The laundry list of reasons Berkeley Hall wanted to partner with the Players Amateur could go on forever, but every entry points back to a simple fact: It's great golf. WHAT: Sustainability in Golf … Beyond the Green WHEN: 7:45 a.m.-7 p.m., Oct. 3; 10 a.m.-2 p.m., Oct. 4 WHERE: Harbour Town Conference Center and The Golf Club at Sea Pines Resort DETAILS: A symposium to educate, engage and inspire the golf community on sustainability MORE INFORMATION: www.experiencegreen.org

Green Save Green” focuses on the concept of stewardship and people’s responsibility to take care of the environment now, in order to pave a smooth road for the future. The panelists will speak on a proper balance within a golf course, juggling use of energy with conservation, waste with water, and the proper balance between vegetation and

106 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 106-109 Golf Sports.indd 106

8/22/13 12:27 PM


GOLF wildlife. All of these factors must come together in the proper state of equilibrium in order for a great, sustainable golf course to become possible. After the workshops and events, which will consume the majority of Oct. 3, the day culminates with a beautiful sunset reception in Harbour Town. Attendees, be prepared for a relaxing, casual evening at one of the prime locations on the entire island. Also located in Harbour Town is the newly rebuilt 18th Green. Sustainability in Golf...Beyond the Green features a 5:00 p.m. Thursday tour of this sustainable marvel, showcasing the hole’s recent reconstruction as to be more environmentally sound. It now features marsh grasses and natural soils that help establish a better ecosystem within the area, while also helping to prevent erosion. Hopefully, future golf courses in the area will take inspiration from the updated 18th green, promoting a more stable environment and ecosystem

across the entirety of Hilton Head Island. The entire program concludes that Friday morning, Oct. 4, with a golf outing to the Ocean Course, located within Sea Pines Resort. The first golf course constructed upon the entire island, it was updated and partially reconstructed in 1995, sculpted by the capable hands of Mark McCumber. The Ocean Course is very aptly named, for it features one of the only two oceanfront holes on Hilton Head, and should prove a delightful experience to seasoned veterans and newcomers to the sport alike. Never before has a program such as Sustainability in Golf... Beyond the Green come to Hilton Head Island, and it may be a very long time before one does again. Thus, current residents of the area have been granted a remarkable opportunity, one that none should let go to waste. The “triple bottom line” — planet, people, and prosperity — is an incredibly important concept all should come to understand. M

NEWS & NOTES Haig Point hosting Rees Jones Collegiate Invitational Senior medalist Niklas Lindstrom of Sweden and two teammates who tied for second place are among the individual golfers who make Liberty University the favorite to repeat as champion of the Rees Jones Collegiate Invitational, scheduled for Sept. 22-24 at Haig Point on Daufuskie Island. Patterson wins Hilton Head Open Amateur golfer John Patterson won the 39th Hilton Head Open on Aug. 11 at Colleton River Plantation's Nicklaus Course, defeating David Rogers (Secession) by two strokes. Patterson, a former Colleton River assistant professional and club member, finished the two-day tournament at 14-under-par. Belfair Plantation course featured on Golf America The East Course at Belfair Plantation was featured on the Golf America TV Show July 30-Aug. 5 and again Aug. 20-26. Located in Bluffton, the East course was design by Tom Fazio. Golf America airs on SportSouth, SunSports, Fox Sports Net, Fox SportsArizona, Fox Sports-Ohio, Mid-Atlantic Sports Network, Midco Sports Network and Lesea Broadcasting. The program is also available online at www.tvgolfshow.com. White named to Walker Cup team Hilton Head Island golfer Todd White was named to the 2013 Walker Cup team on Aug. 18. The match is held every two years and is a team of 10 amateur players from the United States against 10 amateurs from Great Britain and Ireland. This year's event is set for Sept. 7-8 at National Golf Links of America is Southhampton, N.Y. The U.S. team leads the series 34-8-1. September 2013 107

SEPT 13 106-109 Golf Sports.indd 107

8/22/13 12:27 PM


SPORTS

Top junior players from around the world to compete in USTA Pro Circuit event

Pro tennis returning to Shipyard BY NICHOLAS TASSOPOULOS

V

an Der Meer Tennis has been instructing new players since 1979, raising their level of play in significant amounts. For juniors, a multitude of clinics, camps and lessons are provided; Van Der Meer will even host the South Carolina State Junior Championships in November. There are opportunities for adults as well, for they have access to similar clinics and programs. Ranked among the top 50 tennis resorts in the entire United States by Tennis Magazine, Van Der Meer Shipyard possesses 20 courts, seven hard courts and 13 Har-Tru (green clay) cours. Despite the quality of this center, it has not hosted a professional competition since the Tennis Grand Prix in 1983. Yet, due to a cancelation, Van Deer Meer Shipyard has been granted an opportunity to host such an event once more.  The Women’s USTA Pro Circuit $10,000 Tournament will be conducted at Shipyard, kicking off the event with a qualifying round from Sept. 27 through Oct. 1, narrowing down the 64 players to 32 final contestants,

who will battle for the prize money from Oct. 1 to Oct. 6. The tournament shall be held on the 13 green clay courts; of the major three types of courts, clay allows for the slowest play, although green clay is faster and harder than red. $10,000 circuit events consist of players emerging from junior and college levels of tennis, as the first way for them to win a tournament offering prize money and, more importantly to many, Women’s Tennis Association ranking points. After competing in at least three $10,000 circuit tournaments, a player can convert her WTA points into a world ranking. Following her success within the $10,000 circuits, the player may progress upwards and qualify for a $25,000 event, and continue advancing onwards to the ultimate goal -- a place at the four annual Grand Slam tennis tournaments, each boasting an average purse of $20 million dollars in prize money. Many highly successful women tennis players received their professional genesis in the

108 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 106-109 Golf Sports.indd 108

8/22/13 12:28 PM


sports

$10,000 circuit, including Maria Sharapova, a Russian player who obtained the No. 1 rank in the world, not once but five separate times. Sharapova also claimed first place in four Grand Slam tournaments. Greatness has attended Van Der Meer Shipyard’s courts before, bearing the name of Ivan Lendl, who won the title at the Shipyard-hosted 1983 Grand Prix. Lendl went on to secure a place in 19 Grand Slam finals, including eight victories. Who is to say that another legend will not be born on Hilton Head Island, during a Van Der Meer Shipyard event once more? Jim Stubbs, Van Der Meer’s director of events for the tournament, shares similar optimism, commenting that the hosting of professional tennis at Shipyard is “like we’re going back to our roots.” He’s right, too; Shipyard hosted their first professionallevel competition only three years after they opened the center, showcasing the World Championship Tennis Grand Prix in both 1982 and 1983.

On May 27 of this year, the Van Der Meer Tennis Center also hosted a $10,000 women’s circuit, though now it’s Shipyard’s turn. In May, Yana Koroleva of Russia claimed the singles prize, while a team of two Americans, Kristy Frilling and Alexandra Mueller, seized the doubles. Koroleva, only a sophomore in college, obtained the ACC Scholar Athlete of the Year award in spring of 2013. She holds the final Nation Singles Ranking of No. 13, defeating the Nos. 6 and 5 players in the NCAA tournament, during which Koroleva advanced to the quarterfinals, becoming the fourth player in Clemson history to do so. Before she even attended college, however, she was ranked 385th in the world. Now the spotlight turns from the Van Der Meer Tennis Center to their other facility, the acclaimed Van Der Meer Shipyard Resort. The opportunity to witness some high-quality tennis has been offered to the residents of Hilton Head Island and the surrounding areas simply because the Women’s Tennis Association was caught in a bind, thus asking the

facility at Shipyard to host the tournament. Therefore, the chance to be there while rising women tennis stars battle it out for the prize of $10,000 and WTA ranking points is too good to be passed up. Age-old tennis players, newcomers to the sport, and those who are simply sports fans alike will all find something enjoyable and exciting at the Van Der Meer Shipyard Resort from Sept. 27 to Oct. 6. M

EVENT INFORMATION What: USTA Pro Circuit Women's $10K tennis tournament When: 64-draw qualifying tournament, Sept. 27 through Oct. 1; 32-player tournament Oct. 1-6 Where: Van Der Meer Shipyard Resort, Hilton Head Island Details: Highly-ranked juniors from around the world compete in this pro circuit event. Players such as Anna Kournikova, Nicole Vaidisova, Maria Sharapova and Lindsey Davenport started their careers on the USTA Pro Circuit. More information: 843-785-8388 or www.vandermeertennis.com

September 2013 109

SEPT 13 106-109 Golf Sports.indd 109

8/22/13 12:28 PM


Photos by Arno Dimmling

SOCIAL SPOTLIGHT

L

ong Cove’s annual Boys & Girls Club Boat Day was a smashing success, with many youngsters getting on a boat for the first time. Captains took the kids out to see Dolphins in Broad Creek followed by a barbecue at Long Cove Yacht Club.

T

wo Hilton Head Island tennis teams were crowned state champions at the USTA SC Jr. Team Tennis State Championships. Both Landshark teams are coached by Eric Wammock and play out of Hilton Head Island Beach and Tennis.

p The 14 and Under team is Holly Kerr, Samantha Kriney, Alex Ittenbach, Robert Gavin and Sarah Wood.

q A July 27 catamaran sail with the 1997 Zeta Tau Alpha Sorority from Florida State University. Pictured are Cindy Alcoba, Erin Burden, Amanda Cirone, Erin Goggin, Caycee Graham, Kasi MacFarland, Andrea Myers, Jennifer Odiorne, Lindsay Pitt, Maren Rogers, Jamie Sumner, Holly Tyrrell, Megan Vodar and Alicia Worrell.

u The 18 and Under team is Kate Bennett, Maddy Bauer, Phillip Tong, Matthew Feldman, Ian Schenikel, Brad Malool, Stevie De Vincentis, Cameron Clark and Katie Rankin.

u Bluffton Mayor Lisa Sulka and Deputy Town Manager Marc Orlando show off Municipal Association of South Carolina awards for the Wharf Street Redevelopment Project. y Sulka visits students within the Neighborhood Outreach Connection program at Bluffton House apartments. ď ´ T here were no individual winners but the 85 kids that participated in the Bluffton Kids Triathlon were all winners in our book. The event was for ages 4-14 and featured swimming, bike riding and running.

110 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 110-111 Social Spotlight.indd 110

8/22/13 12:32 PM


GET in the spotlight

Photo By Snap HILTON HEAD

To submit photos from your event or party e-mail editor@hiltonheadmonthly.com or you can share them directly from your Facebook page by liking us on Facebook. All photos courtesy those pictured unless otherwise noted.

p From left, Wayne Edwards, Bob Onorato, Mayor Drew Laughlin and Charles Davis stand in front of the King Neptune Statue and Sundial at Shelter Cove Harbour. The Town of Hilton Head Island issued a Proclamation, making August 18 officially King Neptune Statue Day. A plaque will be installed commemorating the anniversary.

p The May River Preserve broke ground on Aug. 15. The 350-acre community along the May River Road corridor is located in the heart of Bluffton, on a parcel that was once a popular daffodil farm. A total of 109 homes will be built there, 16 on nature preserves and 93 lakefront. q Nonprofit representatives and Community Foundation board and staff members pose for a photo at a recent grantee celebration hosted by Hudson’s. The Community Foundation’s board of trustees recently voted to award more than $120,000 in grants to area organizations — Hilton Head Island Safe Harbour, Memory Matters, Sandbox Children’s Museum, Society of Bluffton Artists, USC Research Foundation and the Volunteers in Medicine clinic.

September 2013 111

SEPT 13 110-111 Social Spotlight.indd 111

8/22/13 12:32 PM


AT HOME

home RESOURCEBOOK

ÂŽ

monthly’s guide to building, remodeling & decorating

inside

featured professionals Premier Roofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Morris & Whiteside Galleries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116-117 Interiors by Donna Coudes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Palmetto Electric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Crast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 American Wood Reface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Alarm Fire & Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 H2 Builders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

112 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 112-114 Home.indd 112

8/22/13 12:37 PM


AT HOME

show

&

tell

What builders build for themselves Living room: Beams reclaimed from old Savannah River Dock pilings, 20 foot vaulted ceiling, custom trim “butt board” wainscoting detail, custom built-ins, decorative lighting, casual wood burning fireplace. Trim: Clean, classic, historic trim details. Windows: Contrasting custom wood shutters to compliment the grey builtins by Budget Blinds.

PHOTOGRAPHY BY ROB KAUFMAN

C

hris and Katie Dalzell, owners of Shoreline Construction and Development, recently built a custom home on Farnsleigh Avenue in Hampton Hall. In addition to creating a home for their family (8-year-old Emma, 5-year-old Campbell and Buster the Golden Retriever), the Dalzells also use the house to tour future clients. “We want them to be able to see our end product,” said Katie Dalzell, who runs the in-house interior design department of Shoreline. The house was finished earlier this year and took around six months to build. There are three bedrooms and three bathrooms in the main house with a separate guest suite over the garage, complete with a living area, bedroom and bathroom. The square footage is 4,400 with 800 square feet of porches. The casual design fits the family’s active lifestyle. Using an open floorplan concept, the dining room, kitchen and living room are all open to one another. Many other features make the house unique. • The wood floors are made from Savannah River reclaimed heart pine. • The beams in the living room are reclaimed dock pilings from the Savannah River. • Energy efficient windows maintain the home’s comfort all year long. September 2013 113

SEPT 13 112-114 Home.indd 113

8/22/13 12:37 PM


AT HOME

Kitchen: Decorative lighting, classic pendants over island with a separate hinged light over the kitchen sink for added detail. Custom built island with furniture legs and large drawers on the front for pots and pan storage, and extra storage underneath the bartop side for large serving platters and extra dishes. Kitchen cabs are inset Cabinetry with applied molding. They mixed the hardware up using latches, handles and cup pulls to give a more “furniture” feel to the cabinetry. Custom handmade window treatments. Viking Rangetop with Commercial grade range hood. Upper cabs to come all the way to the countertops to house all countertop appliances. Mud hall/ owner’s entry/ built in desk area: This large space houses many aspects of the familiy’s day-to-day activities. It is sleeping quarters for the dog, Buster, and is a drop zone for the kids’ backpacks, dance bags, dog leashes and more. A message center for all the weekly activites and familychore chart is displayed on a chalkboard. A custom-built, double desk center for Emma Kate and Campbell to complete all their homework or crafting projects. Right off the owner’s entry is the laundry room.

Master bath: Casual elegance, chrome fixtures, wood floors, horizontal “butt board” detail behind classic claw foot tub area for added subtle detail. Exposed shower trim for a historic, southern feel. Carrara marble herringbone shower floors mixed with classic subway tile for the shower, custom designed double vanity, grey color, built-in center tower for added storage, drawer storage, inset mirrors, lights applied to mirror detail for an added design element.

114 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 112-114 Home.indd 114

8/22/13 12:39 PM


PremierRoofing_0913.indd 115

8/21/13 10:55 PM


Morris&Whiteside_0913.indd 116

8/21/13 10:55 PM


Morris&Whiteside_0913.indd 117

8/21/13 10:55 PM


118 hiltonheadmonthly.com

118-120.indd 118

8/21/13 10:57 PM


DISTINCTIVE. CREATIVE. ORIGINAL.

IT’S ALL IN THE DETAILS.

24 Marsh View Drive | Hilton Head Island | 843.785.4500 ken@crastcustomhomeshhi.com | www.crastcustomhomeshhi.com

Crast_0913.indd 119

8/21/13 10:58 PM


120 hiltonheadmonthly.com

118-120.indd 120

8/21/13 10:57 PM


H2Builders_0913.indd 121

8/21/13 10:58 PM


W_Photography_0913.indd 122

8/21/13 10:59 PM


REAL ESTATE Robert Stenhammer Property Perspectives rstenhammer@hiltonheadusa.com

THE

Coligny Redevelopment PROJECT

Of all the major renovation momentum currently underway on Hilton Head Island, perhaps none is more exciting and impactful for the future as the Coligny Redevelopment Project. One of the main principles of economic development is that private investment follows public funds. The Town of Hilton Head Island is willing to commit an estimated $13 million in infrastructure improvements such as parking, green space, streetscapes, landscaping and lighting to Coligny in an effort to revitalize the area.

T

he Town has stated on its’ website that, “Coligny has been identified in many forums as an area to focus public investment aimed at enhancing the experience of residents and visitors and to serve as a catalyst that would spur redevelopment and private sector investment in the district.” In casting vision for a new and improved area of Coligny the Town has formed a potential partnership with the University of South Carolina Beaufort (USCB). The university would raise private funds in order to build and host its’ Hospitality Management program in a world class 40,000 square foot facility that will be one of the anchors of the improved Coligny area. Having USCB’s presence in a prominent place on Hilton Head Island will enhance the quality of life for residents, businesses and visitors in a dynamic, professional and energetic way that will ultimately improve property values and create an economic development engine for the Island. Lifelong Learning USCB is in the top 5% of the prestigious Osher Lifelong Learning Institute (OLLI) network which endows universities across the country to develop and execute outstanding lifelong learning opportunities and professional continuing education. Lifelong learning is one of the top criteria for tourism oriented retirement communities in the U.S. and will bring tremendous value as one of the uses of the new USCB facility. Boosting the Shoulder Seasons The proposed USCB facility will drive business, rentals and tourism for the off-peak season from September through March. The creation of an economic component

such as USCB that drives year-round business has been sought after for years by Island leaders. The addition of junior and senior hospitality management students and USCB faculty will add new life to the underutilized Coligny area during the school year. Residents and visitors participating in OLLI will add additional positive economic impact during the off-season. Supporting Tourism and Events USCB students will have direct access to the Island’s prominent tourism industry and be able to serve as interns and workers gaining valuable real world experience that will also strengthen the hospitality industry on the Island. The Town’s plan to create a park that can be used for special events adjacent to the USCB facility will provide a great location to host events that will not only fuel enhanced guest experiences but fuel Coligny area businesses as well. Public Comment The first round of public comment meetings was held July 30 at the Town Hall. The Town of Hilton Head Island is interested in your comments and suggestions. They can be submitted on-line at HiltonHeadIslandsc.gov. M Robert Stenhammer has been a resort executive for over 15 years and holds an MBA in Hospitality and Tourism. He is the President of Hilton Head Accommodations, serves on the Board of Directors for the Hilton Head Island/Bluffton Chamber of Commerce and is Chairman of the Accommodation Tax Committee for the Town of Hilton Head Island.

123 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 123 RealEstate.indd 123

8/22/13 12:34 PM


Give Charles, Frances, or Angela a Call!

(843) 681-3307 or (800) 267-3285

81 Main Street, Suite 202 Hilton Head Island, SC 29925

Charles Sampson (843) 681-3307 x 215 Home - (843) 681-3000

Frances Sampson (843) 681-3307 x 236 Mobile - (843) 384-1002

Angela Mullis (843) 681-3307 x 223 Mobile - (843) 384-7301

Charles@CharlesSampson.com

Frances@FrancesSampson.com

Angela@AngelaMullis.com

www.CharlesSampson.com www.CSampson.com Island Resident Since 1972.

HiltonHeadIslandSouthCarolina

Hilton Head Plantation Collection

72 DEERFIELD ROAD

5H

R

ED

U

C

ED

7 LADSON COURT

DREAM of living in a tree house? Thanks to designer Kermit Huggins, 7 Ladson Court in Hilton Head Plantation will fulfill your dreams. 3rd floor crows nest and sundeck plus an outstanding view of moss draped hardwoods, palmettos, and the Marsh and Intracoastal Waterway. 3 BR, LR, DR, Kit/ Fam Rm, 2nd floor library and office plus much more. Check out 7 Ladson Court – you will be glad you did! $795,000

21 MISTY MORNING

19 MARGARITA COURT

9 ANGLERS POND

C U O N N D T E R R A C T

C U O N N D T E R R A C T

26 LENORA DRIVE

WATER & MARSH VIEWS. Port Royal Sound, Skull Creek over the marsh of Elliott Creek. The homesite is covered with moss draped hardwoods and Palmettos. Split level floor plan with most every room having water views. Wood floors, smooth ceilings with updated kitchen, dining room and sitting room. Master Suite with wrap around windows, ceiling speakers and a suite bath, boutique shop like walk in closet & dressing area. Access to Dolphin Head. $670,000

SUPER from th ery hom near eve Also, the and acti 2.5BA fo en/Fami wood fl ceilings,

A GREAT VALUE ON A GREAT STREET! 21 Misty Morning in Hilton Head Plantation has a Great View over a savanna to the 7th and 9th holes of Bear Creek Golf Club and will be a joy to call home. 4 Bedroom or 3 and a Bonus Room, 3.5 BA, formal LR & DR, updated Kitchen, Fam. Room plus winterized heated and cooled Screened Porch and oversized Garage. High ceilings, wood floors, convenient location and more. $532,500

NESTLED UNDER MOSS DRAPED OAKS, 19 Margarita Court views the Country Club of Hilton Head 10th green, entire 11th fairway & green plus the signature 12th fairway.You will also enjoy the sunsets filtered through the live oaks.The home has a private location at the end of a cul-de-sac and long concrete drive. 4 BR or 3 and an office and bonus room, updated kitchen, split bedroom plan, formal dining room, living room and den. Wood floors, granite tops, high smooth ceilings & oversized garage. $518,750

TALK ABOUT A GREAT ROOM home with a cook’s kitchen, oversized garage with a work area, great lagoon view and at the end of a private cul de sac. Great curb appeal, expansive rear deck, 3 BR, 2.5BA, eat in kitchen, pantry, Great Room, Dining area with tranquil lagoon view. $495,000

59 OLD FORT DRIVE

7 PRESTWICK COURT

9 SANTA MARIA DRIVE

11 BIRKDALE COURT

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION - Enjoy Courtyard Home living.Views of the Country Club’s 9th fairway and a short distance to the Clubhouse with its pools, tennis, health club and dining. Close to Spring Lake Recreation area, Seabrook Farm, docks along the Intracoastal Waterway, and the Cypress entrance to the Plantation. 3 Bedroom, 2.5 Bath, wood floors, high ceilings, eat-in Kitchen/Family Room combination plus a 2 car Garage with walk-up storage and a large winterized screened porch. $458,750

PANORAMIC VIEWS of the 16th fairway of the Country Club of Hilton Head. Short distance to the clubhouse and Spring Lake Recreation area with its pool, tennis, playground and pavilion. This one owner home is almost 3,000 sq. ft. and has an expansive screened porch. 3 BR, 2.5 BA, formal LR with high ceilings, DR and eatin Kitchen, fireplace and 2 car side entry garage. Priced under $440,000!

UPDATED GREAT ROOM, Split Bedroom floorplan home. Panoramic view of the Country Club of Hilton Head’s 9th Fairway. Conveniently located to the Seabrook Farm, Spring Lake, the Country Club and the Cypress Gate. Close to Golf, Beach, shopping, dining, biking and water activities on the Sound. Remodeled to be a Great Room floorplan with stainless and granite kitchen and baths. Garage is a heated and cooled space used as a hobby area or exercise room. $408,750

COME ADISE Hilton H an up a Watch t $60,00

33

UNDER THE STATELY MOSS DRAPED OAKS – just off the signature 12th hole of the Country Club of Hilton Head. Short distance to the clubhouse, Spring Lake pavilion and the docks along the Intracoastal Waterway. Homesite provides a panoramic view of the fairway. Mature landscaping. 3 BR, 2.5 BA updated granite kitchen, formal LR & DR, high ceilings, wood floors, Carolina Room, 2 car garage, fireplace and more. $458,500

Ch1_Sampson_0913.indd 124

R

R ED

ED

U

U

C

ED

NEED SPACE TO SPREAD OUT? 5 BR home w/ formal LR & DR, country eat-in kitchen/family room combo, PLUS an office with a wall of built-ins, PLUS a 2nd floor sitting/ TV room PLUS bonus room PLUS 4 full, 2 half baths, utility room, garage. Wood floors, high smooth ceilings, fireplace. You also get a covered front porch, rear decks & private swimming pool. $698,500

8/21/13 11:00 PM

ESTAT with ov 2.5 BA room. E fireplace high cei large ba floors. W pool are acre adj


Give Charles, Frances, or Angela a Call!

(843) 681-3307 or (800) 267-3285

is 223 7301

Charles Sampson (843) 681-3307 x 215 Home - (843) 681-3000

Frances Sampson (843) 681-3307 x 236 Mobile - (843) 384-1002

Angela Mullis (843) 681-3307 x 223 Mobile - (843) 384-7301

s.com

Charles@CharlesSampson.com

Frances@FrancesSampson.com

Angela@AngelaMullis.com

81 Main Street, Suite 202 Hilton Head Island, SC 29925

www.CharlesSampson.com www.CSampson.com Island Resident Since 1972.

HiltonHeadIslandSouthCarolina

5 HUMMINGBIRD COURT

15 FIELD SPARROW

15 SEABROOK LANDING DR.

5 MALLARD

SUPER DUPER! Long southern lagoon view from the patio or Carolina Room of this Rookery home. Located in Hilton Head Plantation and near everything- only a mile from the entrance. Also, the Rookery has its own neighborhood pool and activities . 5 Hummingbird Court is a 3BR, 2.5BA formal LR and DR, updated Eat-In Kitchen/Family Room, and Carolina Room. There are wood floors, high ceilings, and cypress wall and ceilings, mature natural landscaping. $392,000

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION VALUE, Great Location – oversized patio homesite a short distance to the Bluff along the Port Royal Sound. Good potential for an addition. Great for a vacation or 2nd home or your future home with an almost hassle free yard. Located in the heart of the plantation on a quiet cul-de-sac with open space to the front and back. 2 BR, 2 BA, Greatroom home, large patio and mature landscaping. Opportunity to own a HHP home for under $250,000 $248,500

OPPORTUNITY TO BUILD your dream home in the exclusive Seabrook Landing neighborhood of Hilton Head Plantation. This marsh front homesite will allow for views to the 13th fairway of the Country Club of Hilton Head and across the marsh to the sunsets over Skull Creek. In addition, residents of Seabrook Landing can enjoy all the benefits of living in Hilton Head Plantation.$425,000

WONDERFUL BEACH COTTAGE located walking distance to the ocean. This 3 bedroom, 2 bath home has been remodeled throughout over time and features tile and wood floors, S/S appliances, ceiling fans and a large fenced in back yard oasis with a water feature and expansive deck.The home is just a short bike ride to Coligny plaza. $495,000

681 SPANISH WELLS

85 SAW TIMBER DRIVE

C U O N in NT D 5 R ER D A ay CT s

30 JONESVILLE ROAD

R

ED

U

C

ED

33 ROSE DHU CREEK

ESTATE HOME with two stall horse barn with overhangs for tacking and washing. 3 BR 2.5 BA with space for an office. Formal dining room. Eat-in Kitchen opens to great room w/ fireplace, custom built-in cabinetry and two story high ceilings. Pine floors throughout. Master has large bath with whirlpool, walk in shower, and tile floors. Wrought iron staircase. Open space and pool area across from the front of the home. 1.9 acre adjacent lot available. $524,000

Ch1_Sampson_0913.indd 125

UNIQUE OPPORTUNITY to own an acreage on Hilton Head Island overlooking marsh to deep water.There is a possibility to subdivide the 5 acres into multiple homesites with two of those being marshfront. Drive by and scout out this great Bank Owned property. $495,000

220 STONEY CROSSING

ONE OF THE BEST values in Moss Creek! Golfer? Moss Creek has a great deal & 2 fantastic courses. Boater? Protected deep water docks off the intracoastal waterway. Fitness fan? New health club & inviting pool complex. Renovated in 20082010, this 3 BR, 3 BA home overlooks 3 fairways and features newer roof & stucco. Updated baths & kitchen, granite and S/S appliances, wood floors and high ceilings, and sunroom off Master. $415,000

LOWCOUNTRY HOMESITES SPANISH WELLS 618 SPANISH WELLS ROAD 5 ACRES, FORECLOSURE $495,000

C U O N N D T E R R A C T

COME BUILD YOUR PIECE OF PARADISE overlooking marsh to tidal creek on Hilton Head Island. This homesite is located in an up and coming area that has no restrictions. Watch the wildlife right outside your back door. $60,000

LARGE 2 STORY HOME overlooking the lagoon in Edgefield. This home features a foyer entrance, large Great Room off the Kitchen, 4 Bedrooms upstairs and a screened in Porch. Edgefield is located off of the Buckwalter Parkway and is located near the schools and shopping. $165,000

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION 18 CHINA COCKLE LANE 2ND ROW SOUND $259,000 15 SEABROOK LANDING ICW / GOLF / MARSH $425,000 COLLETON RIVER 14 BALLY BUNION WAY $15,000 HONEY HILL 8 ACRE EQUESTRIAN $49,000

Under Homesites we need to add in HONEY HILL. 8 ac. Equestrian $49,000

Follow us on Facebook at Hilton Head Island South Carolina and The Charles Sampson Real Estate Group and also on WHHI- TV’s Insight throughout the day. Scan with smartphone to access website

8/21/13 11:00 PM


Island Realty

SUCCESS BREEDS SUCCESS...and RESULTS!

Eric Dollenberg

Gary Mullane

843.816.6489 edollenberg@aol.com EricDollenberg.com

843-816-4461 garymullane@aol.com HiltonHeadHomeFinder.com

Carol Wolf

843.384.3335 cwolfhhi@yahoo.com CarolWolfRealtor.com

Still the leading realtor with results since 1982 with over $235 million sold.

D CE DU RE ICE PR 40 KNOTTS WAY • NORTH FOREST BEACH

Oceanfront masterpiece and outstanding rental producer complete the package. Many recent improvements make this 6 bedroom, 7 and a half bath oceanfront house a turn key rental. Wonderful opportunity in today’s oceanfront market. NOW $3,100,000

6 WEDGEWOOD CIRCLE • COLLETON RIVER

Unparalleled view in Colleton River! Incredible panoramic views! Nature at its best! Live between a tidal marsh & nature preserve. $1,700,000

OCEANFRONT IN SEA PINES

Breathtaking 180° oceanfront views from this 5BR, 5 1/2 BA home. A most desirable location. Features include a gorgeous master BR w/an extravagant BA, an elevator, a servant quarter equipped w/a kitchen & more. The oceanfront lot next door can also be purchased. Priced to sell!.

D CE DU RE ICE PR

9 GREEN WING TEAL ROAD • SEA PINES

Quintessential beach cottage in South Beach. Situated on a oversized 2nd row homesite, this 4 bdr, 4 bath beach house has new wood floors, painting, large screened porch, upstairs+downstairs living areas, tasteful furnishings and pool. Strong rentals. Buy now or build new later. $1,595,000

159 SOUTHSIDE PARKWAY • BLUFFTON

Family home, 4 bedrooms, 2 1/2 baths, 2279 sq. ft. Close to Hilton Head, Beaufort & Savannah. $170,000

OCEANFRONT/SOUNDFRONT IN SEA PINES

Gorgeous water views from this 3 BR, 3 BA home. Plenty of glass, light and bright, fireplace. High potential income property. Walk to all amenities in South Beach. On site pool. Large deck. Most beautiful sunsets. $995,000

LD SO ST JU

17 HARROGATE DRIVE • WEXFORD

Situated on famed 15th hole. 5BR, 4.5 BA, 3 car garage,oak wood flooring, granite in kitchen + new marble and fixtures in all baths. Den, plus an office, artist’s studio which could be ideal exercise room. Large deck. NEW PRICE $1,195,000

9 CASSINA LANE • SOUTH FOREST BEACH

Oceanfront view. Terrific investment. Best priced oceanfront home on the island. Rental or build your dream home. House is in good condition but is being sold “as is.” 4 bedrooms, 3 baths. Hottub. Walk 300’ to the beach. Sundeck with lounge chairs half-way to beach. $1,600,000

SEA PINES GOLF / LAGOON VISTA

One level 4BR, 3.5 BA home is casual but elegant, highest quality of workmanship. Features include charming foyer entrance, tray & vaulted ceilings, 2 fireplaces, swimming pool,screened porch. .8393 acre overlooking Heron Point Golf Course & private lagoon. $879,000

T AC TR ON RC DE UN

6 RICE MILL LANE • LONG COVE

High smooth ceilings, open floorplan, open eat in kitchen and golf view. 3BR each with their own bath, plus room off of kitchen for den/TV room. Room off of laundry room for extra storage or office. Beautifully decorated and furnishings negotiable. Great location. Newly renovated. $529,000

RemaxMullDollWolf_0913.indd 126

1 SEA OAK LANE • SOUTH FOREST BEACH

5Br, 5.5BA, 2nd ROW home near the Sea Pines south gate. Situated on a quiet street just 40 steps from the BEACH! Beautifully appointed, sold furnished and sleeps 12. Extensive decking/porches and private heated pool & hot tub. Rec./game room at pool level. $1,495,000

OCEANFRONT / SOUND IN SEA PINES

Unobstructed views of ocean and sound and breathtaking sunsets from this 4 BR, 3 BA home. $1,124,000 furnished. Home has been renovated and nicely maintained; screen porch and large deck. On site pool. Extremely high rental income property. Call Carol.

8/21/13 11:01 PM


Weichert_0913.indd 127

8/21/13 11:01 PM


cell 843.384.8797 | office 843.681.3307 | toll free 800.2673285 | email richard@rmacdonald.com PORT ROYAL PLANTATION

2ND ROW OCEAN VIEW HOME. Light filled open LR & DR + Family and Carolina Room each with a fireplace. Kitchen w/5 burner Decor gas range, cherry cabinets, SS appliances, hardwood, bamboo + tile floors. 4 BR, 3.5 BA quiet bedroom retreats. 3 Decks across the rear. 2 Car Garage. $969,000

INDIGO RUN

PALMETTO DUNES

QUALITY CHRIS CONSTRUCTION HOME on a private cul-de-sac with a long lagoon view in The Golf Club. Spacious 5 BR, 5.5 BA home with every imaginable upgrade. Elegant LR & DR. Chef’s Kitchen + Family Room. Large Master Suite + Study. $849,000

BEAUTIFULLY SPACIOUS OCEANSIDE VILLA in the Leamington section. Spacious like-new 3 BR, 3 BA (2 Master Suites) + a fabulous wrap-around Screened Porch. Covered Parking. Beautiful Pool with jacuzzi. Great rentals. $739,000

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION

INDIGO RUN

CUSTOM BUILT. Designed perfectly for this panoramic wrap-a-round lagoon-golf view of private Bear Creek Golf Course. Great Room w/walls of glass + hardwood floors. Cozy Den/Study w/fireplace. Custom Kitchen cabinetry w/granite counter tops + stainless steel appliances. Large Master Suite. Guest Bedrooms each w/private Baths. Loft area + Office. $679,000

MODEL PERFECT HOME overlooking a beautiful lagoon. 3 BR’s + a Study. Elegant LR & DR. Chef’s Kitchen w/stainless steel appliances. Family Rom w/volume wood ceiling. Spacious Master Suite. Light filled Screened Porch with a tile floor. Completely renovated in 2008. Many upgrades! $629,000

BEAUTIFUL 3 BR, 3.5 BA Home + Study/Den all on one level looking out over the 6th Green and 7th Tee of Golden Bear. LR and DR with double tray ceilings and crown mouldings. Big Kitchen and Family Room + a large Screened Porch with tile floors. $550,000

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION

INDIGO RUN

PORT ROYAL PLANTATION

SPACIOUS CUSTOM DESIGNED townhome w/a wraparound veranda. Builder allowed seller to customize this town home like no other in the community. 3 BR’s, 4 Full BA’s + a cozy Den. Chef’s Kitchen w/top of the line appliances. Granite counter tops. Private elevator + 2 Car Garage. $549,000

SPACIOUS 4 BR, 4 Bath maintenance free Berwick Green Villa w/over 3,000 s.f. overlooking the Lagoon + 18th Fwy of The Golf Club. Large Great Room w/Heart Pine Floors. Chef’s Kitchen w/ Gas Range. Large Master Suite, Private Elevator, 2 car Garage. Used only as a second home. $549,000

BEAUTIFUL OCEANSIDE COTTAGE on the beach path. Updates make this home move-in ready for a permanent residence or second home. 3 Bedrooms, 2.5 Baths, hardwood floors throughout. Start the new year off right with this beach home! $549,000

FOLLY FIELD

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION

PORT ROYAL PLANTATION

PANORAMIC OCEANFRONT, 2nd floor, 2 BR, 2 BA Villa. Sea Cloisters is the jewel of Hilton Head Oceanfront Villas. Great rental or 2nd home. Beautiful Oceanfront Pool, security gate + on-site rental company. This villa has never been rented. $525,000

FABULOUS BRAND NEW TOWN HOMES across the street from the Country Club of Hilton Head and within walking distance to the Old Fort Pub and Skull Creek Marina. 3 BR’s and 3.5 BA’s. Top of the line appointments, private elevator + 2 car garage. Prices starting at $499,000.

BEAUTIFUL COTTAGE STYLE on a large 7/10th of an acre, walking distance to the beach. Large Great Rm w/Heart of Pine floor. Large skylight w/4 ceiling fans. Kitchen opens to Breakfast Rm + light-filled Carolina Rm. 2 Gas Fireplaces. 2 car Garage. Split Bedroom plan. Beach home or primary home. $399,000

AVALON

THE PRESERVE AT INDIGO RUN

FOLLY FIELD

MODEL PERFECT AVALON VILLA overlooking a lagoon and fountain. Beautiful paver patio with beautiful landscaping. 3 BR’s and 3 BA’s. 2 car garage. Great Room that shows like a model. Updated Kitchen appliances with gas range. Loads of extras. $329,000

BEAUTIFUL (CAMELLIA STYLE) ground floor 3 Bedroom, 2 Bath plus 2 car Garage. Conveniently located close to the Pool and Exercise Facility. Shows brand new. New carpet, new paint, new appliances, new heating and air-conditioner plus new hot water system. $299,000

GREAT FIRST FLOOR Fiddlers Cove Villa. Updated Kitchen with granite countertops. Great location, walk to the Beach. Fully furnished. Used mainly as a second home.Great community tennis, pool and security. $145,000

Visit my website: www.rmacdonald.com

Ch1_MacDonald_0913.indd 128

8/21/13 11:02 PM


PALMETTO DUNES/ Shelter cove

505 MAIL SAIL – For the discriminating buyer! 5th floor 3 BR/3 BA end unit penthouse w/spectacular harbor & water views! Main Sail is the newest & most elegant property ever built in Shelter Cove Harbour. 2 master suites w/large walk-in closets, beautiful baths w/separate spa tubs, huge covered balcony & screened porch. One of the Island’s finest pool complexes. Just steps to shopping, dining & the Performing Arts Center, plus full access to all Palmetto Dunes amenities. $839,000

PALMETTO DUNES

407 CAPTAIN’S WALK – Direct Oceanfront! Watch

the sunrise & sparkling waters from this 2nd floor 3 BR/3 BA end unit w/huge oceanfront pool area. Captains Walk boasts one of the finest maintained villa complexes on the Island. Fabulously located to golf, tennis, hotels, restaurants, bike & kayak rentals & the General Store. You don’t need a car. $799,000

PALMETTO HALL

4 STEVENS COURT – Wonderful opportunity to own

a great home in Palmetto Hall. Located on a quiet culde-sac w/views of savannah/nature preserve. Featuring 5 BR/4 BA, plus office space. Large covered front & back porches, circular driveway, soaring ceilings, great natural light, hardwood floor, & smooth ceilings. Big, open eat-in kitchen & family room, & living room, large dining room, generous master suite w/his & her walk-ins, oversized garage & storage. $520,000

HILTON HEAD PLANTATION

4 WILD HOLLY COURT – Bright & airy custom built

3 BR/2 BA home on quiet cul-de-sac street. Beautifully landscaped & backs up to 12th hole of Oyster Reef Golf Course. 20’ cathedral ceiling, open living room w/lots of glass, eat-in kitchen & glassed Carolina room. Also large, private back deck. New A/C and newer appliances. A must see home. $329,000

DMG_Oliver_0913.indd 129

8/21/13 11:03 PM


Shembra_0913.indd 130

8/21/13 11:03 PM


Choose the Winners!

The Woodward Davis Team and your Hilton Head Island Lifestyle!

www.HiltonHeadIslandLifestyle.com HEAD MO

L N TH Y

HILTON

We have a listing for every lifestyle – oceanfront, oceanside, deep water and golf views. Please visit our website and choose the lifestyle you have been waiting for. Reader ’Choi 2012

Monica Davis

The Woodward Davis Team

843-384-4473 monica@monicadavis.com

Ch1_Woodward_0913.indd 131

Lottie Woodward

843-384-4488 lottie@lottiewoodward.com

8/21/13 11:04 PM


We have temporarily moved our offices from the Beach Club to the Sea Pines Welcome Center until Summer 2014. 525 PLANTATION CLUB VILLA

4 TOPSIDE

44 WOODBINE VILLA

Multiple fairway views of #’s 8 and 9 of Ocean Course from this desirable 2 BR, 2 BA villa. Recent renovations of the entire building - roof, windows and exterior! Nicely updated interior and attractive pricing make this villa a MUST SEE! $309,999 F

Enjoy the wonderful beach and amenities of Palmetto Dunes from this beautifully renovated home located on a picturesque lagoon. Features 4 BR, 3.5 baths, den, gorgeous kitchen, open floor plan with views of pool and lagoon. All the work has been done for you - just come and enjoy! $659,000

Rare 2 BR, 2 BA Woodbine Villa with panoramic golf & lagoon views. End unit with fireplace, beautifully remodeled kitchen & great room,and updated baths. A short walk to the beach, this lovely villa is currently being enjoyed as a second home, but it would also make a great vacation/rental property. SPCC membership available. $385,000

UN DE RC ON TR AC T

10 WOOD IBIS RD

Wendy Corbit 843.816.2672

Warmth and charm greet you in this refreshingly different 5th row beach home! Light and bright this 3 BR, 2.5 BA home with a 2-car garage boasts many upgrades. $869,900 F

CALL WENDY AT 843.816.2672

Jeff Hall

843.384.7941

16 MIZZENMAST • SEA PINES

11 MAGNOLIA BLOSSOM DR. • COLLETON RIVER

22 BALLYBUNION WAY • COLLETON RIVER

Well maintained 4th row, ocean oriented home with two minute access to ocean, located on one of the more desirable streets in Sea Pines. 4 BRs plus bunk room with 4 BAs. Screened in porch, family room with fireplace, living room with wet bar and fireplace, dining room, eat in kitchen. Nice deck with pool. $1,395,000

This is a rare opportunity to live on the 18th fairway of the Harbour Town Golf Course. Views overlooking fairway and large expansive water views of the Calibogue Sound. 5 Bedrooms, 5 Baths, end unit with privacy. $1,195,000

Wonderful setting overlooking the 14th hole par 5 of the Nicklaus Course. Excellent location to the Nicklaus and Dye Clubhouses and a short walk to the Colleton River Dock Pavillion. Open floor plan wonderful details with 4 BR, 4 BA and 2 half baths. Private guest suite over garage. $759,000

Wonderful lagoon to golf view setting overlooking the 8th hole on Dye Course. Near Dye Clubhouse, Hardwood Pine floors throughout, private guest suite over garage, top of the line kitchen, first floor Master suite with private den, 2nd floor sitting area with 3 BRs, deck, pool,spa and screened porch. $1,250,000

8 WEXFORD DRIVE

843.816.2275

Absolutely gorgeous home built by the owners who are a prominent builder and interior designer on the Island. This beautiful home is located in the fabulous golf and yacht community of Wexford and exemplifies the finest in architectural design and advanced building concepts. Special features include great room with fireplace, Carolina room, library with fireplace, gourmet kitchen, master bedroom suite with fireplace, 4 guest suites, and the perfect outdoor entertainment area with fireplace. $1,745,000

843.363.4005 (Office)

WWW.LIVEATHILTONHEAD.COM 847 KETCH COURT

848 KETCH COURT

Darling studio in the center of Harbour Town with beautiful views of the Harbour Town Marina , Calibogue Sound, and the Harbour Town Lighthouse. Wonderful furnishings and good rental income.

Beautiful 3 BR, 2BA waterfront villa completely redone by a renowned Island builder. Open kitchen/family/ dining room, fabulous furnishings and gorgeous views of the Harbour Town Marina, Lighthouse, and Calibogue Sound. Excellent rental income $595,000

$235,000

CALL JEANNIE AT 843.816.2275

JeffHallSPBC_0913.indd 132

WWW.WENDYCORBITT.COM

31 S BEACH LN • SEA PINES

CALL JEFF AT 843.384.7941

Jeannie Lawrence

JEANNIE@BEACHCLUBREALESTATE.COM

800.846.7829 (Toll Free)

8/21/13 11:04 PM


www.RickSaba.com

{ BELFAIR BEST BUY }

Life is Short!

ABSOLUTELY THE BEST BUY IN BELFAIR!

This almost new home was built in 2009 by the current owners on a very private cul-de-sac with a serene view. Features include hardwood floors, open floor plan, gorgeous kitchen with custom cabinets, granite & SS Bosch appliances, sumptuous master suite with rain shower, large bonus room and screened porch. Custom features throughout consist of extensive crown molding, bead board trim, coffered and tray ceilings. This home is priced to sell well below replacement cost. Hurry on this one! $399,000.

{ SEA PINES PLANTATION DEALS } 28 Woodbine Place:

Superb one level fully furnished home located on one of the most private streets on all of Sea Pines. Sitting on a fantastic golf view lot with a gorgeous pool and spa, you really won’t want to leave your seat. Beautifully renovated open floor plan kitchen, updated bathrooms, large open living/ family room area with fireplace, vaulted ceilings, screened in porch and awesome views!!! This house has unbelievable rental numbers over $42k YTD and it’s only August! Offered for sale for $749,000.

101 Otter Road:

Awesome value on this one level fully furnished 3 bedroom home in Sea Pines located in a very private setting. Plenty of natural light with a large living area w/wood burning fireplace, eat in kitchen and plenty of storage. Enjoy the back deck w/open space behind for even more privacy. You just need to bring your toothbrush! Offered for sale for $319,000.

{ DEEP WATER } Live where you want to live!

One of the best views you will see, unobstructed DEEP WATER VIEWS!

This is such a pleasure to show with all new paint and new carpet. Nice open kitchen to living area w/balcony overlooking it all. 4th floor Palmetto Bay Club villa with newer HVAC and Hot water heater too. Only $147,500

I have been in the real estate business, in my home state of New Jersey, since 1973 and have encountered many different personalities along the way. Believe me when I say you are one of the most accommodating and helpful people that I have dealt with throughout my life. You always conducted yourself in a professional manner and went above and beyond helping us through the sale. — S.J. Campbell NJ and Hilton Head Island Would you like to get AUTO ALERTS on ANY COMMUNITY OR VILLA COMPLEX? Please call (843) 683-4701 or email me today: Rick@TheBestAddressinTown.com

Rick Saba

Carolina Realty Group (843) 683-4701 • RickSaba@RickSaba.com www.RickSaba.com 2009 Realtor® of the Year Hilton Head Area Association of Realtors® 2005 President Hilton Head Area Association of Realtors®

RickSaba_0913.indd 133

Follow me on the web and on Facebook & Twitter.

8/21/13 11:05 PM


The Cottage Group

Ingrid Low

Betty Hemphill

(o) 843-686-6460 (c) 843-384-7095 www.ingridlow.com ingrid@ingridlow.com

(c) 843-384-2919 www.bettyhemphill.com betty@bettyhemphill.com

Selling Island-wide for Over 29 Years with Over $245 Million Sold!

(o) 843-686-2523 (c) 843-384-5338 www.annwebster.com ann@annwebster.com

Selling Island-wide for Over 29 Years with Over $225 Million Sold!

NE W

LIS TIN G

Selling Island-wide for Over 24 Years with Over $224 Million Sold!

Ann Webster

69 FOREST DRIVE – This lovely 3 BR, 3.5 BA home built on a full sized lot in 1991 has great curb appeal & is very light & bright. High ceilings in most rooms. Many skylights and Palladian windows. New roof with gutters in 2012. Breezeway to 2-car garage. Eat-in kitchen. Separate dining and laundry rooms. Attractively priced. $499,000

63 BAYNARD COVE – Spectacular sunsets over the marshes out to Calibogue Sound from this private estate. Own approx. 1 acre of privacy in Sea Pines; 4 bedroom home with new, top of the line kitchen, heated pool, 3 fireplaces, and 3 car garage. One of a kind! $2,200,000

7 BLACK DUCK – OCEANFRONT SEA PINES PLANTATION – Oceanfront 6 br/6 1/2 ba estate on large .4 acre lot, circular drive with 3 car garages, exceptionally well built with pier and beam construction, private oceanside pool. Elevated main level with all major rooms very spacious and open to deck oceanside. Stable section of beach in walking/biking distance to South Beach. $3,950,000

8 WOOD IBIS – SEA PINES – Beautiful 6 bedroom home on 5th walkway lot. Move-in condition. New 2-car garage with abundant storage, new roof, updated and painted inside and out. Great floorplan. Furnished with heated pool and Spa. Excellent rental or primary home. $1,595,000.

8 RUDDY TURNSTONE – 4 bedroom 4 bath Oceanside Sea Pines rental home located on the beach walkway with private pool and screened porch. FURN. $975,000

13 MARSH DRIVE – Spectacular views 17th green Harbour Town links, Calibogue Sound, intercoastal and sunsets from this custom designed 6 br/6 1/2 ba estate in prestigous Baynard Oaks area of Sea Pines. $3,379,000

55 HERITAGE ROAD - SEA PINES - This house sits on 2 spectacular

Golf/Lagoon lots on famous Harbour Town Golf Links which can be subdivided w/o buying density lot. Either remodel or tear down home and build two homes. Price of $990,000 is for both lots.

SEA PINES – 4TH ROW – Beautifully remodeled stucco two story with gourmet kitchen, stone floors, heated pool and spa this 3 br/3.5 ba has den and separate dining room which can be converted to 4th bedroom, easy walk to beach. Great rental projection. $949,000

37 N. CALIBOGUE CAY – Fabulous 5 BR PLUS office, 6 BA home with private dock on deep water side of CC. Hardwood floors on all first floor. Smooth tray ceilings, crown moldings, gourmet kitchen, beautifully landscaped, one area with wrought iron gates. $2,350,000 $2,250,000

E BL Y DI NIT RE TU INC POR OP

BEACH LAGOON – 3rd row from the beach! 5 BR, 5.5 BA home with exceptional lagoon/golf vws. Front courtyard with heated pool & spa. New kitchen, baths, granite, cabinets, wood flrs & more! $1,595,000 furn.

SEA PINES – The least expensive FULL SIZED LOT in Sea Pines. Do not let this one get away! $175,000

R DE ACT UN NTR CO

SPRE_WebHempLow_0913.indd 134

29 SANDFIDDLER – One of the largest residential building sites available in Sea Pines and located within the private Club Course neighborhood. Build the home of your dreams on the quiet cul-desac. Legal address: 15 Club Course/Marshview. $249,000

8/21/13 11:05 PM


A Key West style oasis in Shipyard Plantation.

Find your island paradise for under $400,000 30 Misty Cove This three bedroom, three bath home features a private pool, courtyard with mature landscaping, and beautiful fairway views. Third bedroom doubles as a lockout home office with full bath. Cul-de-sac property is close to the Pope Avenue gate and just minutes from the Atlantic Ocean and Coligny Square.

Offered at $395,000. Call (843) 422-5896 for more information.

A full-service real estate brokerage specializing in south-end villa and vacant land marketing. Josh Johnson Broker-in-Charge • 843.422.5896 • Josh@BarefootHiltonHead.com

BarefootRealEstate_0913.indd 135

8/21/13 11:06 PM


CollinsGroup_0913.indd 136

8/21/13 11:06 PM


It takes extraordinary sales associates to maintain our brand vision of

A

rtfully uniting extraordinary properties with extraordinary lives.

Please join us in welcoming

Bill Rupp and Terri Dengler to Celia Dunn Sotheby’s International Realty. See how we bring your property to the world.

843.415.1132 Terri.Dengler@SothebysRealty.com

SothebysRealEstate_0913.indd 137

HiltonHeadSIR.com

843.415.1133 Bill.Rupp@SothebysRealty.com

8/21/13 11:07 PM


138 hiltonheadmonthly.com

138-141.indd 138

8/21/13 11:08 PM


September 2013 139

138-141.indd 139

8/21/13 11:08 PM


140 hiltonheadmonthly.com

138-141.indd 140

8/21/13 11:08 PM


September 2013 141

138-141.indd 141

8/21/13 11:08 PM


NATURE

walk -about HILTON HEAD ISLAND

“How I wish that somewhere there existed an island for those who are wise and of good will.” – Albert Einstein 142 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 142-144 Secret Places.indd 142

8/22/13 12:37 PM


NATURE todd ballantine Secret Places

F

ORTUNE HAS BESTOWED upon me the opportunity to spend much of my life on islands. First, Cuba (pre-Fidel), then four decades on Hilton Head Island interspersed with a stint on Oahu, Hawaii. There is something about island living. Not just the sparkling sea, soft moist air, or laid-back lifestyle. What One Thing makes living on this island — Hilton Head — so desired, so enriching? To discover the secret, we will take a Walkabout — a meandering, maybe mystical, and definitely eyeopening journey of discovery across this grand old isle. Perhaps we shall find the One Thing, the True Secret Place — and in the process, rediscover ourselves. THE SOURCE Tides are the pulse and blood of nature on Hilton Head Island. Flood and ebb have always been certain, the rhythm of life here. Over 40 centuries ago, coastal Indians migrated on tidal rivers, sounds, and creeks. In these waters they harvested abundant oysters, clams, crabs, fish, and game. We trace these ancestors to the Indian Shell Ring — their ceremonial grounds in what is now the Sea Pines Forest Preserve. Walk into the center of the Ring. Feel the light breeze as it teases old beards of Spanish moss in arching live oaks. The First Ones felt that breeze here, too. They gathered that moss for medicinal use, and to temper their pottery. The oysters they consumed still flourish on the banks of tidal creeks here. Those craggy mollusks are easily overlooked — but they are our primal bond to antiquity, to Home.

ASK A NATIVE It’s Hilton Head Island, South Carolina. In this state the Civil War began —about 100 miles north at Fort Sumter in Charleston Harbor. Hilton Head residents could hear the cannon fire. The Palmetto State paid a heavy price for its rebellion against the Union, and the war changed everything on this island. On our Walkabout we discover the old fort sites — Walker (Port Royal Plantation), Howell (Beach City Road), Mitchel (Hilton Head Plantation) and the graveyards, such as Union Cemetery and secluded ancestral slave burial sites, still maintained by relatives. These are

sacred ground — testament to the Great Hard Times that befell this island after the war. We walk with reverence here. Nearly two-dozen cotton plantations operated on Hilton Head Island before the war. When Federal troops invaded (November, 1861) the mostly absentee owners fled inland, and their slaves fled to the Union camps. The army considered the slaves “Contraband of War” under the care of the U.S. Government. Many former escaped slaves were employed and educated by the army during this period. In 1862, commanding General Ormsby Mitchel authorized establishment of one of America’s first freedman’s villages on high, forested land along present-day Beach City Road overlooking Fish Haul Creek and Port Royal Sound. Mitchelville stood as a selfgoverning community until the early 1900s, according to archaeological studies. The site is now preserved as a Town of Hilton Head Island open space park. Presently, the non-profit Mitchelville Preservation Project is developing plans to show the property as an historical park with educational exhibits, trails, and interpretive programs. The chapter of plantations, slavery, war, freedom and community by freedman families is embedded in Hilton Head Island’s legacy. Guide your Walkabout down Gumtree Road, Jonesville Road, or northern Spanish Wells Road in “Ward One”— the vibrant community of the Native Islanders — the Bin-Yuh (been here) — proud Gullah September 2013 143

SEPT 13 142-144 Secret Places.indd 143

8/22/13 12:37 PM


NATURE families with their sweat and blood forever rooted in the soul of this island. Want to learn more? Take a Gullah heritage tour on the island. It will open your eyes and touch your heart.

WHAT’S FOR SUPPER? The sea surrounds Hilton Head. On the sparkling horizon a shrimp trawler churns across the ocean. Its two outriggers pull (trawl) long, conical nets in the water, just above the seafloor. The nets will bring up hundreds of pounds of seafood — shrimp, fish, squid, crabs, eels, and more. On the leeside of this island, charter boats pull out of marinas. They will convey sport anglers out to the banks, bars, channels, drops, and of course, the Gulf Stream about 70 miles from Hilton Head Island. Closer to home, people fish from a kayak, surf cast from the beach, and catch crabs from docks and turf-clad banks near parks, homes and resorts. From industrial shrimpers to recreational fishermen, all seek the ocean’s bounty. Out there on the bobbing blue seas, it’s hard to imagine that all this seafood owes its life to muddy creeks and billowing grass. But it does: at least 70 percent of seafood and other aquatic life spends a portion of their lives in salt marshes and their tidewaters.

GOOD DIRT Now our Walkabout turns marvelously mucky. We’ll wade in Hilton Head Island’s many tidal streams, called “inlets.” Bear Creek, Fish Haul Creek, Folly Creek, Baynard Cove, Braddock’s Cove, Stoney Creek, and the Mother Water — Broad Creek each incise the shoreline of this island. Fringing these streams is the salt marsh — vast grassland adapted to tidal flooding. Kayakers know all about inlets, tidewater, and marshland. At high tide, you can blaze your own trail through the sea of tall salt marsh cordgrass. But with the falling, at ebb tide this wispy grass becomes a rustling, bustling jungle. You can sneak close to craggy oyster colonies (but don’t touch: sharp!), surprise claw-waving armies of fiddler crabs, glimpse stilt-legged wading birds stalking the shoals, and have the bejeebers scared out of you when you startle a territorial “marsh hen” (clapper rail). Here, the water is brown. The soil is brown. And your kayak paddle will be brown with “pluff mud,” the porridge of silt and micro-bits of plant matter that tides stir into the marsh. Cordgrass intercepts waterborne pluff, and it settles, adding another layer to the watery soil. New grass sprouts and builds more marsh. The process repeats day after day. This is nature’s way, a perfect recycling.

COMING HOME From the ancients paddling their dugouts to the convoys of automobiles now streaming over the Great Bridge, people have always sought out Hilton Head Island. No wonder. Our Walkabout has rediscovered how lively and perpetually beautiful Hilton Head is. Yet this journey is not over. The mission of a walkabout is to gain wisdom and chart a new course for the future. Preserving natural resources. Building a more open community. Embracing tourism and new business growth. Welcoming all kinds of newcomers. Planning for a future that we do not fully understand but must address. Is the Hilton Head community up to this task? Maybe it’s time for another Walkabout. M

SEPT 13 142-144 Secret Places.indd 144

8/22/13 12:37 PM


CommunityFoundation_0913.indd 145

8/21/13 11:09 PM


WHAT TO DO

SEPTEMBER CALENDAR

SEPT. 30: 350/30 ANNIVERSARY COMMUNITY BIKE RIDE ... SEPT. 30: TOWN OF

350/30 CELEBRATION WEEK Sept. 28 | p162

A weeklong celebration commemorating the 350th anniversary of Hilton Head’s discovery and the 30th anniversary of the town’s construction.

SEPT. 30 Sept. 26-29 | p151

Sept. 19 | p158

350/30 Anniversary Community Bike Ride: 12:30 p.m., Sept. 30 at Crossings Park. Escorted bike ride from Crossings Park to Town Hall. Banners will be presented to Mayor Drew Laughlin to kick off a Town Hall open house beginning at 1 p.m. Free. 843-363-6988 or fjbabel@aol.com

SEPT. 30

Town of Hilton Head Island Open House: 1-4 p.m., Sept. 30 at Town Council Chamber at Town Hall. Part of the 350/30 Celebration Week, honoring the 30th anniversary of incorporation of the Town of Hilton Head Island. Activities include a meet-and-greet, an opportunity to sign a giant birthday card congratulating the town, food and refreshments, a tour of Town Hall, a quilt display, fire department exhibits and more. 843-341-4640 or faidras@ hiltonheadislandsc.gov

SEPT. 30

Quilt exhibit and reception: 10 a.m.-4 p.m, Sept. 30 at Palmetto Quilt Guild Gallery in Pineland Station. The 200-member Palmetto Quilt Guild responded to a challenge to submit quilts that reflect the flora, fauna, friends and fun on Hilton Head Island. Quilts will be displayed at the Pineland Station Gallery throughout the 350/30 Celebration week of Sept. 30 to Oct. 5. weschke@roadrunner.com or 843368-1886

146 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 146

8/22/13 12:48 PM


bigPICTURE Grounded | by Dayle Thomas

To submit a Big Picture please e-mail a high-res photo to jeremy@hiltonheadmonthly.com

Town of Hilton Head island Open Hou

OCT. 1

Island History Day Tours: 9:30 a.m., noon and 2:30 p.m., Oct. 1 at three locations. The 350/30 planning committee is offering free bus and self-guided tours to all island residents and visitors. Three different tours will be offered at three different times, 9:30 a.m., noon and 2:30 p.m., departing from three separate locations. Each tour will last 75-90 minutes. Self-guided maps will be available to pick up at each tour location. Free. Reservations required. 843-689-6767 or info@coastaldiscovery.org

OCT. 1

Island History Day Keynote Speakers: 5 p.m., Oct. 1, First Presbyterian Church. Dr. Larry Rowland and Dr. Stephen Wise will speak following the Island History Day Tours at First Presbyterian Church.

OCT. 2

Community Day: 9 a.m.-1 p.m. at Shelter Cove Park Farmers Market. Program on the Revolutionary War hosted by Dr. George Mosse Chapter, Sons of the American Revolution at TidePointe. September 2013 147

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 147

8/22/13 12:48 PM


WHAT TO DO

SEPT. 3-OCT. 5: EXPRESSIONS IN WATERCOLOR ... SEPT. 4-28: IMPRESSIONS; IM

ART SEPT. 3-OCT. 5

OCT. 3

Palmetto Quilt Guild & The Island Camera Club evening reception: 4-7 p.m., Oct. 3 at the Pineland Station. Free. 843-368-1886, weschke@roadrunner.com or www.palmettoquiltguild.org

Expressions in Watercolor: Sept. 3-Oct. 5 at SOBA Gallery, located at the corner of Church and Calhoun Streets in Old Town Bluffton. An exuberant collection of recent paintings by local artist Carol Snyder. Snyder is predominantly known for her fluent and free style of watercolors which she has developed and created over many years. Her uninhibited brushstrokes and use of vibrant as well as pastel colors is delightful. Her paintings benefit from her love of nature and it is reflected in the florals, landscapes and still lifes she so enjoys. A reception to meet the artist will be from 3-5 p.m. on Sunday, Sept. 8, at the SOBA Gallery. Enjoy refreshments, the art of Carol Snyder, and the work of over 100 other member artists. 843-757-6586 or sobagallery.com

OCT. 4

Presentation by Jerrold Hilton: 2 p.m., Oct. 4 at Heritage Library. Hilton plans to speak about the Hilton ancestry starting with Romanus de Helton who was the earliest member of the Hilton family mentioned in Durham records, in 1157 A.D., 91 years after the invasion of William the Conquerer. Free. 843-686-6560 or www.heritagelib.org

OCT. 5

Coligny Beach Party: This is the finale event you don’t want to miss. Featuring The Headliners, dignitaries, a sandcastle building contest, a 30-year resident photographer and more. This event will be the culmination of the organizations, citizens of Hilton Head, guests and longtime visitors. celebrationhhi.org

SEPT. 4-28

Impressions: Imaginative Printmaking by Joanna Chalson: 10 a.m.-4 p.m., Monday-Saturday, Sept. 4-28 at the Arts Center of Coastal Carolina. Presented by the Art League of Hilton Head. Joanna Chalson, an instructor at the art academy, is currently working on a series of small prints. The opening reception is 5-7 p.m., Thursday, Sept. 5 at the arts center. The event is free for members and $5 for nonmembers. www.ArtLeagueHHI.org or 843-681-5060

148 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 148

8/22/13 12:49 PM


RESSIONS; IMAGINATIVE PRINTMAKING BY JOANNA CHALSON ... SEPT. 21-DEC. 31: HILTON HEAD ISLAND

SEPT. 21-DEC. 31

Hilton Head Island Public Art Exhibition: Presented by the Community Foundation of the Lowcountry. Sept. 21-Dec. 31 at the Coastal Discovery Museum at Honey Horn. The exhibition will showcase outdoor sculptures by local and national artists. Regional, national and international artists were invited to submit pieces to be on display during the event. A nationally-recognized jury was assembled to review the pieces and will assist in the selection of a piece for Hilton Head Island’s

SEPT. 26

Memory Matters 14th annual art show, An Evening in Paris: Every year in September Memory Matters celebrates by showcasing the artwork by the participants in its daily program and artwork by local artists who donate their work to help support Memory Matters. Enjoy great wine, great food, and great art. Reservations are required. cathee@memory-matters.org or 843842-6688

growing public art collection. In addition, there will be many educational and community events scheduled during the 10-week period. Examples include a curator-guided tour of the sculptures, educational opportunities for adults and youth and a hands-on clay molding class. The mission of the Public Art Exhibition is to be an important, internationally recognized platform for sculpture while educating and inspiring the Hilton Head Island community and its visitors. hhipublicart.org

OCT. 2

Got Art?: 6 p.m., Wednesday, Oct. 2 in the Water Greer Gallery, located in the Arts Center of Coastal Carolina. A charity art auction event. Exhibiting artist members each donate a work of art valued at $200 or higher. Tickets are sold and each ticket holder gets their chance to select their work of choice when their ticket is drawn. Every ticket-holder is guaranteed to win a work of art. Tickets are on sale now. 843-681-2399 or www.artleaguehhi.org

WEDNESDAY

Art Cafe, Kids Night Out: 6:30-8:45 p.m. every Wednesday night. Reservations required. 14 Greenwood Drive. 843-785-5525

SEPT. 7

An Evening With an Artist: Jonathan Greene: 6 p.m., Sept. 7 at Hilton Head Beach and Tennis Resort. Doors open at 6 p.m. Silent auction and dinner at 7 p.m. This event is being sponsored by the Community Awareness Group of the Low Country. $100. 843-338-0483

SEPT. 20-21

Peter Max exhibition: Sept. 20-21 at Karis Art Gallery. One of the most famous living artists, Peter Max is also a pop culture icon. His bold colors, uplifting images and uncommon artistic diversity have touched almost every phase of American culture and has inspired many generations. Meet the artist from 6-9 p.m. on Sept. 20 and noon-2 p.m. on Sept. 21. His collection will be on display Sept. 14-22. 843-785-5100 or www.karisartgallery.com September 2013 149

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 149

8/22/13 12:49 PM


WHAT TO DO

SEPT. 12-15: WHEELCHAIR TENNIS CHAMPIONSHIPS ... SEPT. 13: SWINGING FOR

OCT. 4

Artisans Fur Animals fundraiser: 5:30-8 p.m., Friday, Oct. 4 at the Hilton Head Chrysler Jeep Dodge Ram Showroom at New River Auto Mall in Hardeeville. The Palmetto Animal League is bringing together animal and art lovers at the Hilton Head Chrysler Jeep Dodge Ram Showroom in New River Auto Mall during the inaugural Artisans Fur Animals fundraiser. The event will feature artwork from many artists, a live auction, a silent auction, gift baskets, music, appetizers by SERG, wine, craft beer, pet merchandise and more. Tickets are $20. events@PalmettoAnimalLeague.org or 843-368-5358

OCT. 5

Hilton Head Art Auction: 2 p.m., Oct. 5 at the Arts Center of Coastal Carolina. For over 13 years, Morris & Whiteside Auctions has produced premier fine art auctions on Hilton Head Island and in Charleston. Offering significant paintings, sculpture and vintage prints by deceased and contemporary masters of the South, the annual fall event attracts an extensive database of proven collectors from throughout the United States. The firm has over 100 years of auction experience, providing full-service absentee and telephone bid arrangements and in-house art transportation. A preview is 10 a.m.-2 p.m. Oct. 5 followed by the auction at 2 p.m. morriswhiteside.com or 843-842-4433

SEPT. 12-15 Wheelchair Tennis Championships: 9 a.m., Sept. 12-15 at Chaplin Park Tennis Center and Hilton Head Motorcoach Resort. Men’s, Women’s, Quad and Junior divisions. Many of the world’s top wheelchair players have competed in this event, which is part of the NEC Wheelchair Tennis Tour and sanctioned by the United States Tennis Association and the International Tennis Federation. Run/Roll pro exhibitions will be held Monday, Sept. 9, at Palmetto Dunes Tennis Center, and Tuesday, Sept. 10 at Long Cove Club. 843-785-7244 or paige@ptrtennis.org

ATHLETIC EVENTS SEPT. 13

Swinging for Education Golf Tournament: 9 a.m., Sept. 13 at Hampton Hall. The Technical College of the Lowcountry Foundation will host its second annual “Swinging for Education” Golf Tournament. The event, sponsored by CareCore National, will benefit Foundation student assistance. Registration begins at 8 a.m., and the tournament begins at 9 a.m. sharp in a shotgun scramble rormat for both men and women. The tournament also will feature a $10,000 hole-in-one contest, a $50,000 raffle shootout competition and other prizes. The cost is $125 per person or $460 per four-person team until Sept. 6. Price includes a cart, gift bag, a box lunch and the hole-in-one contest. 843-470-5962 or lmathews@tcl.edu

SEPT. 14

Zonta Club of Hilton Head Island Third Annual Community Walk: 6:30 p.m., Saturday, Sept. 14 at Coligny Beach Park. The Zonta Club of Hilton Head is hosting a 1-mile walk, starting at Coligny Beach Park, Registration/check in begins at 6 p.m. and the walk begins at 6:30 p.m. The walk will end with a closing vigil in conjunction with Citizens Opposed to Domestic Abuse, Hope Haven of the

150 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 150

8/22/13 12:49 PM


INGING FOR EDUCATION GOLF TOURNAMENT ... SEPT. 14: ZONTA CLUB OF HILTON HEAD ISLAND THIRD Lowcountry, and the Lowcountry Coalition Against Human Trafficking, as they shine a light on the issue of violence against women. Free. www.zontahhi.org

SEPT. 28

Family Promise’s 2nd annual Golf Tournament: 8 a.m., Sept. 28 at Hilton Head National Golf Club. Supports the goals of Family Promise of Beaufort County. The tournament is for men and ladies of all levels of golfing ability. You can arrange your own foursome or they can place you with others of similar playing ability. The entry fee of $100 per player includes cart, range balls, a box lunch and prizes. 843-815-4211

SEPT. 21

6th annual Tiger Bass 5K/12: 8 a.m., Sept. 21 at Hampton Lake Club. The 1-mile fun run/walk starts and ends at the Hampton Lake Amenity Village. Registration the day of the race is at 7 a.m. in the Amenity Village. 843-836-7463

ONGOING

Tennis players wanted: Haley Tennis of Hilton Head Island is forming tennis groups for competitive play. Beginner and advanced clinics are held every week. 401-487-2627 or www.haleytennis.com

SEPT. 26-29 LoCo Motion 2013: LoCo Motion is a oneof-a-kind event that combines three different 10-mile courses for participants to walk or run all in one amazing long weekend. And that weekend is peppered with after-parties, prizes and a whole lot of pink. Each race course has gorgeous scenery, colorful pit stops and cheering stations, and all proceeds raised from the event benefit Carolina Cups. This year’s featured communities are the Omni Hilton Head Oceanfront Resort, Palmetto Dunes Plantation and Callawassie Island. dothelocomotion.org or 843-815-5255

SEPT. 28

Pedal 4 Kids: 7:30 a.m., Sept. 28 at Hilton Head Island High School. The seventh annual event started in 2006 and has grown into the largest bike event on the island. Pedal 4 Kids is one of the main fundraisers for the Boys & Girls Club of Hilton Head. It is a community event with over 100 volunteers and is a great way to showcase the bike friendly island to out of town guests. www.pedal4kids.com or 843-686-6888

SEPT. 28-OCT. 6

Women’s $10,000 USTA Pro Circuit Tournament: Van Der Meer Shipyard Racquet Club. Over 150 professionals and highly-ranked juniors from around the world are expected to compete in the country’s largest and second longest running Pro Circuit event. Players such as Anna Kournikova, Nicole Vaidisova and Maria Sharapova started their careers on the USTA Pro Circuit. www.vandermeertennis. com or 843-785-8388

SEPT. 13-15

Van Der Meer Junior Academy Classic: Watch rising young stars participate in the annual Van Der Meer Junior Academy Classic tournament. Matches will be played at both Van Der Meer locations Sept. 13-15. www.vandermeertennis.com September 2013 151

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 151

8/22/13 12:49 PM


WHAT TO DO

SEPT. 4: BLOOD DRIVE ... SEPT. 21: MLK COMMUNITY SERVICE DAY ... THROUGH

COMMUNITY EVENTS SEPT. 4

Blood drive: 10 a.m.-2 p.m., Wednesday, Sept. 4 at the Hospital Auxiliary at Hilton Head and Coastal Carolina Hospitals. The blood is collected by the Blood Alliance and remains 100 percent in our community.Your friends and neighbors benefit from your donation of life. 843689-8246

SEPT. 21

MLK Community Service Day: 8-9 noon, Sept. 21. Sponsored by the MLK Celerbration Planning Committee. Free breakfast from 8-9 a.m. at All Saints Episcopal Church on 3001 Meeting St. Work projects from 9 a.m.-noon. All ages are invited to participate. 843-290-5943

FASHION THROUGH SEPT. 4

Sympli event at The Porcupine: Fashion for women by women, Sympli will be sending trunks of samples to The Porcupine in The Village at Wexford through Sept. 4. The Sympli clothing brand is cut one piece at a time and gives you the option of choice with more than 20 colors. You can also select the length of sleeve, the option of pant or dress and fits are offered snug, relaxed or tunic. The collection can be mixed and matched to look basic, artsy, unique, or classic, based on your mood of the day. Sympli’s motto is, “age - shape - size - no barriers.” The clothing line is sold at The Porcupine every day, but special shipments of samples not regularly stocked were shipped Aug. 29 and will be available through Sept. 4, allowing you to customize for delivery in six weeks. www.porcupinestyle.com or 843-785-2779

ONGOING

Volunteers needed for Island Hospice: Island Hospice, a non-profit THA Group company, is seeking volunteers in Beaufort County. Opportunities for people of all ages and backgrounds are available through a variety of direct and non-direct initiatives, including participating in activities with patients in their homes, weekly meal preparation, patient pal program, in which volunteers mail a small gift to a patient twice a month. 912-7215118 or kbuttimer@thagroup.org

EDUCATIONAL SEPT. 7

Safety Town: 9:30 a.m.-noon, 1-3:30 p.m., Sept. 7 at Hilton Head Island High School. An entertaining and exciting event to teach the principles of safety to children ages 4-6. Presented by the Rotary Club of Hilton Head Island working in conjunction with Hilton Head Island Fire and Rescue, The Sandbox, Hargray, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Department and Hilton Head Hospital. Pre-registration is required. www.hiltonheadrotary.org or hrotary@sc.twcbc.com

152 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 152

8/22/13 12:50 PM


... THROUGH SEPT. 4: SYMPLI EVENT AT THE PORCUPINE ... SEPT. 7: SAFETY TOWN ... SEPT. 21: ROLLE

FESTIVALS THROUGH OCT. 28

Monday night Sunset Reggae Party: 5-8 p.m. at Skull Creek Boathouse. 5-8 p.m. Live music, drink specials and more. 843-681-3663 or skullcreekboathouse.com

SEPT. 20 FAMILY FUN SEPT. 21

Roller Derby: Savannah vs. Chattanooga: 5 p.m., Sept. 21 at the Savannah Civic Center. Two derby bouts starting at 5 p.m. with the Hostess City Hellions vs. the Charlotte B-Dazzlers, followed by the 7 p.m. bout between the Savannah Derby Devils and the Chattanooga Roller Girls. Activities and half-time games for kids, raffles benefiting local charities, concessions and cold beer. 912-651-6556

BlufftemberFest: 5-9 p.m., Friday, Sept. 20 at Bluffton Oyster Factory Park in Bluffton. The Bluffton Sunset Party Series returns to The Bluffton Oyster Factory Park for this Bluffton-style Octoberfest celebration on the May River. BlufftemberFest marks the end of the 2013 Summer Bluffton Sunset Parties. The celebration will feature an Octoberfest and Harvest Style Craft Beer Garden, as well as a food court with German & American favorites from Sigler’s Rotisserie, Lowcountry Backyard, Wild Wing Café, New York City Pizza, Scott’s Meat and the Bluffton Oyster Factory. There will be live music with Neil & Bob from 5-7 p.m. and The Horan Brothers Band from 7-9 p.m. plus other free fun activities for the kids and the K9s. The series of sunset celebrations on the May River benefit the Palmetto Animal League which is a “no kill animal rescue and adoption organization serving homeless animals in the Lowcountry.” Palmetto Animal League will have dogs available for adoption from 5:307:30 p.m. Tickets will be available at the door for $5,

while children 12 and under get in for free. www.blufftonsunsetparty.com or 843-757-8520

SEPT. 21

Italian Heritage Festival: 11 a.m.-4 p.m., Sept. 21 at Shelter Cove Park. Stickball, food prep demonstrations, bocce demonstrations, dunk-tank, grape-stomping, silent auction, genealogy/Italian heritage booth, live Italian music and more. $6. 843-682-4625

SEPT. 28

TD Bank Hilton Head Burgers & Brew: 11 a.m.-5 p.m., Sept. 28 at Shelter Cove Park. Local restaurants will cook their best burgers in a fun-filled, festive atmosphere with live music. Also new this year will be karaoke for those brave enough to showcase their musical talents. One end of the park will be converted into a beer garden with over 20 different beers from Budweiser available to taste. There will be a $5 entrance fee to enter the garden which also includes a souvenir tasting glass. As always there will be a kid’s zone, a big screen television for college football and Adventure Radio will be broadcasting from the park. Restaurants will be competing against each other by trying to prepare the best slider. There is a People’s Choice award for the best burger. The $5 entry fee will benefi the Hilton Head Island Recreation Association’s Scholarship Fund and the USCB Hospitality Program. 843-681-7273 or info@islandreccenter.org September 2013 153

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 153

8/22/13 12:50 PM


FROM THE HHSO MARY M. BRIGGS, President & CEO hhso.org

The Excitement Grows!!!

T

HIS IS A TIME OF HIGH ANTICIPATION AS THE HHSO PUTS THE FINISHING TOUCHES ON ITS 32ND SEASON. A review of

subscription sales indicates that the excitement is growing for the new season of concerts and special events. This year will bring four Matinee concerts, nine Monday evening programs, a return to performing two concerts in the Bluffton area, a new Movie series, the 18th International Piano Competition and the ever popular Symphony Under the Stars. Coming soon are three events you won’t want to miss. KITCHENS OF NOTE – a tour of six amazing kitchens in Wexford and Long Cove conducted by the League of the HHSO. Each home will feature a local chef, and members of the Low Key Piano group will provide delightful accompaniment. Save September 29th to enjoy this lovely event. LUNCHEON OF NOTE – the League is also hosting a luncheon at the Country Club of Hilton Head where Maestro John Morris Russell will provide a preview of the season. This luncheon is set for the Wednesday, October 9th, just days before the season opener. SCOTTISH NIGHT AT THE SYMPHONY – Will the Maestro conduct in a kilt? Will bagpipes be featured? Put on your favorite tartan and come join the fun. Sphinx Virtuosi Tour concert will be presented through a partnership of the Arts Center of Coastal Carolina and the HHSO. These enormously talented winners of the Sphinx Competition will perform on stage at the Arts Center on October 29th. These young artists will amaze and inspire. Coming in next month’s column: news about the Movie Series, information about a special evening of music, wine and food to be presented by the Hilton Head International Piano Competition and more about the Sphinx Competition. Call the HHSO office for more information on these events at 843-842-2055 or check the website at HHSO.org.

See you there!

Mary M. Briggs President & CEO

SEPT 13 154 HHSO.indd 154

8/21/13 11:14 PM


SEPT. 21: CUT-A-THON ... SEPT. 21: CELEBRATION OF LIFE AUCTION/DINNER F

FUNDRAISERS SEPT. 21

Cut-A-Thon: 11 a.m.-2 p.m., Sept. 21, organized by Tara’s of Hilton Head to benefit the feral cat program. Salons on Hilton Head and in Bluffton will be offering haircuts for free with a donation to the Mary Olsen Feral Cat Program. Wrap-up party, prizes and more at Captain Woody’s. 843 681-8686

SEPT. 21

Celebration of Life Auction/Dinner Fundraiser: 6-9:30 p.m., Sept. 21, Sea Pines Country Club. Pregnancy Center & Clinic, a non-profit, will host its annual Celebration of Life Fundraiser to benefit women in the community. $55. 843-689-2222

SEPT. 29

Kitchens of Note tour: Noon-4 p.m., Sept. 29. The League of the Symphony Orchestra is hosting its first-ever tour of six fabulous kitchens in Wexford and Long Cove. Each kitchen will host a chef featuring one of his renowned dishes from the Sage Room, WiseGuys, Old Fort Pub, eat!, Alexander’s and Long Cove Club, along with music provided by the Low Key Piano Group. Tickets are $40 a person. 843-681-4635 or www.hhso.org

POUR PETS RESCUES

Rescue donations accepted. Proceeds go to local rescues.

presents

Pour 4 Pets

SAT SEP T

28 2pm-5pm

AT OLD OYST ER FACTORY

featuring

brought to you by

hilton head C O N N E C T I N G

SEPT. 21

SEPT. 26

Hilton Head Monthly

SUPPORT LOCAL

monthly

WHAT TO DO

T H E

L O W C O U N T R Y

(AKA PET EXPO)

EVENT DETAILS FREE WINE TASTING FOOD DOOR PRIZES OVER $500 LIVE MUSIC

TICKETS $10 AVAILABLE DAY OF THE EVENT AT THE DOOR 843.842.6988 EXT. 231

Hilton Head Monthly’s Pours for Pets event: 2-5 p.m., Sept. 28 at the Old Oyster Factory. A fundraiser for the local humane associations. Pet adoption, wine tasting, appetizers, door prizes, live music from the Beagles and more. $10. 843-842-6988, ext. 230

5th annual Death By Chocolate: 6-9 p.m., Sept. 26 at Hilton Head Island Beach and Tennis Resort. A Chocolate and Champagne Affair presented by the Girl Scouts of Eastern South Carolina. Death by Chocolate is a wonderful opportunity for Hilton Head chefs to showcase and market their most delectable desserts, beverage or food item made with chocolate. Tastings will be available for partygoers throughout the night, and each entry will be judged on a number of delicious criteria by expert judges. Prizes will be awarded for the judges’ favorite dishes. All proceeds go to benefit girls in the area. 800-786-8704 or www.girlscoutsesc.org

OCT. 4

Pearls to Pluff Mud: 6:30-10:30 p.m., Friday, Oct. 4 at the Belfair Clubhouse. Dinner and dance, live and silent auctions and raffles. Hosted by Cross Schools, located in the heart of Bluffton. The evening’s festivities include live and silent auctions featuring great getaways, spa services, sports and outdoor recreation, home care services, and fabulous finds from area businesses. The Lowcountry dinner menu will be prepared by Bruce Christensen, Belfair’s executive chef. Proceeds from Pearls to Pluff Mud benefit Cross Schools. 843-706-2000 or www.crossschools.org September 2013 155

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 155

8/22/13 12:50 PM


WHAT TO DO

SEPT. 1-OCT. 31: ONE COUNTY READS THE CIVIL WAR PROJECT ... THROUGH OC

HISTORICAL TUESDAY

Historic Sites & Fascinating Past on Hilton Head: 10:30-11:30 a.m. every Tuesday through Dec. 17. The Heritage Library will present a special talk and PowerPoint presentation about the island’s storied past and historic sites to acquaint visitors with our history and encourage them to explore on their own -- on foot, by bicycle or by car. The talk is one-hour and will be repeated every Tuesday. Free to the public. Reservations requested. 843-686-6560 or ivasouth@aol.com

SEPT. 1-OCT. 31

One County Reads the Civil War Project: The Beaufort County Library’s project will feature over 60 programs, tours, exhibits, lectures, book discussions and more at the library branches and at partner sites. beaufortcountylibrary.org or 843-255-6430

ONGOING

One free hour of research assistance: The Heritage Library History and Genealogy Research Center is offering one free hour of research assistance for nonmembers. Let a library volunteer jumpstart your family research or help you leap your brick wall using all of the library resources. By appointment only. 843-686-6560

THROUGH OCT. 30

Dawn of Freedom: The Freedmen’s Town of Mitchelville exhibit: On display through Oct. 30 at the Hilton Head Island High School Seahawk Cultural Center. A historical exhibit that explores the rich history of the original citizens of the town. On loan from the McKissick Museum at the University of South Carolina, the exhibit features a variety of photos, letters, documents and artifacts from the time leading up to the town’s creation, during the development of the community and through the settlement’s early days. www.mitchelvillepreservationproject.com

MARKETS TUESDAY

Buckwalter Place Farmers Market: 2-6 p.m. Tuesdays. In partnership with the Clemson Cooperative Extension. Fresh local produce from Lowcountry farmers. www.buckwalterfarmersmarket.com

TUESDAY

Lowcountry Produce: 2-7 p.m. Tuesdays at Sea Pines Center.

WEDNESDAY

Shelter Cove Park Farmers Market: 9 a.m.-1 p.m., Wednesdays through October. www.islandreccenter.org.

WEDNESDAY

Beaufort Farmers Market, 3-7 p.m., Wednesdays.

THURSDAY

Farmers Market Bluffton: 2-7 p.m. Thursdays, Calhoun Street in Bluffton. Fresh, locally grown vegetables, fruits, flowers, plants and more. www. farmersmarketbluffton.org

FRIDAY

Habersham Farmers Market: 4-7 p.m. Fridays at Habersham Market Place in Beaufort. Year-round market offers live music, a kids play area, fresh produce, crafts and more. www.habershamfarmersmarket.com

SATURDAY

Hampton Lake Market Day: 11 a.m.-3 p.m., first Saturday of every month at Lakeside Amenity Village. Homemade crafts, garden items, flowers, produce, jewelry, gifts, fresh-baked goods and more. 843-836-7463 or ccollier@hamptonlake.com

156 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 156

8/22/13 12:50 PM


THROUGH OCT. 30: DAWN OF FREEDOM ... SEPT. 18: LEAGUE OF WOMEN VOTERS OF HILTON HEAD ISLA

MEETINGS SEPT. 18

League of Women Voters of Hilton Head Island/ Bluffton Area meeting: 10 a.m., Wednesday, Sept. 18 at Lowcountry Presbyterian Church in Bluffton. A public meeting sponsored by the League of Women Voters of Hilton Head Island on the People’s Money: Changes, Improvements and the Future at the Beaufort County Treasurer’s Office, Property Tax Reassessment and State Tax Reform. Guest speakers will be State Sen. Tom Davis, County Treasurer Douglas Henderson and County Assessor Ed Hughes. There will be a question-and-answer period. Free. 843-837-3436, franholthhbl@gmail.com or www. lwvhhi.org

SEPT. 19

American Revolution Roundtable, SC Quarterly Luncheon with speaker: 11:30 a.m., Sept. 19 at Berkeley Hall Club. The speaker for this luncheon is Charles Baxley, a noted historian, will discuss “Revolution in the Beaufort District.” Reservations must be paid for on or before Sept. 14. The cost of the luncheon is $24 for members and $32 for nonmembers. 843-705-1048 or 843-705-7575

SEPT. 22

Hilton Head Island Ski Club monthly social: 5-7 p.m. Sept. 22 at Sonesta Resort Shipyard. Happy hour prices with dinner optional. Members and nonmembers are invited and reservations are not needed. 843-681-4181 or hiltonheadskiclib.com

SEPT. 26

American Legion Post 185 Quarterly Luncheon: 11:30 a.m., Sept. 26 at Aunt Chilada’s. The post members and their guest will meet to share a meal together and discuss upcoming post activities. RSVP by Sept. 24. $10 per person which includes choice of entree and a nonalcoholic beverage. 843-706-3122 or www.legion.org

MOVIES SEPT. 14

The One: Mayweather vs. Canelo: 9 p.m, Sept. 14 at Cinemark Sea Turtle 12 in Bluffton. Broadcast live to select movie theaters nationwide. 843-757-2859

SEPT. 19

Clean Guys of Comedy: 8:30 p.m., Sept. 19 at Cinemark Sea Turtle 12 in Bluffton. Broadcast live to

OCT. 28

Not My Life: 7 p.m., Oct. 28 at Coligny Theater. The World Affairs Council of Hilton Head is sponsoring the documentary film regarding human trafficking. It is open to the public and director Robert Bilheimer will offer his comments after the 80 minute film. 843-384-6758 or wachh.org

select movie theaters nationwide. 843-757-2859

SEPT. 24

Unstoppable: A live event with Kirk Cameron: 8 p.m., Sept. 24 at Cinemark Sea Turtle 12 in Bluffton. Broadcast live to select movie theaters nationwide. Cameron discusses the moral origins of good and evil and their historical significance today. 843-757-2859 September 2013 157

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 157

8/22/13 12:51 PM


WHAT TO DO

SEPT. 19: ALABAMA SHAKES ... S

ON STAGE

SEPT. 19

Alabama Shakes: 8 p.m., Sept. 19, North Charleston Coliseum. The band’s not-sosubtle blend of fiery blues-rock and hard-hitting Southern soul has drawn comparisons to the Black Keys, the Drive-By Truckers and the Detroit Cobras. 843-529-5000 or www.northcharlestoncoliseumpac.com

SEPT. 12

Candice Glover concert: 7:30-8:30 p.m., Thursday, Sept. 12 in the parking lot of Tanger 1 in Bluffton. American Idol winner Candice Glover will perform a free concert to help support the local fight against breast cancer. A pre-show party will be held from 5-7 p.m. leading up to the concert with complimentary drinks, food, dancing and a personal appearance by Glover. Tickets for the party are $20 each with all proceeds benefiting the Beaufort Memorial Keyserling Cancer Center. Gourmet food trucks from around the Lowcountry will be on site selling food for concert attendees from the afternoon through the end of the concert. Parking will be limited. A complimentary shuttle will start running at 4 p.m. from the Beaufort County Government Center, the post office, Lowes Home Improvement and Tanger 2. www.tangeroutlet.com/hiltonhead

SEPT. 15

Steely Dan: 7:30 p.m., Sept. 15, North Charleston Coliseum. See legendary jazz-rock icons Walter Becker and Donald Fagen in action. $74-$124. 843-529-5000 or www.northcharlestoncoliseumpac.com

SEPT. 20

Hilton Head Choral Society kickoff concert: 8 p.m., Friday, Sept. 20 at

First Presbyterian Church. The chorus and orchestra will present the annual POPS Concert, From Sea to Shining Sea. This choral event will take the audience on the ultimate musical road trip without even leaving their seats. Enjoy musical selections from Broadway shows, pop radio, childhood favorites and legendary performers. Concert tickets are on sale now for this popular annual event. Tickets are $30 for preferred seating (available online only) and $25 for general admission. www.hiltonheadchoralsociety.org or 843-341-3818

OCT. 27

Jazz by the Beach: 6 p.m., Oct. 27 at the Hilton Head Beach & Tennis Resort. Jazz artists from the area and formerly with the national entertainment scene will bring their music to the Lowcountry. The special program, “Jazz by the Beach,” is to benefit Hilton Head Island’s Junior Jazz Foundation. Area jazz lovers will hear many performers who have appeared locally and often at the Jazz Corner in Hilton Head and at other area venues. The concert is sponsored by Congregation Beth Yam in Hilton Head and Teri Rini, “The First Lady of Jazz.” Tickets can be purchased online at www.bethyam.com, after Sept. 2. They will also be sold at the door on the evening of the concert. The event will be open table seating and a buffet dinner will be available.

158 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 158

8/22/13 12:51 PM


SHAKES ... SEPT. 12: CANDICE GLOVER CONCERT ...

RETREATS SEPT. 20

Princess Warriors Blueprint for Victory: 6-8 p.m. Sept. 20, 9 a.m.-4 p.m. Sept. 21 at Central Church, located at 975 William Hilton Parkway in Hilton Head. $10 Friday at the door, $25 Saturday at the door or $30 for both days. Lunch and childcare will be provided. 843-338-9000

SEMINARS/ LECTURES SEPT. 4,7

event is hosted by the Hilton Head Island Institute, a newly formed notfor-profit organization dedicated to raising the island’s profile as a hub for intellectual thought and new ideas. The event will feature a lecture by renowned documentary producer Robert Hutton. In addition to his film and media accomplishments, Hutton was senior vice president of creative development at Walt Disney Imagineering and served as vice president and general manager of the Disney Institute. Hutton will share his unique insight into the world of imagination. Tickets can be purchased online at hiltonheaddislandinstitute.org, in person at the Arts Center of Coastal Carolina ticket office or by calling 888-860-2787.

Pruning with Carol Guedallia and Christina Hodges: 10:30 a.m. at The Greenery. Learn proper pruning techniques – the how, when and where. Learn how pruning can improve and maintain the quality of your plants and enhance the beauty of your landscape. Free. RSVPs encouraged. 843-785-3848, ext. 106 or jamieharrison@thegreeneryinc.com

SEPT. 17, 21

SEPT. 11, 14

SEPT. 19

Small gardening design with Gary Meows: 10:30 a.m. at The Greenery. This is an interactive class so bring your questions, pictures or ideas about upcoming projects, etc. Meows will point you in the right direction or inspire vision to be creative in your garden. Free. 843-785-3848, ext. 106 or jamieharrison@thegreeneryinc.com

SEPT. 12

Journey to a Healthy Existence by Dr. David Phillips: 7 p.m., Thursday, Sept. 12 at Hampton Hall Community Clubhouse. Phillips will address how exercise and proper nutrition can profoundly affect your athletic performance and your quality of life and the impact of oxidative stress as it pertains to athletes, aging and chronic disease. The event is free and open to the public. Medical professionals, athletes and families are welcome. Reservations required. 843-476-4661 or marilea@hargray.com

SEPT. 12

The Art of Imagining: Sept. 12 at the Arts Center of Coastal Carolina. The

Watering with Carol Guedallia and Ronnie Gable: 10:30 a.m. at The Greenery. From hand watering to irrigation, discover the ins and outs of keeping your garden watered appropriately. Free. 843-785-3848, ext. 106 or jamieharrison@thegreeneryinc.com An Evening with David Lauderdale: 5:30 p.m., Sept. 19 at the Heritage Library. David Lauderdale, well-known columnist and associate editorial page editor for The Island Packet and The Beaufort Gazette newspapers will speak at a 350/30 Celebration pre-event at the Heritage Library. The title of his talk is “Writing New Chapters in a Very Old Book.” A wine reception and Lauderdale’s talk will be followed by a no-host dinner at Hugo’s Seafood and Steakhouse. The cost is $15 for individual members, $25 for member couples, $20 for individual nonmembers and $30 for nonmember couples. Dinner is $25 per person. Call the library at 843686-6560 to reserve your seat for the talk. Call Hugo’s at 843-785-4846 to reserve your seat for dinner.

SEPT. 25, 28

Fall Perennials with Carol Guedallia: 10:30 a.m. at The Greenery. Fill your garden with perfect fall blooming plants. Learn about long-lived perennial plants that pump out beautiful foliage and flowers year after year without the fuss. Free. 843-785-3848, ext. 106 or jamieharrison@thegreeneryinc.comSeptember 2013 159

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 159

8/22/13 12:51 PM


WHAT TO DO

SEPT. 7: SALTY DOG CRAB BOIL ..

UPCOMING EVENTS SALTY DOG CAFE

Annual Crab Boil: 4-8 p.m., Sept. 7. A variety of crab leg selections, burgers and more. Outside with live music and Kids Fun & Games with Jake the Salty Dog. Salty Dog Fall Birthday Bash: 4-8 p.m., Sept. 14. Celebrate another Salty Dog birthday with fun outside on the deck. Live music, Kids fun and games, Jake the Salty Dog and complimentary birthday cake. Salty Dog Fish Fry: 4-8 p.m., Sept. 21. Fresh local fish and seafood favorites fried, grilled or boiled to perfection outside on the deck with live music, kids fun and games. Craft Beer & BBQ Festival: 4-8 p.m., Sept. 28. Craft beer selections from around the world paired with Lowcountry barbecue and cookout favorites. Plus, live music, kids fun and games and Jake the Salty Dog.

MEMORY MATTERS

General Support Group: 9:45-11:45 a.m. Every Wednesday. Caring for someone with dementia? Join this powerful group for resources and comfort. Men’s Support Group: 9:45-11:15 a.m. First and third Monday of each month. Men need special support when caring for a spouse afflicted with dementia. Let this group help. Early Diagnosis Support Group: 1-2 p.m. First Tuesday of each month. Are you 65 or under and been diagnosed with some form of dementia? Get help with support and resources. Dementia Dialogues: 3-5 p.m. Every Thursday in October. This five-week program is designed to educate individuals who care for persons with Alzheimer’s Disease or related dementias. 14th Annual Memory Matters Art Show, An Evening in Paris: 6-9 p.m., Sept. 26. Tickets on sale now at Memory Matters. Memory Matters presents Nelson Dellis, USA Memory Champion: Oct. 9 at Hilton Head Beach & Tennis. Dellis has been featured on Oprah, ABC Nightline, the Today Show and many more. For information, call 843-842-6688 or go online to www. memory-matters.org.

COASTAL DISCOVERY MUSEUM

843-689-6767, ext. 223 Birding at Pinckney Island: 7:30-9:30 a.m., Sept. 4 at Pinckney Island. A bird watching program at Pinckney Island led by experienced bird watchers from the Coastal Discovery Museum. The walk will include the combination of habitats at Pinckney Island Wildlife Refuge. Participants are asked to bring their own binoculars and the program will be canceled in case of rain. $12 per person, reservations are required. Sweetgrass Basket Class: 10:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m., Sept. 21 at the Coastal Discovery Museum. Learn about the history of the sweetgrass basket, one of the Lowcountry’s best known art forms, from a local Gullah basket maker. Then, try your hand at starting a basket of your own using locally-found natural materials. Cost is $65 per person and reservations are required. Honey Horn History Walk: 2-3 p.m. at the Coastal Discovery Museum. Travel back in time with the stories of Honey Horn’s past 200 years. You’ll learn about the planters, the northern hunters who visited in the winter, the islanders who worked on site and the Hack family who lived at Honey Horn from 1950 until the late 1990s. This walk takes you past the places they lived and worked. Reservations are required. Butterfly Discovery: 10-11 a.m. at the Coastal Discovery Museum. Take a guided tour through the Karen Wertheimer Butterfly Enclosure to get up close and personal with native butterflies. Learn hands-on about the different stages of a butterfly’s life cycle, see a living caterpillar and chrysalis. Reservations required. Honey Horn Nature Tour: 11 a.m.-12:30 p.m. through Dec. 31 at the Coastal 160 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 160

8/22/13 12:51 PM


CRAB BOIL ... SEPT. 21: SALTY DOG FISH FRY ... SEPT. 4: BIRDIN

Discovery Museum. A guided tour with a museum docent exploring natural sites and various gardens. Reservations recommended. $10 adult, $5 child. The Island’s Story: 3-4 p.m., Tuesdays through Dec. 17. Learn from a Coastal Discovery Museum docent about our earliest residents, the plantation era, Gullah culture and about our modern development. Reservations recommended. $7. Blue Crab Discovery: 9:30 a.m.-11 a.m. through Oct. 31. Visit Jarvis Creek to learn about the life cycle and importance of the Atlantic blue crab. Participants will have a hands-on experience of harvesting, cooking, picking and tasting. Reservations are required. $15 adult, $10 child. Exploring Pinckney Island: 9-11 a.m. through Jan. 1. A brief historical and natural history overview is given followed by a walking tour of this National Wildlife Refuge, including salt marsh and maritime forest. Wildlife may include variety of birds, alligators and marsh inhabitants. Reservations are required. Forts of Port Royal: 10 a.m.-11:30 a.m., through Dec. 19. Learn about the area’s early explorers and the importance of the island during the Civil War, Mitchelville, and the Steam Cannon. The tour visits the site of Fort Walker and the steam cannon. Reservations are required. $12 adult, $7 child. Dolphin and Nature Cruise: Take a boat trip on Broad Creek into Calibogue Sound. This museum-led tour will share information about the salt marsh, the sound and the dolphins and other creatures who live there. Reservations required. The Civil War Era: Hilton Head Island was home to thousands of Union soldiers during the Civil War. Find out why they were here and how they spent their time. Historic photographs, maps and artifacts tell the story of Hilton Head from 1861-1865. Reservations required. Historic Fort Mitchel Tour:10-11 a.m., through Dec. 27. A well-preserved example of a Civil War era coastal artillery battery. Learn about what life on Hilton Head Island was like for northern soldiers during the Union occupation 1861-1865. Offered in cooperation with the Heritage Library Foundation, owner of this historic site. Reservations are required. Salt Marsh Discovery: 10-11 a.m., through Dec. 27. As one of the most productive environments on the planet, the Salt Marsh functions as a filter and nursery for the coast. During this hands-on tour, you will see live oysters, crabs and shrimp up-close. Learn how to trap and harvest blue crabs, how marsh plants adapt to the saltwater, and why we should protect this interesting ecosystem. Reservations required. $10 adult, $5 child.

SEA PINES RESORT

843-842-1979 Harbour Town Happening: 11 a.m.-7 p.m., Sept. 4. Enjoy the splendor of Harbour Town with this familyfriendly event that will include a sidewalk sale, with Harbour Town shops offering great deals and fabulous finds; local favorite ‘Deas-Guyz’ in concert who feature an entertaining mix of old Motown, rhythm and blues, pop, rock, reggae and dance beats; nautical activities, featuring a variety of nature tours and boat rides; Lowcountry tailgating, a special spread featuring sea salt and Carolina pale ale steamed oysters and hickory smoked pulled pig pickin’ at Harbourside Burgers & Brew. The event will benefit Hilton Head Island Heroes, whose mission is to provide a vacation on Hilton Head Island for families with children suffering a life threatening illness. Beach Sweep: 9 a.m.-noon, Sept. 21. Volunteer with The Sea Pines Resort’s “Life’s a Clean Beach” team as they take part in the largest one-day volunteer cleanup event of its kind in South Carolina. An annual tradition since 1988, The Sweep takes place in conjunction with the International Coastal Cleanup which is coordinated by the Ocean Conservancy. The Ocean Conservancy uses debris data gathered during the event to help identify sources of litter so we can stop pollution before it starts. Open Barn Door Event: 7-9 p.m., Oct. 1. A 350/30 Celebration event and fundraiser. Tour the beautiful boarding barn, visit the horses and support the Wish Upon a Horse Therapeutic Riding Center. Enjoy wine and cheese and partake in a silent auction. Dress is casual. All proceeds benefit Wish Upon a Horse. For more information, call 843-671-2586. Hounds on the Harbour: 11 a.m.-2 p.m., Oct. 5 at Harbour Town, Sea Pines Resort. Bring your favorite hound to Harbour Town for “American Fido,” to see if your pooch has what it takes to make it to “Hollywoof.” Show off your best song, dance or trick. Also on hand will be numerous providers of dog-related services including grooming, boarding, training, vets, retail products. The Hilton Head Humane Association will also have dogs available for adoption. A special show featuring frisbee-catching dogs will take place at 11:30 a.m., 12:30 p.m. and 1:30 p.m. Additionally, throughout the event specially trained dogs will be performing on an agility course, and those in attendance are welcome to try out the course with their canine. Harbour Town Cartoon Fishing: 8:30-11:30 a.m., Oct. 19. Fun family fishing for ages 4 to 104. Fishing gear will be provided (ultra-light tackle cartoon rods that are yours to keep) and fishing will take place from designated docks. Catch and release. All species count! Limited to the first 25 entrants; ages 16 and older will need fishing license. September 2013 161

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 161

8/22/13 12:52 PM


WHAT TO DO

SUNDAY: FROSTRY FROG CAFE; BRUCE CRICHTON ... MONDAY: FLATBREAD GR

RK UpAFTER DA LIVE MUSIC CA

SEPT.28 Dean Martin, Deana Martin sings Corner z Jaz e Th at . p.m 8

LENDAR

SUNDAY Bistro 17: Michael Wilson The Frosty Frog Cafe: 6:30-9:30 p.m., Bruce Crichton Harbourside Burgers & Brews: 5-9 p.m., Luke Mitchell ELA’s Blu Water Grille: 7 p.m., Tim Malchak The Jazz Corner: 8 p.m.; The Headliners (Sept. 1), Deas Guys (Sept. 8, 15, 22), Dixieland Jam (Sept. 29). Kingfisher: Tableside magic with Joseph the Magician The Quarterdeck: 5-9:30 p.m., Jordan Ross Salty Dog Cafe: Dave Kemmerly from 6-10 p.m. and magician Gary Maurer San Miguel’s: Kirk O’Leary Surfside Outdoor Restaurant & Bar: 5:30-9:30 p.m., Frank Baron

MONDAY Bistro 17: Teri & Larry Copp Flatbread Grill: Darryl Van Horne, 10:30 p.m.-2 a.m. The Frosty Frog Cafe: 6:30-9:30 p.m., Luke Mitchell Harbourside Burgers & Brews: 5-9 p.m., Jordan Ross The Jazz Corner: 8 p.m; Deas Guys (Sept. 2), Martin Lesch Band (Sept. 9, 16, 23, 30) Kingfisher: Tableside magic with Joseph the Magician The Quarterdeck: 5-9:30 p.m., Mike Kavanaugh Salty Dog Cafe: Anneliza’s Kidz music at 7 and 8 p.m. San Miguel’s: Chris Jones Surfside Outdoor Restaurant & Bar: 5:30-9:30 p.m., Kris “Jelly” Gloer Up the Creek Pub & Grill: 5-8 p.m., DJ Bob Bradley

TUESDAY Big Bamboo Café: Tom “Vegas” Vicario plays the classics at 9 p.m. Bistro 17: Teri & Larry Copp Corks in Bluffton: Open mic night with Johnny O’ and the Port O Johns 8-11 p.m.

162 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 162

8/22/13 12:52 PM


ATBREAD GRILL; DARRYL VAN HORNE ... TUESDAY: HARBOURSIDE BURGERS & BREWS; JORDAN ROSS .

), Dixieland

23, 30)

p.m.

ELA’s Blu Water Grille: 7 p.m., Tim Malchak The Frosty Frog Cafe: 6:30-9:30 p.m., Craig Coyne Harbourside Burgers & Brews: 5-9 p.m., Jordan Ross The Jazz Corner: 8 p.m.; Bob Masteller’s All-Star Quintet (Sept. 3, 10, 17, 24, Oct. 1) Kingfisher: Hilton Head Comedy & Magic Club, 9 p.m. The Quarterdeck: 5-9:30 p.m., Chris Jones Mellow Mushroom Bluffton: Team trivia, 9 p.m. Salty Dog Cafe: Live music from Bruce Crichton plus Anneliza’s Kidz music at 7 and 8 p.m. San Miguel’s: David Marshall Shelter Cove Harbour: Shannon Tanner, 6:30 p.m., 8 p.m. Surfside Outdoor Restaurant & Bar: 5:30-9:30 p.m., Frank Baron

WEDNESDAY Big Bamboo Cafe: Reggae at 10 p.m. Bistro 17: Jay Samuels Electric Piano: Sterlin & Shuvette Motown and R&B night Flatbread Grill: Darryl Van Horne, 10:30 p.m.-2 a.m. The Frosty Frog Cafe: 6:30-9:30 p.m., Hannah Mitchell Harbourside Burgers & Brews: 5-9 p.m., Jordan Ross The Jazz Corner: The Earl Williams Quartet (Sept. 4, 18, Oct. 2), The Bobby Ryder Quartet (Sept. 11, 25) Kingfisher: David Wingo 6 p.m., Hilton Head Comedy & Magic Club, 9 p.m. The Quarterdeck: 5-9:30 p.m., Mike Kavanaugh Mellow Mushroom HHI: Team trivia, 9 p.m. Salty Dog Cafe: Dave Kemmerly from 6-10 p.m. and magician Gary Maurer

San Miguel’s: Mike Korbar Santa Fe Cafe: Reymundo Elias from 7-10 p.m. Surfside Outdoor Restaurant & Bar: 5:30-9:30 p.m., Peter Buonaiuto

THURSDAY Bistro 17: Jay Samuels ELA’s Blu Water Grille: 6 p.m., Harry Santana Electric Piano: Ladies night with the Simpson Brothers Flatbread Grill: Darryl Van Horne, 10:30 p.m.-2 a.m. The Frosty Frog Cafe: 6:30-9:30 p.m., Craig Coyne Harbourside Burgers & Brews: 5-9 p.m., Jordan Ross The Jazz Corner: 8 p.m., Lavon & Louise (Sept. 5, 12, 19, 26, Oct. 3) Kingfisher: Pete Carroll, 6 p.m.; Comedy & Magic Club, 9 p.m. The Quarterdeck: 5-9:30 p.m., Mike Kavanaugh Salty Dog Cafe: Dave Kemmerly from 6-10 p.m. and magician Gary Maurer Santa Fe Cafe: Reymundo Elias from 7-10 p.m. Surfside Outdoor Restaurant & Bar: 5:30-9:30 p.m., Kris “Jelly” Gloer

FRIDAY Big Bamboo: The Beagles, 6:30-9:30 p.m. Bistro 17: Jay Samuels CocoNutz Sportz Bar: 10 p.m., Alexandria Danyale The Frosty Frog Cafe: 6:30-9:30 p.m., Jon Bruner Harbourside Burgers & Brews: 5-9 p.m., Kris “Jelly” Gloer ELA’s Blu Water Grille: 7 p.m., John Wasem Flatbread Grill: Darryl Van Horne, 10:30 p.m.-2 a.m. The Jazz Corner: 8 p.m.; Daline Jones & Diego Ramirez (Sept.

6), Velvet Caravan (Sept. 13), Bobby Ryder’s Swingin’ Quintet (Sept. 20), Deana Martin Live (Sept. 27), Bob Masteller’s All-Star Quintet (Oct. 4) Kickin’ Chicken Bluffton: Team bingo, 9 p.m. Kingfisher: Earl Williams Band, 6 p.m.; BONK comedy game show, 9 p.m. The Quarterdeck: 5-9:30 p.m., Mike Kavanaugh Salty Dog Cafe: Live music from Dave Kemmerly plus Anneliza’s Kidz music at 7 and 8 p.m. San Miguel’s: David Marshall Surfside Outdoor: 5:30-9:30 p.m., Frank Baron XO Lounge: Candace Woodson and the Domino Theory Band

SATURDAY Big Bamboo: Reid Richmond, 10 p.m. Bistro 17: Jay Samuels The Frosty Frog Cafe: 6:30-9:30 p.m., Solemate Harbourside Burgers & Brews: 5-9 p.m., Luke Mitchell The Jazz Corner: 8 p.m.; Daline Jones & Diego Ramirez (Sept. 7), Velvet Caravan (Sept. 14), Bobby Ryder’s Swingin’ Quintet (Sept. 21), Deana Martin Live (Sept. 28), Bob Masteller’s All-Star Quintet (Oct. 5) ELA’s Blu Water Grille: 7 p.m., John Wasem Kingfisher: Hilton Head Comedy & Magic Club, 9 p.m. The Quarterdeck: 5-9:30 p.m., Chris Jones Mellow Mushroom: Karaoke on Hilton Head Salty Dog Café: Dave Kemmerly 5-9 p.m. Santa Fe Cafe: Reymundo Elias from 7-10 p.m. Surfside Outdoor Restaurant & Bar: 5:30-9:30 p.m., Kris “Jelly” Gloer XO Lounge: Candace Woodson and the Domino Theory Band

September 2013 163

SEPT 13 146-163 Calendar.indd 163

8/22/13 12:52 PM


MUSIC

HILTON HEAD John Cranford (lead guitar, vocals), Phillip Sirmans (bass guitar), Eric Reid (violin), Julius DèAngelis (drums)

ON

BY CARMEN HAWKINS DECECCO

AS I PULLED TOGETHER THE INFORMATION FOR THIS ARTICLE, THE BANDS HIGHLIGHTED HEREIN, WERE WINDING DOWN THEIR HILTON HEAD SUMMER SHOWS, AND PACKING UP THE BUSES. Yes. Two of our own, incredibly talented, homegrown, string and percussion ensembles, are flying the island nest, as they say. Fortunately, they will all return on occasion to visit and entertain, but the open road calls, and it is our privilege to applaud them off the island with good will and positive vibes. We must not hang our heads and utter muffled, self-pitying, wails of, “Don’t forget where you came from!” and, “Remember us when you’re on Letterman!”

B

ecause that would be unseemly, first of all (standing on the side of the road sobbing and yelling) and secondly, these guys have all promised to return and entertain us at every given opportunity available to them. These artists are nothing, if not grateful for the unfettered local support they’ve received through the years, while honing their craft, and finding their voices in the sea of sound waves across our Lowcountry, southeastern shores, that are truly awash with talented prodigies. Being the end of the summer, it is a great time for all of us natives of the Isle here, to wish The Steppin’ Stones and Cranford Hollow, the very best of luck, and propel them out with positive, vibrating, leg-breaking, energy. Think of it as the Lowcountry version of waving good-bye to your high school grads going off to college in the fall. Especially, when you consider that the

first of the aforementioned bands cut their teeth under the Liberty Oak in Harbour Town when they were like, eight or nine years old (check out their YouTube channel http:// www.youtube.com/steppinstonesmusicsc for the coolest rocking videos taken by various supporters as they were growing up). While the other, Cranford Hollow, had a fan base right off the Reilley’s Triangle launch pad, after officially being formed two and a half days, or thereabouts. I have been astounded that — especially considering the rash of lowbrow reality tv, and televised singing contests, all vying for our texted votes out there — the Big Boys of the Music Industry haven’t totally snatched up anything that warbles here, live, on Hilton Head Island. And frankly (a little selfishly, I might add) I’m kind of glad they haven’t … yet. It’s like having such extraordinary, unique, talent to ourselves, means we’re on the inside of something really cool (I’m not

sure what we’re on the inside of yet, I’m still fleshing that part out … I’ll let you know, when I know), but this island’s live entertainment is like a Lowcountry, best-kept secret. One which only the most authentic, coolest, inside, travelers would know about, or even where to find, our well nurtured, minstrels. And just as a healthy family must prepare to say good-bye to its most promising progeny, we also must put on our best faces and march them out of town, as a parade, onward, and upward, to bigger, and better pots of gold … (yuck, don’t leave us.) I did NOT just say that. That’s why, it’s important we appreciate our local musicians, generally speaking, in every which way that we can by, first of all, buying their original music, in the form of edgy cd’s, at their shows. That is the biggest thing you can do for any artist in the world … buy their art. So buy a CD, now. Factor it into your night’s entertainment budget like

164 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 164-167 Music.indd 164

8/22/13 12:15 PM


Music you would a tip, before even going out the front door.

Cranford Hollow John Cranford already appreciates the devotion of his Lowcountry audiences. “I think our sound is pretty original, and the first record was definitely a very straight-forward representation of what we were doing, late-night, in bars across the southeast. The simplicity of it all is what got people out of their seats,” says Cranford about their first, self-titled cd, that showcased their very distinctive fusion of Gaelic-reel, Russian-Romanian, blue-grass, and southern rock, which eventually churns out an overall, exceptionally unique, American blend. I don’t think you have ever heard anything quite as hypnotic as Lowcountry Stomp, until you hear Cranford Hollow, late-night, outdoors, with swamp frogs croaking back-up. In fact, I know you haven’t. From the very beginning, Cranford’s band had a following on Hilton Head that would make you think they had been fiddling and strumming there way around here since before the Cross Island Parkway was scratched out on the Town Council drawing table. Everybody knows Cranford Hollow from here to Charleston and deep into Georgia. So how can it be that they’ve only been together as a band for not quite two years? “Our fans are incredible, requesting our original music. It’s because of them that we keep performing, night after night,” says fiddler Eric Reid. Which brings us to the focus of the first part of this piece again (the part about how to show your gratitude for all the free entertainment you’ve enjoyed through the years whilst slurping margaritas, watching endless painted sunsets – also free, by the way). Buy their new CD, due out early fall. “The new record is much more textured and layered, and comes with a lot more information, sonically. We are using some very familiar tricks, while incorporating a much more thought-out, digested process,” Cranford says of the new CD, which is being mixed by Howard Willing, “who has worked with Smashing Pumpkins and The Wallflowers. We sent a majority of it last week to him in Los Angeles. Once it’s finished, we send it back again to L.A. for mastering at Capitol Records.” “We made some different choices,” con-

Hannah Wicklund (lead guitar, vocals), Mick Ray (bass guitar, vocals), Ryan Tye (drums) tinues Cranford, “like take my resonator guitar - which has a very distinct sound - and really let it bleed through an amp. With some delay, and reverb, it is a very distinct sound. On another track we used a bouzouki, which is a European instrument, similar to a mandolin. Eric also did some incredible things with his fiddle, like running it through a guitar amp, or an organ simulator to give it a fatter sound” You will be able to hit iTunes for singles, and you won’t be disappointed. However, you may want to dig a little deeper for the full album, which offers a bonus that you can’t get on a single. The album is enhanced a bit further with lowcountry sounds that play sonically through the record, so there are no audio gaps from start to finish. And the sounds running through will transport you to the deep south in its most native, primal sounds, just like you were listening to the band playing live at night outside on Daufuskie Island. Sultry and hypnotic, you can rock the night away to Cranford Hollow’s unique Low Country stomp genus, which refers to, “the tempo I keep with the drums by literally stomping my feet on stage,” says John Cranford. Then, years from now, when you’re regaling your grandchildren at The Boardroom about how you knew John, Phil, Eric, and Julius, back when they were known as Cranford & Sons, you won’t just be blowing smoke.

The Steppin’ Stones And how do recent high-school grads, Hannah Wicklund and Ryan Tye deal with

changes ahead? Well, they’re hitting the road too, with shows lined up in Atlanta, to Nashville, Lexington, Cleveland, Boston, New York, New Orleans, Austin, Tuscon , Phoenix, Los Angeles and San Francisco. And they are also leaving us with a second CD of original music, called Handle Me, which you can buy at their shows. And yes, they all worked very hard through high school and made good grades, and cleaned their plates, and are quite delightful, friendly, humble, kind, talented, young adults who have it all going on, and great family and neighborly support. And, then they get out the strings and drums and rock down the marina, just in case you thought you were sitting down for a quiet happy-hour sunset frozen daiquiri.Oh, I don’t think so. “Is that Janis Joplin, I hear singing amongst the plebians down under that old gnarly live oak?” is what you might over-hear someone saying from starboard of their yacht in Harbour Town. At which point, you might also hear, “Janis who?” from a young child shaking it up on stage with Hannah Wicklund, as she belts out, “Take Another Little Piece of My Heart.” All of which you can find snippets and anecdotes all over the Internet, on Facebook, and YouTube. It’s quite the family album. I just can’t believe they haven’t been opening for the Rolling Stones on one of their last dozen or so good-bye tours. So, there you have it. We wave good-bye to our graduates, boldly holding back our angst, like all good, brave empty-nesters have to do, from time to time. M September 2013 165

SEPT 13 164-167 Music.indd 165

8/22/13 12:15 PM


MUSIC

DEANA MARTIN sings

Dino DAUGHTER OF ‘THE KING OF COOL’ COMING TO HILTON HEAD ISLAND FOR A SPECIAL PERFORMANCE BY MICHAEL PASKEVICH

A

sked to describe her voice, Deana Martin sings by phone the chorus of the standard, “I Will,” and, as she predicts, there’s a certain easy way with her phrasing that recalls the legendary effortless croon of her late father, Dean Martin. “I told you I’m reminiscent of my Dad sometimes,” she says with a laugh, “because I heard him sing that song so many times it’s ingrained in my DNA. But I’ve also been doing more bluesy songs plus a new selection of originals with a new vocal coach ... you can always learn new things and find new directions for your voice.” For her Sept. 27-28 debut at Hilton Head’s venerable Jazz Corner, it’s billed as “Deana Martin Sings Dino” in a loving homage to father who died Christmas Day, 1995. His famous hits will be performed, of course, but Deana Martin promises much more: a somewhat sentimental yet up-tempo journey through the Great American Songbook in tribute to the likes of Peggy Lee’s “Ain’t That a Kick in the Head,” Sinatra’s trademark “Lady is a Tramp” and a Cole Porter classic or two.

166 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 164-167 Music.indd 166

8/22/13 12:15 PM


“I always look forward to getting on stage, reminding people about these songs and creating new memories.” “These are some of the greatest songs ever written and more young people are starting to discover them,” Martin says. “I adore what Harry Connick Jr. and Michael Buble’ are doing and even Gloria Estefan has a standards album out. These days it’s not unusual to be in a club and see older people sitting next to thirtysomethings so these songs are crossing over to a new generation.” Martin and her husband/manager Jeff Greffeth plus musical director Rick Krive are on the road nearly 280 days a year, often with their own quintet and recently performing with the 88-piece Orlando Symphony Orchestra. Support players for her upcoming Jazz Corner gigs were uncertain at press time but Martin notes the island’s reputation for top-quality players will pose no problem. The busy couple devotes free time to healthy eating and fitness — the lean-framed Martin produced a popular workout video a few years back — and they divide time between homes in Branson, Mo., and in Beverly Hills where she grew up under the watchful eye of Pops and his “Pallies” named Frank and Sammy. “When I first went to Las Vegas at age 17 with some girlfriends we were very well protected having them chauffeur us to shows,” she recalls. “We went to see Don Rickles in a lounge and my Dad bought newspapers for everyone in the audience so they were just sitting there reading when he walked out ... so of course Rickles started making jokes about how we weren’t really teen-age daughters.” “Of course, I learned so much about singing from them. Frank worked for every note and would tell be how just a minor

change in phrasing can bring a whole new meaning to a song. However, my Dad was just a natural; singing came so easily to him,” she adds. “But he taught me so much about the business — know your craft, know your lyrics, show up early and treat everyone with respect. He didn’t have a puffed up idea of himself and he always told me, ‘do what makes you happy and your halfway there.’” Her initial solo recording, “Memories Are Made of This,” later became a self-titled novel — a movie deal is now in the works starring Jennifer Love Hewitt — and Martin is happy to share both tunes and onstage recollections of her father and Rat Pack ‘uncles.” She promises some rarely heard tales, laughs and perhaps some tears when she’ll team up with her father for a video-beamed duet on “It’s True Love” that includes footage of her growing up by his side. “Sometimes it’s difficult to do,” she admits, “but I cherish it everytime.” In keeping with tradition established by the great saloon singers, Martin enjoys lending historical perspective to standards by singling out the sometimes forgotten composers. “They were such great tunes with amazing arrangements and they deserve the attention.” Yet the focus is on fun and hearing great tunes which is just they way her father would want it. Females seated close to the stage might find themselves enlisted as temporary backup singers, and Martin plans also to unveil a selection of originals from her new album, “Destination Moon,” set for September release. “I always look forward to getting on stage, reminding people about these songs and creating new memories.” M

Deana Martin made her television debut in 1966, performing on her father’s legendary television show, “The Dean Martin Show.” She soon became a frequent guest, taking part in both musical and comedy numbers with a wide array of guests including Frank Sinatra. Martin will take the Jazz Corner stage Sept. 27-28, singing many of her father’s famous songs. September 2013 167

SEPT 13 164-167 Music.indd 167

8/22/13 12:15 PM


DINING

A link to the

ROADSIDE FOOD STANDS STEEPED IN HILTON HEAD HISTORY 168 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 168-172 Dining-RoadsideFood.indd 168

8/22/13 12:09 PM


Before the developers, before the tourists, before The bridges, Hilton Head Island was a much different place. A much simpler place. Story by lance hanlin Photography by arno dimmling

F

Carolina Seafood, Spanish Wells Seafood & Produce, Garden Fresh Produce and Grant’s Fresh Produce have been in familes for generations and are still managed by family members today.

ollowing the Civil War, Union troops left newly freed slaves behind to fend for themselves. As property became available, many freedmen used their hard-earned money to purchase land in areas such as Baynard, Squire Pope and Chaplin. Roots were planted. Families such as Aiken, Brown, Campbell, Grant, and King raised generation after generation off the land. Vine-ripened tomatoes, butterbeans, Vidalia onions, sweet potatoes, squash and more were grown in small fields, next to coops of chickens, pens of pigs and pastures of cows. This agricultural island transformed into a resort destination starting in 1956 with the developing of Sea Pines Resort. Soon, other developments followed, such as Hilton Head Plantation, Palmetto Dunes, Shipyard and Port Royal, imitating Sea Pines’ architecture and landscape. Today, just a couple of the small farms remain. The culture and tradition of those native island families is still very much alive, though. Street signs for Bradley, Burkes and Singleton roads along U.S. 278 serve as a testimony to family, community and selfreliance. Many of the roadside fruit, vegetable and seafood stands that dot the island also honor Hilton Head’s past. Carolina Seafood, Spanish Wells Seafood & Produce, Garden Fresh Produce and Grant’s Fresh Produce have been in families for generations and are still managed by family members today. September 2013 169

SEPT 13 168-172 Dining-RoadsideFood.indd 169

8/22/13 12:09 PM


DINING

Wesley Campbell (left) operated as many as 12 roadside food stands on the island in the mid-1980s but is down to just two now — the one before the bridge to Hilton Head Island and another just over the bridge called Carolina Seafood, which is run by his wife Carrie. In the summer, his daughter Haley (above right) and his niece Serena Collins (above left) help out. His brother, Solomon Campbell, runs Spanish Wells Seafood & Produce with his wife, Della. 170 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 168-172 Dining-RoadsideFood.indd 170

8/22/13 12:11 PM


THE CAMPBELL FAMILY For the past 25 years, Wesley Campbell has operated the stand sitting at the foot of the J. Wilton Graves Bridge to Hilton Head Island. Signs promote, “Fresh Fish Daily,” “Fresh Local Jumbo Shrimp,” and “Farm Fresh Produce.” Find baskets of potatoes, watermelons, tomatoes, peaches and red coolers stocked with shrimp, grouper and red snapper. On the weekends, Chef Rowland Washington of “We Island” Gumbo n’ Tings stops by with his selection of Lowcountry seafood spices and products. “When I’m looking for fresh seafood, this is the place I come to,” Bluffton resident Chris Jones said. “Fish behind the glass at a grocery store can’t compete with what he’s got in those coolers back there.” Campbell, 59, started selling local produce from his bicycle at the age of 15, peddling house to house in Bram Point. “It was stuff our parents and our uncle would grow in the summer,” Campbell said. When he got out of school, Campbell started opening fruit and vegetable stands. He operated as many as 12 stands on the island in the mid-1980s but is down to just two now -- the one before the bridge and another called Carolina Seafood, located at 148 William Hilton Parkway, between the first and second traffic lights on the island. That stand specializes in fresh peaches, tomatoes and seafood. It has been open for six years and is operated by Campbell’s wife, Carrie. Over the summer, his daughter Haley and his niece Serena Collins also help out. Wesley Campbell’s brother, Solomon Campbell, runs Spanish Wells Seafood & Produce with his wife, Della. “We specialize in crab cakes, grouper, scallops, Scottish salmon and local shrimp,” Solomon said. The stand, located at 556 Spanish Wells Road, has been open for 25 years. Della is a retired school teacher while Solomon retired from Suburban Propane before joining the family business. “We’ve been very successful,” Solomon said. “We have people that come to us from all over the United States and abroad.” September 2013 171

SEPT 13 168-172 Dining-RoadsideFood.indd 171

8/22/13 12:11 PM


DINING

THE GRANT FAMILY Estelle Grant Aiken was a teacher at Hilton Head Elementary for more than 33 years. She now works the Garden Fresh Produce stand off Squire Pope Road with her sister Lillian Grant King, a business major that also worked in education before getting into the family business. Known to some locals as “Eddie’s Market,” the stand has been an island staple for 25 years, serving butterbeans, peas, peaches, tomatoes, summer squash, jams, deviled Daufuski crab and their delicious homemade bread and butter pickles. Items come from Aiken’s backyard, King’s farm in Ridgeland and other local farmers. “Farmers markets are popular now but (roadside stands) got it started,” Aiken said. “People can get fresh, local stuff at reasonable prices and you will find things that you normally wouldn’t find in a supermarket. It’s also a place to meet people and catch up on what’s happening in the community.” Two more Grant family stands are located on U.S. 278, near Harold’s

Diner. The one behind the first row of houses, sitting under a large oak tree, is Hilton Head Island’s original roadside stand. It was opened by Solomon Grant Sr. and Gertrude Brown Grant 50 years ago and is the original Grant’s Fresh Produce. The stand was being run by Solomon Eddie Grant Jr., but health problems have forced him to temporarily close it. Cousins Julia Grant Thomas and Joseph Grant run the roadside stand next door, which is also called Grant’s Fresh Produce. The stand offers some of the largest tomatoes you will ever see along with fresh watermelons, peaches, zucchini, squash, collards and peppers. Selling local produce has been passed down from generation to generation in the Grant family but the tradition could soon end. “My daughter and my sister’s children all worked here when they were younger but they didn’t like it, being out here in the heat,” Aiken said. “Unfortunately, unless somebody steps up and says they want to do it, this may be the end of the line for us.”

Sisters Lillian Grant King (top left) and Estelle Grant Aiken run the Garden Fresh Produce stand off Squire Pope Road. Cousins Julia Grant Thomas and Joseph Grant run Grant’s Fresh Produce (above) on U.S. 278 near Harold’s Diner.

172 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 168-172 Dining-RoadsideFood.indd 172

8/22/13 12:11 PM


THE TRANSPLANT

Bill Berkes (above) runs Barnacle Bill’s Fresh Seafood Market on U.S. 278. Music is provided by guitarist Brad Nelson (right). Due to recent health issues, Berkes has closed his stand for the remainder of the summer. He plans to reopen the stand on Labor Day Weekend with the help of his nephew. The stand features a blackboard that changes constantly, based on what is running and what is delivered.

Bill Berkes is not a Hilton Head native but has been selling fresh seafood from his “shack” for more than 30 years. Unfortunately, health problems have forced him to close Barnacle Bill’s Fresh Seafood Market for the rest of the summer. A sign posted at the stand, located next to the old log cabin on U.S. 278, says it will reopen on Labor Day Weekend with the help of his nephew. Many locals and visitors wish Bill a speedy recovery. He is considered a local celebrity, sharing colorful stories and time-tested family recipes with customers as they browse his wide selection of seafood, sauces and spices. There’s a blackboard that lists all sorts of fish which changes daily based on what is running and what is delivered. Guitarist Brad Nelson also helps set the mood with live music. On the Barnacle Bill’s Facebook page, Berkes posted, “I would like to thank everyone for their support and words of encouragement. I will miss you all and look forward to seeing all you guys next year. Take care. Barnacle.” M September 2013 173

SEPT 13 168-172 Dining-RoadsideFood.indd 173

8/22/13 12:11 PM


DINING Sally Kerr-Dineen | Photos by rob kaufman Big Tastes

Wines

A n endl e s s summer of

H

ere, in the Lowcountry, it’s seasonally correct, to keep the light whites around much longer. And that goes for drinking wine as well. Our days are still long and warm, allowing the de rigueur summer whites to linger around along with us. The continued hot weather is a natural for a chilled rose or Moscato.

Choices, out there, for new summer flavors are endless, but here I picked five winners and my favorites. My criteria for seeking out the perfect summer wines included: 1. Price points that wouldn’t make you perspire when paying - so between $10.00 - $20.00. 2. Wines I hadn’t come across before – something new and delightful. 3. Show me the bubbles and make it a Prosecco (again, price point). 4. And finally, varietals that that scream summer: light, airy, citrus-y, fruity, vibrant, and crisp. Rather than leaving myself to make potentially hit or miss selections as I perused the aisles, I consulted a few friends, “in the business” who understood exactly what I was looking for – new fresh tastes and alternatives to the everyday “grab a bottle and go” scenario we fall into. Here are the winners.

174 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 174-175 Big Taste.indd 174

8/22/13 12:07 PM


DINING

Girl Go Lightly Moscato - 2012 The Moscato has a slight effervescence with pretty fruit tones including orange, papaya and pineapple.

Girl Go Lightly. Loved these three varietals right off the bat. It’s a clever concept. Here’s the idea behind this new label…Lighter and refreshing tasting wines with lower alcohol levels. Simple. Girl Go Lightly Chardonnay - 2012 The Chardonnay is unoaked, which makes for a lighter crisper wine, with hints of sweet citrus and tropical fruits. The acidity level is refreshing. Side Notes A light tasting and, vibrant unoaked Chardonnay with fresh pear and tropical fruit flavors, accented by sweet citrus. The grapes are picked slightly early, to maintain vibrant, full flavors with lower alcohol.

Side Notes Light tasting and vibrant, the lower-alcohol Moscato shows bright tropical fruit, orange peel and jasmine flavors with a slight hint of bubbles. A long, slow fermentation retains the inherent fruit flavors. There’s a touch of residual sugar to accentuate the grapes’ lovely, natural fruit characteristics. Girl Go Lightly Rose – 2011 The Rose, hits you with a burst of summer berries, and a touch of spice, again, with ever so slight bubbles and a lovely crisp finish. Side Notes Made primarily from Grenache grapes, which have a charming berry sweetness. The red grape skins stay in contact with the juice just long enough to leave a slight rose hue.

Crème de Lys Chardonnay – 2011 It’s a sipping and relaxing, rich and silky sort of wine, with a beautiful golden hue. The warm vanilla tones lead to a taste of something like “enjoying a liquid crème brulee.”

Stellina di Notte Prosecco An affordable alternative to champagne, delicate bubbles, dance to the tones of pear, melon, lemon and almonds. Perfect for oysters, omelets, cheeses, smoked salmon or salads. The light, crisp acidity and touch of sweetness make this sparkling wine a perfect pick-meup and alternative to a still white wine.

Side Notes For a full range of flavors, grapes were sourced from three California regions: the North and Central Coasts and the Sacramento Delta.

Side Notes Prosecco, is still a growing star in America. It’s a fun alternative to still white wines for brunch, lunch or dinner.

Perfect for sipping—by itself or with appetizers. It’s also delicious with dishes like crab salad, angel hair pasta with a creamy sauce or grilled chicken, to name a few!

Italians consider Prosecco the perfect aperitivo or ombra (pick-me- up). Mix Prosecco with fresh peach juice to make Venice’s famous Bellini cocktail. M September 2013 175

SEPT 13 174-175 Big Taste.indd 175

8/22/13 12:07 PM


POUR PETS

Hilton Head Monthly

SUPPORT LOCAL

RESCUES

Rescue donations accepted. Proceeds go to local rescues.

presents

Pour 4 Pets

SAT SEP T

28 2pm-5pm

AT OL D OYST ER FACTORY

brought to you by

monthly

featuring

hilton head C O N N E C T I N G

Pour4Pets_0913.indd 176

T H E

L O W C O U N T R Y

(AKA PET EXPO)

EVENT DETAILS FREE WINE TASTING FOOD DOOR PRIZES OVER $500 LIVE MUSIC

TICKETS $10 AVAILABLE DAY OF THE EVENT AT THE DOOR 843.842.6988 EXT. 231

8/22/13 1:04 PM


DINING

WANT TO BE LISTED?

All area codes 843. Listings are fluid and heavily dependent on your help; to submit or update e-mail editor@hiltonheadmonthly.com B Breakfast l Lunch d Dinner o Open Late s Sunday Brunch ✰ Featured restaurant

FEATURED RESTAURANT

Daniel’s Restaurant & Lounge Experience a truly unique dining and nightlife experience just steps from beach. Go for dinner and stay for the party. 2 North Forest Beach Drive, Suite 108 843-341-9379 danielshhi.com

HILTON HEAD north end

Atlanta Bread Company: 45 Pembroke Drive 342-2253. bld

Chart House: 2 Hudson Road. 3429066. ld

Fiesta Fresh Mexican Grill (north): 95 Mathews Drive. 342-8808. bld

Crazy Crab (north): 104 William Hilton Parkway. 681-5021. ld

Frankie Bones: 1301 Main Street. 682-4455. lds

Dragon Express: 95 Mathews Drive in Port Royal Plaza. 681-5191. ld

French Bakery: 430 William Hilton Parkway in Pineland Station. 3425420. bl

Bella Italia Bistro and Pizza: 95 Mathews Drive in Port Royal Plaza. 689-5560. ld

Dye’s Gullah Fixin’s: 840 William Hilton Parkway. 681-8106. ld

Carolina Café: The Westin Resort, Port Royal Plantation. 681-4000, ext. 7045. bld

Fancy Q Sushi Bar & Grill: 435 William Hilton Parkway. 342-6626. ld

✰ Hudson’s on the Docks: Farmto-table may be the latest buzzword in the culinary world but this north-end favorite has been serving up dock-totable seafood since 1967. Many items on the menu are brought in from

Hudson’s own fishing fleet, docked just steps away from the restaurant. Feast on oysters, shrimp and soft shell crab while taking in stunning views of the docks, boats and Intracoastal Waterway. TRY THIS: Neptune’s Seafood Platter with oysters, scallops, shrimp, crabmeat croquette and seasonal fish, $24. 1 Hudson Road. 681-2772. www.hudsonsonthedocks.com. ld ✰ Il Carpaccio: If you’re hankering for some authentic Italian cuisine, this hidden gem tucked away in Pineland September 2013 177

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 177

8/22/13 11:52 AM


DINING

watusi 686-5200

san miguel’s 842-4555

Alfred’s 341-3117

flatbread grill 341-2225

Station is worth finding. Pizza is cooked in a hardwood burning oven, imported from Modena, Italy. From Antipasti through Zuppe, Chef Eddy makes everything from scratch using the freshest available products. Try this: Vitella Piemonteste; veal scaloppine sauteed with mushrooms and Italian mild sausage in a light cream sauce, $16.95. 430 William Hilton Parkway in Pineland Station. 342-9949. www.ilcarpaccioofhiltonhead.com. ld

Main Street Café: 1411 Main Street Village. 689-3999. lds

Outback Steakhouse: 20 Hatton Place. 681-4329. ld

Sunset Grille: 43 Jenkins Island Road. 689-6744. ldos

Mangiamo!: 2000 Main Street. 6822444. ld

Plantation Café and Deli: 95 Mathews Drive. 342-4472. bl

Tapas: 95 Mathews Drive, Suite B5, Hilton Head Island. 681-8590. d

Mi Tierra (Hilton Head): 160 William Hilton Parkway in Fairfield Square. 342-3409. ld

Reilley’s Grill and Bar (north): 95 Mathews Drive. 681-4153. ldso

TJ’s Take and Bake Pizza: 35 Main Street. 681-2900. ld

Ruby Lee’s: 46 Wild Horse Road. 681-7829. lds

Turtles Beach Bar & Grill: 2 Grasslawn Avenue at the Westin Resort. 681-4000. ldo

Le Bistro Mediterranean: 430 William Hilton Parkway in Pineland Station. 681-8425. d

Okko: 95 Mathews Drive. 341-3377. ld

Little Chris Cafe: 430 William Hilton Parkway. 785-2233. bld

Munchies: 1407 Main Street. 7853354. ld New York City Pizza: 45 Pembroke Dr. 689-2222. ld

Old Fort Pub: 65 Skull Creek Drive in Hilton Head Plantation. 681-2386. ds

Skull Creek Boathouse: 397 Squire Pope Road. 681-3663. do Starbucks: 430 William Hilton Parkway in Pineland Station, Hilton Head Island. 689-6823. Street Meet: 95 Mathews Drive in Port Royal Plaza. 842-2570. ldo

Up the Creek Pub & Grill: 18 Simmons Road in Broad Creek Marina. 681-3625. ld WiseGuys steaks: 1513 Main Street. 842-8866. do Yummy House: 2 Southwood Park Drive. 681-5888. ld

178 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 178

8/22/13 11:53 AM


DINING

DelisheeeYo 785-3633

The Cottage 757-0508

kingfisher 785-4442

salty dog cafe 671-7327

Hilton Head 843: 890 William Hilton Parkway, Fresh Market Shoppes. 681-8843. ld

Try this: Roasted Chilean Sea Bass over mashed potatoes and spinach with Chardonnay sauce, $25.95. 807 William Hilton Parkway, #1200, in Plantation Center. 341-3117. www. alfredsofhiltonhead.com. D

and puppies. Nightly specials. Try this: Wild Salmon. Peppered mustard, mixed greens, pine nuts, dried cranberries, red onions and gorganzola. $25. 17 Harbourside Lane in Shelter Cove. 785-5517. ld

Alexander’s: 76 Queens Folly Road. 785-4999. ld

Arthur’s Grille: Arthur Hills course, Palmetto Dunes. 785-1191. ld

Bonefish: 890 William Hilton Parkway. 341-3772. ld

P Alfred’s: European-trained chef Alfred Kettering combines some of the most appealing elements of classic American and Continental cuisine in this tiny Plantation Center hideaway. Grab a seat at the chef’s counter to watch the master at work, cranking out German favorites such as slowcooked Sauerbraten or pan-sauteed Wienerschnitzel.

Big Jim’s BBQ, Burgers and Pizza: Robert Trent Jones course, Palmetto Dunes. 785-1165. ld

Carrabba’s Italian Grill: 14 Folly Field Drive. 785-5007. ld

oysters and clams, Carolina Seafood House offers a well-rounded menu with slow-roasted prime rib, pecancrusted chicken and Lowcountry favorites such as shrimp and grits. Try this: Bikini Island Atomic Shrimp. Jumbo shrimp flash fried, tossed with Atomic Sauce and served on a bed of sliced cabbage, $5.99. Hilton Head Island Beach and Tennis Resort, 40 Folly Field Road. 842-0084. d

Café at the Marriott: Oceanside at Marriott Beach and Golf Resort, Palmetto Dunes. 686-8488. bl

Chef David’s Roastfish & Cornbread: 70 Marshland Road. 3422996. ld

P Carolina Seafood House: Fresh seafood at reasonable prices, close to the beach. Dinners start as low as $9. In addition to fish, shrimp, scallops,

Coco’s On The Beach: 663 William Hilton Parkway; also located at beach marker 94A. 842-2626. ld

mid-island

P Bistro 17: Cozy, waterfront French cafe to the right of Neptune’s statue, overlooking picturesque Shelter Cove Marina. Casual bistro dining with a European cafe flair. Serving lunch and dinner with additional menus for kids

September 2013 179

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 179

8/22/13 11:53 AM


DINING

Captain Woody’s

hudson’s on the docks

P Coconutz Sportz Bar: With a 12-foot high definition television you can see from the street and 17 other TVs tuned to every sporting event you can imagine, this is a good place to watch the game. It’s like a home away from home. With $10 buckets, it might be even better. Try this: Jumbo “BLT” salad; lettuce, tomato, shredded cheese and lots of crispy bacon, $8.99. Hilton Head Island Beach and Tennis Resort, 40 Folly Field Road. 842-0043 do

Parkway. 842-9292. bl

HHI: 785-2400 Bluffton: 757-6222

Conroy’s: Hilton Head Marriott Beach and Golf Resort, Palmetto Dunes. 6868499. ds P ELA’s Blu Water Grille: Chef Chris Cohen combines his New England culinary flare with fresh-catch specialties at this three-level waterfront masterpiece overlooking Broad Creek and Shelter Cove Marina. The 165seat restaurant has been featured in Bon Appetit magazine and has won three prestigious OpenTable awards for Hilton Head’s best ambiance, best scenic view and best seafood. Try this: Pan Seared Diver Scallops with crab risotto, truffle butter and herbs, $28. 1 Shelter Cove Lane in Shelter Cove Harbour. 785-3030. www.elasgrille.com. ld Flora’s Italian Cafe: 841 William Hilton Parkway in South Island Square. 842-8200. d P Gator’z Pizza: Famous for its square pizza, hence the tagline “Pie R Square.” If you do the math, Gator’z provides more slices per pie than anywhere on the island. Try this: The “Mega” with pepperoni with 20 slices. Bring your appetite, $22.67. Hilton Head Island Beach & Tennis Resort. 842-0004. d Giuseppi’s Pizza and Pasta: 32 Shelter Cove Lane in Shelter Cove. 785-4144. ld Harold’s Diner: 641 William Hilton

681-2772

HH Prime: Hilton Oceanfront Resort in Palmetto Dunes. 341-8058. blds Island Bagel: South Island Square. 686-3353. bl P Jamaica Joe’z Beach Bar: Located just steps from the beach and adjacent to the island’s largest swimming pool. Open to the public. Try this: All beef chili dog with cheese and onions, served with chips, $4.99. Hilton Head Island Beach and Tennis Resort, 40 Folly Field Road. 842-0044. P Kingfisher Seafood, Pasta and Steakhouse: If you’re seeking an evening of great food and entertainment, be sure to visit this picturesque waterfront restaurant. Live music, dancing, comedy and magic complement Kingfisher’s extensive menu of fresh seafood, homemade pasta and juicy steaks. Watch the sun go down over Broad Creek and Shelter Cove Harbour. Try this: Seafood Volcano with a snow crab cluster, a dozen peel & eat shrimp and four oysters on a halfshell, $19.99. 18 Harbourside Lane in Shelter Cove. 785-4442. www.kingfisherseafood. com. Do Little Venice: 2 Shelter Cove Lane in Shelter Cove. 785-3300. d New York City Pizza: 45 Pembroke Dr., Ste. 105. 689-2229. ld P Old Oyster Factory: With panoramic views overlooking Broad Creek, this Hilton Head landmark was voted one of the country’s “Top 100 Scenic View Restaurants” by OpenTable. It was also recently recommended in the “Off the Beaten Track” column of The Wall Street Journal. Wine Spectator magazine bestowed its “Award of Excellence” for the restaurant’s wine list and knowledge of wine. Try this: Potato Crusted Black Grouper served with garlic Parmesan rice and julienned vegetables, finished with

180 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 180

8/22/13 11:53 AM


mellow mushroom

Charlie’s l’etoille verte

a horseradish cream, $24.99. 101 Marshland Road. 681-6040. www. oldoysterfactory.com do

Hilton Head

The Sea Lady: Shelter Cove Harbour. 13 Harbourside. 341-3500. ld

Alligator Grille: 33 Office Park Rd., Park Plaza. 842-4888. d

Pazzo: 807 William Hilton Parkway in Plantation Center. 842-9463. ld

Amigos Cafe y Cantina: 70 Pope Avenue. 785-8226. ld

Pomodori: 1 New Orleans Road. 6863100. ld

Angler’s Beach Market Grill: 2 North Forest Beach Dr., 785-3474. ld

Ruan Thai Cuisine I: 81 William Hilton Parkway, Hilton Head Island. 785-8575. ld

Annie O’s: 124 Arrow Road. 3412664. LD

HHI: 686-2474 Bluffton: 706-0800

Scott’s Fish Market Restaurant and Bar: 17 Harbour Side Lane. 7857575. d P San Miguel’s: Enjoy the island’s best selection of margaritas while taking in amazing views of the water from the outdoor bar overlooking Shelter Cove Marina. The menu features all the traditional items you would expect to find at a Mexican restaurant, plus several sophisticated dishes such as Enchiladas del Mar and Shrimp Veracruz. Did we mention the margaritas? The Cadillac on the rocks must be tasted. Try this: Deluxe Burrito topped with enchilada sauce and scallions, served with Mexican rice, $10.95. 9 Shelter Cove Lane in Shelter Cove Harbour. 842-4555. www.sanmiguels.com. ld Santa Fe Café: 807 William Hilton Parkway in Plantation Center. 7853838. ld Sea Grass Grille: 807 William Hilton Parkway. 785-9990. ld Signals Lounge: 130 Shipyard Drive Crowne Plaza Resort. 842-2400. Starbucks: 32 Shelter Cove Lane. 842-4090

785-9277

south end

Aqua Ocean Grille: 10 North Forest Beach Drive. 715-8490. LD Asian Bistro: 51 New Orleans Road. 686-9888. ld Aunt Chilada’s Easy Street Cafe: 69 Pope Avenue. 785-7700. ld Beach Break Grill: 24 Palmetto Bay Road, Suite F. 785-2466. Ld Bess’ Delicatessen and Catering: 55 New Orleans Road, Fountain Center. 785-5504. bl P Big Bamboo Cafe: After expanding its outside deck, owners of The Big Bamboo Café decided to upgrade their menu, focusing on fresh seafood items. Many fried items have been replaced with healthier grilled options, such as chargrilled chicken tacos. The appetizers and side items are also more sophisticated, from blue cheese coleslaw to citrus cerviche. Try this: Bikini Wrap; hummus, cucumbers, tomatoes, peppers, feta and viagrette, served with blue cheese coleslaw, $8.50. 1 North Forest Beach Drive, Coligny Plaza. 686-3443. ldo Bistro Mezzaluna: 55 New Orleans Road 842-5011. d

Up the Creek Pub & Grill: Broad Creek Marina, 18 Simmons Road. 6813625. ldo

Black Marlin Bayside Grill and Hurricane Bar: 86 Helmsman Way in Palmetto Bay Marina. 785-4950. lds

XO Lounge: 23 Ocean Lane in the Hilton Oceanfront Resort, Palmetto Dunes. 341-8080.

Bomboras Grille and Chill Bar: 101 A/B Pope Avenue, Coligny Plaza. 689-2662 ldo September 2013 181

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 181

8/22/13 11:53 AM


DINING Bravo Pizza: 1B New Orleans Road. 342-7757. ld Brellas Café: 130 Shipyard Drive. 842-2400. bd British Open Pub: 1000 William Hilton Parkway D3 in the Village at Wexford. 686-6736. Ldo Bullies BBQ: 3 Regents Pkwy. 686-7427. LD Callahan’s Sports Bar & Grill: 49 New Orleans Road. 686-7665. ldo Captain Fishy's: 86 Helmsman Way, Palmetto Bay Marina. 671-3474. ldo P Captain Woody’s: Many restaurants claim to be a favorite of locals. Speaking as locals, one of our favorites is Captain Woody’s. Owners Shannon and Russell Anderson made a good thing even better with their new location at 6 Target Road. Woody’s now offers more seating, an expanded menu and an attractive outdoor patio with an attached bar. Try this: Grouper Melt, fried and topped with sauteed onions, mushrooms and melted cheese. Served open faced on a kaiser roll with homemade chips, $13.99. 6 Target Road. 785-2400. www.captainwoodys.com. ldo P Charlie’s L’Etoile Verte: A great place for a power lunch or a romantic dinner. Owner Charlie Golson and his son Palmer write their entire menu by hand each day, based on the freshest local seafood available. The dinner menu offers an array of 14 fresh fish, rack of lamb, filet mignon and more. Try this: Local Cobia grilled with mango vinaigrette, $29. 8 New Orleans Road. 785-9277. www.charliesgreenstar.com. ld P Charbar: Pick a bread, a protein, your veggies, and your toppings and Charbar will whip up a custom-built burger that will blow your mind. Voted Hilton Head’s best burger at the 2012 Burgers & Brew Festival and Hilton Head Monthly’s 2012 Reader’s Choice favorite “Rookie Restaurants.” You can also find amazing sandwiches, salads and drink specials. Live music. Try this: Champ Burger with Benton bacon marmalade, Dijon mustard, dill pickles and sharp cheddar cheese with fries, $10. 33 Office Park Rd., Suite 213, Park Plaza. 785-2427. LDo

P DelisheeeYo: Executive chef Cathryn Matthes, a longtime islander, has taken the frozen yogurt craze up a few notches with an emphasis on healthy toppings such as fresh berries, organic apples, unsalted Georgia pecans, pumpkin seeds and more. In addition to yogurt, Delisheeeyo offers an organic juice bar, vegetarian lunch options and other healthy snacks in a clean, vibrant and artful environment. Try this: Buddah Bowl; organic quinoa and lentils steamed in alkaline water with coconut oil, garam masala and sea salt, garnished with veggies and Uncle Vic’s Liquid Love dressing, $6.25. 32 Palmetto Bay Road in the Village Exchange. 785-3633. www.delisheeeyo.com. P Daniel’s Restaurant and Bar: From the handcarved wooden entrance to the sleek and sophisticated big-city feel of the interior design, this oasis next to the beach offers a truly unique dining and nightlife experience. The tapas-style menu was inspired from dishes around the globe. The Butcher’s Block Steakhouse menu has everything from a petit filet mignon to a giant 22-ounce Porterhouse steak. Try this: Cinnamon Lamb Kabobs with Tahini and Indian black honey, $13. 2 North Forest Beach Drive. 341-9379. www.danielshhi.com. ldo P Flatbread Grill and Bar: Upscale casual dining for family and friends in a friendly, energetic atmosphere. Neapolitan pizza, fresh pasta, gourmet salads and hearty Flatbread sandwiches. Enhance your meal with a cold draft beer or specialty cocktail. Dine-in, delivery or take-out, located 200 feet from famous Coligny Beach Park. Try this: Buffalo Flat Wrap; fried chicken tossed in Buffalo sauce with bacon, swiss cheese, lettuce and tomato served with a side of ranch dressing, $9.95. 2 North Forest Beach Drive. 341-2225. www.flatbreadgrillhhi.com. ldo DryDock: 21 Office Park Road. 842-9775. ldo Earle of Sandwich Pub: 1 North Forest Beach Drive in Coligny Plaza. 785-7767. ld Electric Piano: 33 Office Park Road. 785-5399. o Fat Baby’s: 120 Arrow Road. 842-4200. ld

Casey’s Sports Bar and Grille: 37 New Orleans Road. 785-2255. ldo

Fiesta Fresh Mexican Grill: 51 New Orleans Road. 785-4788. ld

Catch 22: 37 New Orleans Plaza. 785-6261. d Coligny Deli & Grill: Coligny Plaza. 785-4440. ld

French Kiss Bakery: Coligny Plaza, 1 North Forest Beach Drive. 687-5471. bl

Corks Neighborhood Wine Bar: 11 Palmetto Bay Road. 671-7783. do

Frozen Moo: Coligny Plaza, 1 North Forest Beach Drive. 842-3131

CQ’s: 140A Lighthouse Lane. 671-2779. ld

Frosty Frog Cafe: 1 North Forest Beach in Coligny Plaza. 686-3764. ldo

Crane’s Tavern and Steakhouse: 26 New Orleans Road. 341-2333. d

Gillan’s Fresh Seafood & oyster bar: 841 William Hilton Parkway, Suite A, in South Island Square. 681FISH (3474). ld

Crazy Crab (Harbour Town): 149 Lighthouse Road. 363-2722. ld Deli by the Beach: Village at Wexford. 785-7860. ld

Gruby’s New York Deli: 890 William Hilton Parkway in the Fresh Market Shoppes. 842-9111. bl Harbour Side burgers and brews: Harbour Town,

182 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 182

8/22/13 11:54 AM


red fish 686-3388

IL CARPACCIO 342-9949

Sea Pines. 842-1444. ld

Land’s End Tavern: South Beach Marina, Sea Pines Resort. 671-5456. bld

Harbour Town Bakery and Cafe: Harbour Town, Sea Pines. 363-2021. bl Harbour Town Grill: Harbour Town Links Clubhouse, Sea Pines. 363-8380. bld Hilton Head Diner: 6 Marina Side Drive. 686-2400. bldo Hilton Head Brewing Company: 7C Greenwood Drive, Hilton Head Plaza. 785-3900. ldo Hilton Head Ice Cream: 55 New Orleans Road, #114. 852-6333. Hinchey’s Chicago Bar and Grill: 36 South Forest Beach Drive. 6865959. ldo Hinoki of Kurama: 37 New Orleans Road. 785-9800. ld Hot Dog Harbour: Unit E-5, Coligny Plaza. 785-5400. ld Hugo’s: 841 William Hilton Parkway. 785-HUGO. ld It’s Greek To Me: 11 Lagoon Road in Coligny Plaza. 842-4033. ldo Java Joe’s: 101 Pope Avenue in Coligny Plaza. 686- 5282. bldo Jazz Corner: Village at Wexford. 8428620. do Jump and Phil’s Bar and Grill: 7 Greenwood Drive, Suite 3B. 785-9070. ldo Karma / Ultimate Teen Nightlife: 5 Lagoon Road. 424-4016 o Kenny B’s French Quarter Cafe: 70 Pope Avenue in Circle Center. 7853315. blds Jersey Mike’s: 11 Palmetto Bay Rd., Island Crossing. 341-6800. Kurama Japanese Steak and Seafood House: 9 Palmetto Bay Road. 785-4955. d La Hacienda: 11 Palmetto Bay Road. 842-4982. ld

Lodge Beer and Growler Bar: 7B Greenwood Drive, Hilton Head Plaza. 842-8966. do P Mellow Mushroom: The place where Hilton Head’s pizza lovers and beer lovers gather. Outstanding pies made with spring water dough, prepared fresh every day. The ‘Shroom is also a great spot for hoagies, calzones, salads. A large bar and numerous flat screen TVs make it a popular spot for watching sporting events. Try this: The Mad Italian pizza; oil and garlic base topped with salami, roasted red peppers, onions, ham, mozzarella and pepperoncini, $24.95 (large). 33 Office Park Road in Park Plaza. 6862474. www.mellowmushroom.com. ldo Lowcountry Backyard: 32 Palmetto Bay Road at The Village Exchange. 785-9273. bld P Ombra Cucina Rustica: Popular local chef Michael Cirafesi and distinguished Philadelphia chef Nunzio Patruno have teamed up to open this upscale Italian restaurant in the Village at Wexford. Many dishes were created hundreds of years ago, passed down from generation to generation. All deserts, pastas and breads are made daily using natural and fresh ingredients imported from Italy. Try this: Carpaccio di Manzo; thinly sliced raw “Piemontese” beef, arugula, olive oil and shaved Parmigiano, $14. Village at Wexford. 842-5505. www. ombrahhi.com. d Marker 59: Beach House hotel. One South Forest Beach Drive. 785-5126. Bld Market Street Cafe: 12 Coligny Plaza. 686-4976. ld Marley’s Island Grille: 35 Office Park Road in Park Plaza. 686-5800. do September 2013 183

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 183

8/22/13 11:54 AM


DINING

Big Bamboo Cafe 686-3443

charbar 785-2427

Michael Anthony’s: 37 New Orleans Road. 785-6272. d

Fountain Center, New Orleans Road. 785-9966. l

New York City Pizza: 81 Pope Avenue. 842-2227. ld

Pino Gelato: 1000 William Hilton Parkway, Village at Wexford. 842-2822.

Nick’s Steak & Seafood: 9 Park Lane. 686-2920. d

Plantation Café and Deli (south): 81 Pope Avenue in Heritage Plaza. 785-9020. bl

One Hot Mama’s: 7 Greenwood Drive, Hilton Head Plaza. 682-6262. ldso

Pomodori: 1 New Orleans Road. 6863100. d

Palmetto Bay Sunrise Café: 86 Helmsman Way in Palmetto Bay Marina. 686-3232. bl

Quarterdeck: 149 Lighthouse Road, Harbour Town, Sea Pines. 842-1999. ldo

Paulie’s Coal-Fired Pizza: 1034 William Hilton Parkway. 785-3510. ldO

P Red Fish: Upscale dining at its finest. Head chef Chaun Bescos takes advantage of his close relationship with local growers and farmer’s mar-

Philly’s Café and Deli: 102

Wreck of the salty Dog

Carolina Seafood House

kets, tailoring Red Fish’s menu around which foods are in season. The result is an eclectic blend of seafood, steaks, fresh fruit and local vegetables. Try this: Lowcountry Shrimp and Grits; served with Keegan Filion Farms chorizo gravy and fried okra over a bed of sauteed kale, $24. 8 Archer Road. 686-3388. www.redfishofhiltonhead. com. ld

P Salty Dog Cafe: One of Hilton Head’s favorite outdoor cafes for more than 20 years. Fresh seafood. Located at South Beach Marina, overlooking Braddock Cove. Both indoor and outdoor seating are available. Live music and children’s entertainment nightly during the season. Try this: Crab Cake Dinner; two freshly prepared Chesapeake-style lump crab cakes with homemade remoulade sauce. Served with Captain’s Au Gratin potatoes and fresh vegetables, $22.99. South Beach Marina Village, Sea Pines Resort. 671-7327. www.saltydog.com. ld

671-7327

Reilley’s Grill and Bar (south): 7D Greenwood Drive. 842-4414. ldo Rita’s Water Ice: 1 North Forest Beach Drive, Coligny Plaza. 686-2596. Robert Irvine’s Eat!: 1000 William Hilton Parkway in the Village at Wexford. 785-4850. d

842-0084

Sage Room: 81 Pope Avenue, Heritage Plaza. 785-5352. d

184 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 184

8/22/13 11:54 AM


DINING

ela’s blu water grille 785-3030

ombra 842-5055

BISTRO 17 785-5517

Sea Shack: 6 Executive Park Drive. 785-2464. ld

Pope Avenue in Circle Center. 6892447. bl

Road. 341-5477

d

Sea Pines Beach Club and Surfside Grill: North Sea Pines Drive. 842-1888. ld

P Spirit of Harbour Town: 843363-9026. The Spirit, simply put, is a floating restaurant. It features a full crew, waitstaff, full bar, galley, restrooms – and best of all – fabulous views of Lowcountry. The Spirit is best known for its award winning Sunset Dinner Cruise where you’ll have the experience of a lifetime surrounded by breathtaking views of the Carolina sunset and dolphins at play. www. vagabondcruise.com.

Steamers: 28 Coligny Plaza. 7852070. ld

Trattoria Divina: 33 Office Park Road. 686-4442. d

Stellini:15 Executive Park Road. 7857006. d

Truffles Cafe (south): 785-3663. 8 Executive Park Road. ld

Stu’s Surfside: 1 North Forest Beach Drive, Coligny Plaza. 686-7873. ld

Truffles Cafe (Sea Pines): 6716136. 71 Lighthouse Road. Sea Pines Center. ld

Signe’s Heaven Bound Bakery & Cafe: 93 Arrow Road. 785-9118. bls Skillets Café: Coligny Plaza. 7853131. bld Smokehouse: 34 Palmetto Bay Road. 842-4227. bldo SmuthIland: 11 Palmetto Bay Rd. in Island Crossing shopping center. 842-9808. Southern Coney & Breakfast: 70

Stack’s Pancakes of Hilton Head: 2 Regency Parkway. 341-3347. bld Starbucks (south): 11 Palmetto Bay

The Studio: 20 Executive Park Road. 785-6000. d

Coconut’z 842-0043

Sweet Carolina Cupcakes: 1 N. Forest Beach Drive. 342-2611.

Vari Asian Seafood and Suhi Buffet: 840 William Hilton Pkwy. 7859000. ld

Tiki Hut: 1 South Forest Beach Drive at the Beach House. 785-5126. old

Urban Vegan: 86 Helmsman Way, Palmetto Bay Marina. 671-3474. ld

Topside at the Quarterdeck: Harbour Town, Sea Pines. 842-1999.

Vine: 1 North Forest Beach Drive in Coligny Plaza. 686-3900. ld

September 2013 185

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 185

8/22/13 11:55 AM


DINING

Tavern 46 815-2327

Jamaica Joe’z 842-0044

P Watusi: Self-serve frozen yogurt, coffee and smoothies are the specialties at this breakfast and lunch cafe. Customers are encouraged to stay and take advantage of the free Wi-Fi and comfortable couches. Several vegetarian items are available. Try this: The Big Watusi breakfast sandwich; three scrambled eggs, sausage, bacon and cheese served on toasted Cuban bread, $6.95. 71 Pope Avenue. 686-5200. www.islandwatusi. com. BL

6500. ld

Wild Wing Café: 72 Pope Avenue. 785-9464. ldo Wine & Cheese If You Please: 24 Palmetto Bay Rd. Suit G. 842-1200. P Wreck of the Salty Dog: Casual and fun in the same spirit as The Salty Dog Cafe with the same menu. Nightly chef’s specials add a uniqueness to this spot. Fresh seafood, steaks and sandwiches in a nautical atmosphere. One of the best views on the island. Try this: Live Maine Lobster; every Wednesday 4-9 p.m., $18.99. South Beach Marina Village, Sea Pines. 6717327. d Yo Addiction: 890 William Hilton Parkway, Suite 38. 341-3335.

Bluffton Amigos Belfair (Bluffton): 133 Towne Drive. 815-8226. ld P Backwater Bill’s: 20 Hampton Lake Drive. 875-5253. ldo Badabings Pizza and Pasta: 68 Bluffton Road. 836-9999. ld Bluffton BBQ: 11 State of Mind Street. 757-7427, blufftonbbq.com. ld Bluffton Family Seafood House: 27 Dr. Mellichamp Drive. 757-4010. ld Buffalos Restaurant: 476 Mount Pelia Road inside Palmetto Bluff. 706-

Cahill’s Market & Chicken Kitchen: 1055 May River Rd. 7572921. ld P Captain Woody’s: Specializing in shrimp, clams and oysters which you can get freshly shucked, raw or steamed. Outdoor seating, indoor seating and a second-level open deck with an attached bar. A favorite hangout for locals. Try this: Grouper Melt, fried and topped with sauteed onions, mushrooms and melted cheese. Served open faced on a kaiser roll with homemade chips, $13.99. 17 State of Mind Street in the Calhoun Street Promenade. 757-6222. www.captainwoodys.com. ldo Choo Choo BBQ Xpress: 129 Burnt Church Rd. 815-7675. ldo Claude & Uli’s Bistro: 1533 Fording Island Road. 837-3336. ld Coconuts Bar & Grille: 39 Persimmon Street. 757-0602. do Corks Neighborhood Wine Bar: 1297 May River Road. 815-5168. do Corner Perk Cafe: 142 Burnt Church Road. 816-5674. bl P The Cottage Cafe, Bakery and Tea Room: A restored 1868 cottage serving scrumptious food with a side of old-world charm. Breakfast, lunch, Sunday brunch, tea and diner feature sophisticated cuisine with a Lowcountry flair. Fabulous fresh-baked pies, cakes, tarts, scones and cookies. Try this: Summer in Maine Lobster Pot Pie; in puff pastry, drizzled with creme fraiche and scallions, $21.95. 38 Calhoun Street. 757-0508. www. thecottagebluffton.com. bl Downtown Deli: 27 Dr. Mellichamp Drive. 815-5005. bl El Super Internacional: 33 Sherington Dr. 815-8113. ld

186 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 186

8/22/13 11:55 AM


old oyster factorY 681-6040

Daniel’s 341-9379

Fiddlehead Pizza: 142 Burnt Church Road. 757-6466. ld

other munchies. A large bar and numerous flat screen TVs make it a popular spot for watching sporting events. Try this: Magical Mystery Tour pizza; pesto base pizza and crust with button and portobello mushrooms, mozzarella, spinach, feta and jalapenos, $24.95 (large). 878 Fording Island Road. 706-0800. www.mellowmushroom. com. ldo

Fiesta Fresh Mexican Grill: 876 Fording Island Road (Hwy. 278), Suite 1. 706-7280. ld Giuseppi’s Pizza and Pasta: 25 Bluffton Road. 815-9200. ld Gruby’s New York Deli: 198 Okatie Village Drive. 705-4190. ld Hana Sushi and Japanese Fusion: 1534 Fording Island Road. 837-3388. www.hanasushifusion.com ld HogsHead Kitchen and Wine Bar: 1555 Fording Island Rd. 837-4647. Honeybaked Ham: 1060 Fording Island Road. 815-7388. bld Jameson’s Charhouse: 671 Cypress Hills Drive, Sun City. 705-8200. ld Jim ‘N Nick’s Bar-B-Q: 872 Fording Island Road. 706-9741. ld Katie O’Donald’s: 1008 Fording Island Road (Kittie’s Crossing). 8155555. ldo

Mi Tierra: 27 Dr. Mellichamp Drive. 757-7200. ld Mi Tierrita: 214 Okatie Village Drive. 705-0925. ld Moe’s Southwest Grill: 3 Malphrus Road. 837-8722. ld Mulberry Street Trattoria: 1476 Fording Island Road. 837-2426.lds NEO: 326 Moss Creek Village. 8375111. ld Old Town Dispensary: 15 Captains Cove. 837-1893. ldO Outback Steakhouse: 100 Buckwalter Place. 757-9888. ld

Kelly’s Tavern: 11B Buckingham Plantation Drive. 837-3353. bldo

Panda Chinese Restaurant: 25 Bluffton Road. 815-6790. ld

Kickin’ Chicken: 1011 Fording Island Rd. in the Best Buy Shopping Center. 836-5040. ldo

Pino Gelato Gourmet Cafe: 1536 Fording Island Road. 837-2633.

Kobe Japanese Restaurant: 30 Plantation Park Drive. 757-6688. ld Longhorn: Inside Tanger I. 705-7001. ld Los Jalapeno’s Mexican Grill: The Bridge Center. 837-2333. ld Lowcountry Flower Girls: Berkeley Place. 837-2253. May River Grill: 1263 May River Road. 757-5755. ld P Mellow Mushroom: The place where Bluffton’s pizza lovers and beer lovers gather. Outstanding pies made with spring water dough, prepared fresh every day. The ‘Shroom is also a great spot for hoagies, calzones, salads and

Plantation Cafe & Deli: 1532 Fording Island Road. 815-4445. Pour Richard’s: 4376 Bluffton Parkway. 757-1999. do The Pub at Old Carolina: 91 Old Carolina Road. 757-6844. d R BAR: 70 Pennington Drive. 7577264. ld Red Stripes Caribbean Cuisine and Lounge: 8 Pin Oak Street. 7578111. ldo River House Restaurant: 476 Mount Pelia Road in Palmetto Bluff. 706-6500. ld Robert Irvine’s Nosh!: Inside Tanger II. 837-5765. ld September 2013 187

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 187

8/22/13 11:55 AM


Ruan Thai Cuisine II: 26 Towne Drive, Belfair Town Village. 757-9479. ld Saigon Cafe: 1304 Fording Island Road. 837-1800. bld Sake House: G1017 Fording Island Road Ste 105. 706-9222. ld Sunset Bay: 35 Fording Island Road Extension. 837-5673. Sigler’s Rotisserie: 12 Sheridan Park Circle. 815-5030. d Sippin’ Cow Cafe: 1230 May River Road. 757-5051. bl

Squat N’ Gobble: 1231 May River Road. 757-4242. bld Stooges Cafe: 25 Sherington Drive. 706-6178. bl Sublime Prime: 163 Bluffton Road, Suite F. 815-6900. d Truffles Cafe: 815-5551. 91 Towne Drive Belfair Towne Village. ld Vineyard 55: 55 Calhoun Street. 757-9463. d Zepplin’s Bar & Grill: Inside Station 300. 25 Innovation Dr. 815-2695. ldo

thefeed A heaping helping of the latest news in area restaurants

SERG Group to open new restaurant: SERG Restaurant Group is creating a new restaurant for Shelter Cove Towne Centre. The opening in 2014 will earmark the 30th anniversary of the SERG Group on Hilton Head. The concept for the new restaurant has been in development for three years, according to SERG Founder and President Steve Carb. The two-story project will feature outdoor dining and rooftop bar, showcasing sunset views over Broad Creek. HHSO plans ‘Kitchens of Note’ tour: The League of the Symphony Orchestra is hosting its first-ever tour of six fabulous kitchens in Wexford and Long Cove from noon to 4 p.m. on Sunday, Sept. 29. Each kitchen will host a chef featuring one of his renowned dishes from the Sage Room, WiseGuys, Old Fort Pub, eat!, Alexander’s and Long Cove Club, along with music provided by the Low Key Piano Group. Tickets are $40 a person. For more information, call Fran Hubbell at 843-681-4635 or go online to www.hhso.org. Tickets are available at Burke’s Pharmacy and Le Cookery on Hilton Head Island and at Markel’s in Bluffton. NEO now open on Sunday: NEO, a farm-to-table gastropub located in Moss Creek Village, is now open on Sundays. Hours will be from 11:30 a.m.-9 p.m. and will feature brunch specials as well as bottomless mimosas. Find more information online at www.neohhi.com or by calling 843-837-5111. The Sea Lady opens at Shelter Cove: The Sea Lady Food & Spirits has opened at Shelter Cove Harbor in the former location of Parrot Cove Grill & Bar. Owner Terri Thomas transformed the space into a mermaid-themed eatery. The name is from a novel by HG Wells. Fare includes seafood, burgers, chicken, salads and sandwiches. Dinner entrees average between $10 and $24. Hours are 11 a.m.-10 p.m., seven days a week. for more information, call 843-341-3500 or go online to thesealady.com. Fire Juggling at Up the Creek: Up the Creek Pub & Grill is hosting free live fire juggling shows at 8 p.m. and 9 p.m. on Wednesday nights through the month of September. Live music will be played from 6-10 p.m. The performance happens at the end of the pier at Broad Creek Marina and can be seen from tables at the pub and grill. For more information, go to upthecreekpubandgrill.com or call 843-681-3625. 188 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 188

8/22/13 11:55 AM


P Tavern 46: Casual yet upscale dining with a menu that features a selection of steak, local seafood, gourmet burgers, barbecue ribs, slow-cooked pork chops and many desserts. One of the largest bars in the Lowcountry with 34 beers on tap. With 15 flat-screen TVs, it’s also a good place to watch sporting events. Try this: Chipotle Chicken Cavatelli; grilled chicken, red peppers, spinach and sweet corn over cavatelli pasta with chipolte cream sauce and Parmesan, $15. 16 Kittie’s Landing Road. 815-2327. ldo

Walnuts Café: 70 Pennington Drive in Sheridan Park. 815-2877. bls Wild Wing Café (Bluffton): 1188 Fording Island Road. 837-9453. 8379453. ld

Daufuskie island

Eagle’s Nest: 56 Fuskie Lane, Bloody Point, 341-5522. Marshside Mama’s Cafe: 15 Haig Point Road on County Landing. 7854755. ld M All area codes 843. editor@hiltonheadmonthly.com

10 grilling tips It doesn’t matter if it’s Memorial Day, the Fourth of July, or the dead of a blizzard-plagued winter — millions of meat lovers across North America are now venturing outdoors to grill succulent pork, beef, chicken, and other delicious types of animal flesh. The following is a list of handy tips to ensure your grilling and barbecue successes.

1

Wash everything after handling raw meat, and don’t reuse the plate that you used for uncooked meat.

2

Have a spray bottle full of water nearby your grill in case of flareups.

3

Using charcoal briquettes for your grill’s heat? Then light the coals about 30 minutes before cooking. If you’re using lighter fluid, make sure the fire is completely out before slapping the meat on the grill, or else you’ll have the nasty fuel taste in your meat. At this time, the charcoal should be mostly an ash-gray color with a little bit of glowing red underneath.

4

Using a smoker? Light the charcoal with a chimney starter. It’s relatively quick to get some hot coals going and you won’t have to fret about getting nasty lighter fluid fumes in your smoker.

5

If you’re a charcoal fan, first line the inside bottom of your cooker with a couple of sheets of aluminum foil before you put your briquettes in. This will give you a quicker and easier clean-up of the gray coals and ash once you’re done barbecuing. The only downside to this is that the opening holes in the bottom of your cooker will get covered up. So when you first light your fire, make sure it gets plenty of oxygen to stay lit longer, thereby

giving you hotter and longer-lasting coals.

6

If using a smoker, minimize the amount of times you open it. I know you’re anxious to see how the meat is doing, but opening it frequently will keep the smoker below the necessary heat levels. The old adage says, “if you’re looking, it ain’t cooking”.

7

Cooking chicken? If you intend to eat the skin, rub the outside with a little butter or oil and then lightly season it. It’ll give the chicken a nice, crispy, savory skin. Not eating the skin? Don’t season the outside, as it can’t penetrate the skin.

8

Although thick bands of fat may be undesirable, try to pick a steak with thin specks and strands of fat in between the muscle tissue. At cooking time, these small bits of fat will melt (in a process called marbling) and make the meat juicier.

9

Leaner steak cuts possess more flavor but will be a little tougher if cooked past medium.

10

Don’t leave the meat out in room temperature for longer than one hour. This will make bacteria grow at an exponential rate, plus it will make the meat less fresh. If you need to thaw out meat, do so overnight or all day in the refrigerator.

— Scott Roberts

September 2013 189

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 189

8/22/13 11:55 AM


Old country comes to the Lowcountry

E

By Carmen Hawkins DeCecco

very September for the past three years, South Carolina’s sneaker, (aka Hilton Head Island), gets pulled off and refitted with an Italian boot, known as the Italian Heritage Festival. If you’ve missed out on this annual event before now, then you have denied yourself the greatest fun, the best food, the most bodacious wine extravaganza, you can possibly imagine. You’ve also missed out on great live music, Italian food prep demonstrations, grape-stomping, and Bocce Ball, to name just a few of the events and booth offerings at Shelter Cove Park, when the feast of St. Gennaro is honored by the Hilton Head chapter of the ItalianAmerican Club. Going into its fourth year, the festival has grown exponentially each September in ticket sales and participating vendors, which is good news for area charities and non-profits, who reap the benefits from the proceeds, while others also partner up with the Italian-American Club of Hilton Head (IACHH) on fundraisers throughout the year. The Children’s Relief Fund (CRF) is one such organization that has benefited greatly through the years from their association with the club. “Being of Italian descent myself, I’m proud to be a part of any event the Italian-American Club sponsors,” says Rose Fotia, founder of the CRF. “It’s organizations like theirs that keep

us going year after year, with funds that help ease the lives of Hilton Head children with special needs.” John Pagluica, secretary of the IACHH, and long-serving member says, “The festival has given us an opportunity to share our heritage with the public.” Agrees President, John De Cecco, “Italian culture has long been associated with giving and sharing, because that is how villages in Italy sustained themselves through the centuries, and it is how we have grown and evolved in American neighborhoods and cities since then.” Indeed, as WHHI-TV phrased it, “the old country comes to the Lowcountry” in its 2012 YouTube promo. How? Well, one does feel transported to another time and place for a few hours on a sweltering Hilton Head Saturday during the dreaded shoulder season, as they call it in the resort vacation industry (that’s the month or so following the hightraffic tourist months, when kids are back in school, and the summer help has left, but the island is still busy with vacationers). “It’s very important to us, that we can foster worthy causes in our own back yard with funds raised from the St. Gennaro Festival,” states club vice-president, George Paletta. “We hold many other fundraising activities throughout the year for area non-profits, but we consider the Italian Heritage Festival to be our centerpiece.”

190 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 190

8/22/13 11:56 AM


The Italian Heritage Festival is 11 a.m.-4 p.m., Sept. 21 at Shelter Cove Park.

So, what can you expect this year? How about baked ziti from Bella Italia, meatball sliders from Frankie Bones, sausage with peppers from Mulberry Street, or lobster carbonara from Stellini Italian Restaurant? Frosty’s Italian Ice, or Cool Breeze Shaved Ice? The choices are mind boggling, so bring your appetite. Or, bring your pitching and swinging arm and show off your skills at the Hammer and Bell, or the Dunk Tank (alliteratively known as, Drown the Clown), where you can sink the club’s president, Johnny D., and vice president, The George, in a blue tank of water while they insult your politics, or college mascot. This is actually, the icing on the festival cake, because the tank itself has been strategically located on the back side of the green, towards the end of the trail of booths. So, basically, after you’ve had a few warm pinot grigios, and dripped sauce from the Braciole onto your

shirt, and bought a painting, and a wine koozi, you are totally loaded for bear. And these guys are your final, willing, revenge targets, with loud northern accents, big mouths, and really ridiculous t-shirts that say, fuggetaboutit! with an exclamation point; because that word really needs an exclamation point at the end of it. Really. I’m not kidding. Be glad it’s not an election year, as we were treated to an Obama facemask hovering above the fuggetaboutit! T-shirt, as though we were being watched by the government (I won’t tell you which of the Italian-American board dignitaries was actually wearing that piece of Festival flare during the 2012 fête). You don’t want to miss out on this year’s celebration. For details, check out iachh.org, or call 843-301-6570. Tickets are $6 per person at the front table, free for kids 10 and under. Saturday, Sept. 21, 2013, 11 a.m. – 4 p.m. Ciao, for now. M September 2013 191

SEPT 13 177-192 Dining.indd 191

8/22/13 11:56 AM


LAST CALL

A town’s future depends on… Three things: The envisioned outcome, a plan and the willingness to execute it over a long period of time. MARC FREY mfrey@freymedia.com

We shouldn’t rest on these issues just because the local economy seems to be improving. Let’s work together to make this great community even better.

T

hree years ago such a general road map was delivered to the town council and the public titled the “Mayor’s Vision Task Force Vision 2025.” A progress report contributed by Lisa Allen can be read on page 76 of this issue. If you are interested in reading the original document, go to www.hiltonheadmonthly.com/taskforce. Having been part of the voices that raised concerns about the future of our community and the group that came up with the suggested solutions, I’m using this month “Last Call” to give you my own perspective. First, the good news: Some important progress has been made. Now, the bad news: Some important progress has been made. What is missing has me concerned! Here are a few examples of specific items that have not been resolved: Charles Fraser was green before green become synonymous with being environmentally friendly. Since then we have fallen behind what is possible and we should formulate a 5-year plan of where we want to be. So far the town has not even committed enough funds to conduct a baseline study, which would allow us to put facts and figures on the situation and measure the improvements going forward. The long overdue re-write of the LMO (Land Maintenance Ordinance) will soon be done, but equally important is for the town to have a master plan allowing future development steps to fit into the overall picture.

A clear plan for the future infrastructure of the ever-so-important Island Rec Center is still outstanding.

A commitment to build and support a multi-use art and conference center is not on the horizon … yet. We have not been able to increase our funding to properly market our destination to visitors. Taxation without representation. Second homeowners pay a much higher property taxes then residents. Given the economic importance of second home ownership I feel this practice needs to be reviewed. My general impression is that there is not enough coherent communication among the leaders of our community in order to crystalize how we get from here to there. Secondly, it seems to take forever to get anything done in part because of the risk advert nature of our leaders or maybe because the importance to set large goals has not been embraced. Thirdly, the “things are good enough” attitude might start to take hold again. If we want to truly become the East Coast’s most desirable small town to live, retire and visit, we still have a lot of important steps that need to be taken. If nothing else, I want to warn all of us not to fall asleep at the wheel again just because the economic conditions have improved. Let’s use the forward momentum that has been created through the steps that have been taken and the investment of time and money of many individuals and companies in the private sector, not-for-profit organizations and the government sector and keep on aspiring to something grander. It will serve us and our children and grandchildren well. M Please send your comments to my email at mfrey@freymedia.com. We would like to get your feedback on this important idea.

192 hiltonheadmonthly.com

SEPT 13 192 Last Call.indd 192

8/22/13 11:59 AM


SaltyDog_0913.indd 3

8/20/13 6:52 PM


Forsythe_0913.indd 4

8/20/13 6:52 PM

Profile for Hilton Head Monthly

Hhm 0913 digmag  

Hilton Head Monthly is the Lowcountry's premier magazine. Covering all the news from Hilton Head to Beaufort, plus restaurant guides, weddin...

Hhm 0913 digmag  

Hilton Head Monthly is the Lowcountry's premier magazine. Covering all the news from Hilton Head to Beaufort, plus restaurant guides, weddin...